HOLLOMAN CORP
SB-2, 1998-07-13
Previous: ADVANTA AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES 1998-1, 305B2, 1998-07-13
Next: MID-STATE HOMES INC, S-3, 1998-07-13



                            MAURICE J. BATES, L.L.C.
                                 ATTORNEY AT LAW
                           8214 WESTCHESTER SUITE, 500
                              DALLAS , TEXAS 75225

                            Telephone (214) 692-3566
                               Fax (214) 987-2091

                                  July 10, 1998

Securities and Exchange Commission
450 5th Street N. W.
Washington, DC. 20549

Re: Holloman Corporation

Ladies/Gentlemen:


     On behalf of  Hollomanr  Corporation,  we  transmit  for  filing  under the
     Securities Act of 1933, a registration  statement on Form SB-2 with respect
     to a firm commitment offering of an initial public offering.

     The registration  statement covers 1,000,000 Units, each Unit consisting of
     one share of Common Stock and One Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrant.
     The underwriter will be named in the first amendment.

     Please  direct any  questions or comments with respect to the filing to the
     undersigned.


Very truly yours,


Maurice J. Bates


<PAGE>
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on                , 1998
                                                      Registration No. 333-

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM SB-2
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                    under the
                             SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                              Holloman Corporation
                 (Name of small business issuer in its charter)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


         Texas                            1623                   75-2771541
<S>                             <C>                            <C>

(State or jurisdiction of      (Primary Standard Industrial  (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)  Classification Code Number)   Identification
                                                                  Number)

</TABLE>







                              Holloman Corporation
                             5257 West Interstate 20
                                 P.O. Box 69410
                            Odessa, Texas 79769-9410
                                 (915) 381-2000
                   (Address and telephone number of principal
               executive offices and principal place of business)


                                  Sam Holloman
                              Holloman Corporation
                             5257 West Interstate 20
                                 P.O. Box 69410
                            Odessa, Texas 79769-9410
                                 (915) 381-2000
            (Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

                        Copies of all communications to:


           Maurice J. Bates, Esq.                    Norman R. Miller, Esq.
           Maurice J. Bates, L.L.C.                  Wolin, Ridley & Miller LLP
           8214 Westchester Suite 500                1717 Main Street
           Dallas, Texas 75225                       Dallas, Texas 75201
           (214) 692-3544                           (214) 939-4900
           (214) 987-2091 FAX                       (214) 939-4949 FAX
       Approximate date of proposed sale to public: As soon as practicable after
the effective date of the Registration Statement.

       If this Form is filed to register  additional  securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration  statement  number  of the  earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering.

         If this  Form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed  pursuant  to Rule
462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities
Act  registration   statement  number  of  the  earlier  effective  registration
statement for the same offering.

         If delivery of the  prospectus  is expected to be made pursuant to Rule
434, please check the following box.

The Registrant hereby amends this  registration  statement on such date or dates
as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant  shall file
a further amendment which specifically  states that this registration  statement
shall  thereafter  become  effective  in  accordance  with  section  8(a) of the
Securities  Act of  1933  or  until  the  registration  statement  shall  become
effective on such date as the Commission,  acting pursuant to said section 8(a),
may determine.


<PAGE>

                         Calculation of Registration Fee
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

     Title of Each Class of        Amount to be        Proposed Maximum           Proposed Maximum          Amount of
Securities to be Registered         Registered    Offering Price per Share   Aggregate Offering Price   Registration Fee
<S>                                 <C>                  <C>                        <C>                      <C>

                                        (1)                (1)                         (1)
Units                               1,150,000            $10.00                     $11,500,000              $3,450
Common Sock, par
value0.01 (2)                       1,150,000              (2)                          (2)                    (2)
Redeemable Common Stock
  Purchase Warrants (2)             1,150,000              (2)                          (2)                    (2)
Common Stock, par
value $0.01 (3)                     1,150,000            $12.00                     $13,800,000              $4,140
Underwriter's Warrants (4)            100,000            $ 0.01                       $100.00                 $100
Units Underlying the
Underwriter's Warrants                100,000            $12.00                      $1,200,000               $360
Common Stock, par
value $0.01 (5)                       100,000             (5)                            (5)                   (5)
Redeemable Common Stock
Purchase Warrants 100,000               (5)               (5)                            (5)
Common Stock, par
value $0.01 (6)                      100,000             $12.00                      $1,200,000                $360
Total                                                                               $27,700,100               $8310

</TABLE>

(1)      Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.
(2)      Included in the Units.  No additional registration fee is required.
(3) Issuable upon the exercise of the Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants.
Pursuant to Rule 416 there are also registered an indeterminate number of shares
of Common  Stock  which may be issued  pursuant to the  antidilution  provisions
applicable to the Redeemable Common Stock Purchase  Warrants,  the Underwriter's
Warrants and the Redeemable  Common Stock Purchase  Warrants  issuable under the
Underwriters  Warrants.  (4)  Underwriters'  Warrants  to purchase up to 100,000
Units,  consisting of an aggregate of 100,000 shares of Common Stock and 100,000
Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants.  (5) Included in the Units underlying
the Underwriters'  Warrants. No additional  registration fees are required.  (6)
Issuable upon exercise of Redeemable Common Stock Purchase  Warrants  underlying
the Underwriters' Units.

<PAGE>
                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED July 2, 1998

                              Holloman Corporation
                                 1,000,000 Units
               Consisting of 1,000,000 Shares of Common Stock and
               1,000,000 Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants
     Holloman  Corporation  (the "Company") is hereby offering  1,000,000 Units,
each unit (the "Unit")  consisting of one share (the  "Shares") of Common Stock,
$0.01 par value (the " Common Stock"),  and one Redeemable Common Stock Purchase
Warrant (the "Warrants") . The Units, the Shares and the Warrants offered hereby
are  referred  to  collectively  as the  "Securities."  The Shares and  Warrants
included in the Units may not be separately  traded until  [twelve  months after
the date of this  Prospectus],  unless  earlier  separated  upon ten days' prior
written notice  fromCapital West Securities,  Inc(the  "Representative")  to the
Company.  Each  Warrant  entitles  the holder  thereof to purchase  one share of
Common Stock at an exercise  price of $12.00 per share,  commencing  at any time
after the Common Stock and Warrants become  separately  tradable and until [five
years from the date of this Prospectus].  Commencing on [12 months from the date
of this  Prospectus],  the Warrants are subject to  redemption by the Company at
$0.05 per Warrant at any time on thirty days prior written notice, provided that
the closing price quotation for the Common Stock has equalled or exceeded $20.00
for ten  consecutive  trading  days.  The Warrant  exercise  price is subject to
adjustment under certain circumstances. See "Description of Securities."
     Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Securities,
and there  can be no  asssurance  that an  active  market  will  develop.  It is
currently  anticipated  that the initial public offering price of the Units will
be $10.00 per Unit. See "Underwriting"  for information  relating to the factors
considered in determining  the initial public  offering  price.  The Company has
applied to list the Units , Common  Stock and  Warrants  on the  American  Stock
Exchange under the symbols "HMC.U " , "HMC" and "HMC.W", respectively. There can
be no assurance that the application for listing on the American Stock Exchange
will be approved.

PROSPECTIVE  INVESTORS  SHOULD  CAREFULLY  CONSIDER THE SECTION  ENTITLED  "RISK
FACTORS"  BEGINNING ON PAGE 6 HEREOF  CONCERNING  THE COMPANY AND THIS OFFERING.
PROSPECTIVE  INVESTORS  SHOULD ALSO CONSIDER THE FACT THAT THEIR INVESTMENT WILL
RESULT IN IMMEDIATE SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION. SEE "DILUTION."
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR HAS THE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO
THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Underwriting Price
                                                               to Discounts and              Proceeds to
                                             Public              Commissions(1)               Company(2)
<S>                                          <C>                    <C>                       <C>

Per Unit............................         $10.00                   $1.00                      $9.00

Total  (2)(3).......................       $10,000,000             $1,000,000                 $9,000,000
</TABLE>

(1)  In  addition,  the  Company has agreed to pay the  Representative,  a 2.00%
     nonaccountable  expense  allowance and to sell to the Underwriter  warrants
     exerciseable  for four  years  commencing  one  year  from the date of this
     Prospectus to purchase  100,000 Units at 120% of the public  offering price
     (the  "Underwriter's  Warrants").  The Company has agreed to indemnify  the
     Underwriters against certain liabilities,  including  liabilities under the
     Securities  Act  of  1933  ,  as  amended  (the   "Securities   Act").  See
     "Underwriting."
(2) Before  deducting  estimated  expenses of $500,000  payable by the  Company,
including the Representative's 2.00% nonaccountable  expense allowance.  (3) The
Company has granted to the  Underwriters an option,  exercisable  within 45 days
from the date of this  Prospectus,  to purchase up to 150,000 Units, on the same
terms set forth above,  solely for the purpose of covering  over-allotments,  if
any. If the Underwriters'  over-allotment option is exercised in full, the total
Price to the Public will be $ , $ , and $ , respectively. See "Underwriting"
                  The Securities are being offered, subject to prior sale, when,
as and if delivered to and accepted by the  Underwriters and subject to approval
of certain legal matters by counsel and subject to certain other conditions. The
Underwriter  reserves  the right to  withdraw,  cancel or  modify  the  offering
without notice and to reject any order, in whole or in part. It is expected that
delivery of Common Stock and Warrant  certificates  will be made against payment
therefor at the offices of the Underwriter in ____, _____ on or about , 1998.

                            Capital West Securities
                        The date of this Prospectus is    ,   1998.

<PAGE>



                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

         The  Company  has  not   previously   been  subject  to  the  reporting
requirements  of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange
Act").  The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange  Commission  (the
"Commission") a Registration  Statement on Form SB-2.  (including any amendments
thereto, the "Registration  Statement") under the Securities Act with respect to
the  Securities  offered  hereby.  This  Prospectus  does not contain all of the
information  set  forth  in the  Registration  Statement  and the  exhibits  and
schedules thereto.  For further  information with respect to the Company and the
Securities, reference is made to the Registration Statement and the exhibits and
schedules thereto.  Statements made in this Prospectus regarding the contents of
any contract or document filed as an exhibit to the  Registration  Statement are
not necessarily complete and, in each instance,  reference is hereby made to the
copy of such contract or document so filed.  Each such statement is qualified in
its entirety by such reference.  The Registration Statement and the exhibits and
the  schedules  thereto  filed with the  Commission  may be  inspected,  without
charge, at the Commission's  public reference  facilities  located at Room 1024,
Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, NW, Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the public
reference   facilities  in  the   Commission's   regional  offices  located  at:
Northwestern  Atrium  Center,  500 West  Madison  Street,  Room  1400,  Chicago,
Illinois  60661;  and Suite 1300,  Seven World Trade Center,  New York, New York
10048.  Copies of such  materials  also may be obtained at  prescribed  rates by
writing to the  Commission,  Public  Reference  Section,  450 Fifth Street,  NW,
Washington,  D.C.  20549.  The  Commission  maintains  a Web site that  contains
reports,  proxy  and  information  statements  and other  information  regarding
issuers that file electronically with the Commission at http://www.sec.gov.

         As a result of this  offering,  the Company will become  subject to the
reporting  requirements  of the Exchange Act, and in accordance  therewith  will
file  periodic  reports,   proxy  statements  and  other  information  with  the
Commission.  The Company  will  furnish  its  shareholders  with annual  reports
containing audited  consolidated  financial  statements certified by independent
public  accountants  following the end of each fiscal year, proxy statements and
quarterly reports containing unaudited  consolidated  financial  information for
the first three  quarters of each fiscal year  following  the end of such fiscal
quarter.

         The Company has applied for listing of the  Securities  on the American
Stock Exchange ("Amex"). There can be no assurance that the Company's securities
will be accepted for listing.  Reports,  proxy statements and other  information
concerning the Company will be available for inspection at the principal  office
of the Amex at 86 Trinity Place, New York, New York 10006.













CERTAIN PERSONS  PARTICIPATING IN THE OFFERINGS MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS  THAT
STABILIZE,  MAINTAIN OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE SECURITIES,  INCLUDING
OVERALLOTMENT,   ENTERING   STABILIZATION  BIDS,  EFFECTING  SYNDICATE  COVERING
TRANSACTIONS,  AND IMPOSING PENALTY BIDS. FOR A DESCRIPTION OF THESE ACTIVITIES,
SEE "UNDERWRITING."

         IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING,  CERTAIN  UNDERWRITERS  MAY ENGAGE IN
PASSIVE MARKET MAKING  TRANSACTIONS IN THE SECURITIES ON AMEX IN ACCORDANCE WITH
RULE 103 OF REGULATION M. SEE "UNDERWRITING."


<PAGE>


                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY


         The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed
information and financial  statements and notes thereto  appearing  elsewhere in
this Prospectus.  Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this Prospectus
(i) assumes that the acquisition (the  "Acquisition")  of Holloman  Construction
Company has been  consummated upon the closing of this offering (the "Closing"),
including the issuance of 200,000 shares of the Common Stock to the Sellers, and
(ii) does not give effect to the  exercise of the  Underwriters'  over-allotment
option or the  Underwriters  Warrants.  Reference to the "Company"  herein means
Holloman  Corporation  and  Holloman  Construction  Company and assumes that the
Acquisition has been consummated.

         .
                                   The Company

         The Company was organized in May 1998 to acquire all of the outstanding
stock of Holloman  Construction  Company.  The Company  specializes  in pipeline
construction,  plant construction,  and engineering services. These services are
used by municipal,  and state  governments,  commercial and industrial  building
sites, and residential, commercial, and industrial subdivisions. The majority of
the Company's  business is transacted in the state of Texas, but the Company has
authorization to work in numerous other states that have activities  relating to
the oil and gas industry. The majority of the Company's work is obtained through
an open bid process,  and the Company has a marketing  department  to search for
potential work opportunities.

         The Company's operations are separated into three divisions.  The Plant
Division  constructs plant  facilities for the oil and gas industry.  Due to the
mature  nature  of  this  industry,  most  of the  division's  projects  involve
modifications  or  additions to existing  facilities.  The  division's  projects
generally consist of earthwork,  concrete foundations,  equipment installations,
and piping  fabrication  and  installation.  The division has the  capability of
working throughout the southeastern and southwestern  states;  however,  most of
the  projects  are in Texas,  New  Mexico,  Oklahoma  and  Louisiana.  The Plant
Division employs approximately 80 employees.


         The Pipeline Division provides a variety of construction  services.  In
addition to mainline, cross-country gas pipelines, the division installs gas and
oil  gathering  systems,  and  installs  injection  systems  for  secondary  oil
recovery.  The repair and upgrade of existing pipelines has become a substantial
portion of the  division's  work as government  regulations  for  maintenance of
older pipelines have been initiated.  The division also performs small plant and
compressor installation work for certain clients, and utility work that includes
the   installation   of  water,   sewer  and  drainage   lines  for  local  area
municipalities and developers.  The recent acquisition of  trenchless-technology
pipeline installation methods has provided a new, highly profitable type of work
to  the  company.  This  division  employs  approximately  100  full-time  field
construction workers and 50 temporary workers.


         The Engineering Division provides design, drafting,  project management
and  construction  services for the oil and gas  industry.  The emphasis for the
division is on the engineering and construction of gas plant  modifications  and
gas compressor installations.  The division has particular expertise in the area
of acid gas removal and handling.  The division  performs some  engineering-only
projects,  but prefers projects that include engineering,  procurement,  project
management and construction  work.  There are  approximately 90 employees in the
division.

         The Company's strategy will be to capitalize on the demand for oilfield
construction and engineering  services by continuing to expand its workforce and
geographic  presence in the  marketplace.  To accomplish these  objectives,  the
Company  intends to (i) continue to enhance its indigenous new employee  hiring,
training  and  retention  programs  as a method  for  attracting,  training  and
retaining new, highly skilled workers,  and (ii) seek to acquire other companies
engaged in the engineering and construction  business that have good reputations
for quality service and highly skilled workers.


         The  Company's  principal   operations  are  in  Texas.  The  Company's
headquarters  are located at 5257 West Interstate 20, Odessa,  Texas 79763.  The
telephone number at that location is (915) 381-2000, and its fax number is (915)
381-381 6200.

<PAGE>



                                                      The Acquisition



         Pursuant to a Stock Purchase  Agreement  dated May 16, 1998 (the "Stock
Purchase  Agreement")  , the Company  agreed to acquire  all of the  outstanding
common   stock  of   Holloman   Construction   Company,   a  Texas   corporation
("Construction"),  from Sam Holloman and other entities owned, controlled by, or
affiliated  with,  Mr.  Holloman,  including the Holloman  Construction  Company
Employees  Stock  Ownership Plan (the  "Sellers") for a total  consideration  of
$8,000,000.  At the closing of this offering (the  "Closing"),  the Company will
pay the Sellers $6,000,000 cash from the net proceeds of this offering and issue
to the Sellers 200,000 shares of the Company's  Common Stock (assumes an initial
public offering price of $10 per share  attributable to the Common Stock in this
offering The number of shares could be more of less if the offering price were 
changed).   See  "The  Acquisition"  and  "Certain  Relationships  and  
Related Transactions."



                                  The Offering


Securities   offered   hereby...................   1,000,000  Units,  each  Unit
consisting of one share of Common Stock and one Warrant,  each Warrant entitling
the holder to purchase one share of Common Stock at a price of $ 12.00 per share
until  ____________,  2003  (five  years from the date of this  Prospectus)  See
"Description of Securities."


Description of the  Warrants.................  The Warrants are not  immediately
exercisable  and  are  not   transferable   separately  from  the  Shares  until
____________, 1999 (one year from the date of this Prospectus). The Warrants are
redeemable  by the Company at $0.05 per Warrant under  certain  conditions.  See
"Description of Securities."



Common Stock to be outstanding

  after the Offering........................     2,400,000 shares (1)



Warrants to be outstanding

  after the Offering........................     1,000,000 Warrants (1)(2)


Use of  Proceeds.............................  Purchase of Construction, working
capital and other general corporate purposes. See "Use of Proceeds."


Risk  Factors................................  The Securities offered hereby are
speculative  and  involve a high degree of risk and should not be  purchased  by
investors  who cannot  afford  the loss of their  entire  investment.  See "Risk
Factors."


Proposed American Stock Exchange Symbols
   Units....................................     "HLM.U"
   Common Stock.............................     "HLM"
   Warrants.................................     "HLM.WS"

- ---------------------


(1)  Does not include (i) up to 1,000,000  shares  issuable upon exercise of the
     Warrants,  (ii) 300,000 shares issuable upon exercise of the  Underwriters'
     over-allotment  option and the Warrants  thereunder,  iii)  200,000  shares
     issuable  upon  exercise  of the  Underwriters'  Warrants  and  the  shares
     underlying  such Warrants,  and (iv) 240,000  shares  reserved for issuance
     under the Employee Stock Option Plan.  Includes 200,000 shares to be issued
     to the Sellers to consummate the Acquisition. See "The Acquisition."

(2) Does not  include up to  150,000  Warrants  issuable  upon  exercise  of the
over-allotment  option or the  100,000  Warrants  underlying  the  Underwriters'
Warrants.
<PAGE>

                   Selected Consolidated Financial Information


         The following selected financial data has been derived from the audited
balance sheet of Construction as of November 1, 1997,  audited income statements
for the two years  ended  November 1, 1997 and  November  2, 1996 and  unaudited
financial  statements  for the six months  ended April 30,  1997 and 1998.  This
selected  financial  data  should  be read in  conjunction  with  the  financial
statements of the Company and the related notes  thereto  included  elsewhere in
this Prospectus. See "Financial Statements."

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                    Fiscal Year Ended                      Six Months Ended

                                             November 2,         November 1,          April 30,         April 30,
                                                1996                1997                1997              1998
<S>                                        <C>                   <C>                 <C>                <C>        

Operating Data:


Construction revenues                       $12,067,920         $19,366,683           $8,347,210     $12,000,425
Costs of construction                        10,771,775          16,389,974            6,782,141      10,421,012
General and administrative                    1,215,319           1,997,914              639,649         626,902
                                           ------------        ------------          -----------    ------------
Earnings before income tax                      293,765           1,158,048              834,008         922,594
Income tax                                      106,414             413,063              283,563         313,682
                                           ------------        ------------          -----------    ------------
Net income                                      187,351             744,985              550,445         608,912
Earnings per share                         $       0.13                $  0.53          $   0.39       $    0.44
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                              November 1,             April 30,        April 30,
                                                                   1997                 1998             1998
                                                              ------------           -----------       ------
<S>                                                          <C>                       <C>             <C>    
Balance Sheet Data:


Working capital                                                $1,749,721              2,545,311       5,630,553
Current assets                                                  5,773,892              5,294,482       8,066,043
Current liabilities                                             4,024,171              2,749,171       2,435,490
Total assets                                                    6,924,512              6,233,312       8,733,313
Total liabilities                                               4,154,597              2,854,485       2,540,803
Shareholder's equity                                            2,769,915              3,378,827       6,192,510
Shares outstanding                                              1,200,000              1,400,000       2,400,000
</TABLE>


- -------


(1) Adjusted to reflect the sale of the Units  offered by this  prospectus at an
offering  price of $ 10.00  per  Unit and  application  of the net  proceeds  of
$8,500,000 , and the consummation of the Acquisition.














<PAGE>



                                  RISK FACTORS

         An investment in the Securities  offered hereby  involves a high degree
of risk. Prospective investors should consider the following factors in addition
to  other  information  set  forth  in  the  prospectus  before  purchasing  the
securities  offered  hereby.   Prospective   investors  should  note  that  this
Prospectus  contains certain  "forward-looking  statements,"  including  without
limitation,   statements   containing  the  words   "believes,"   "anticipates,"
"expects,"   "intends,"  "plans,"  "should,"  "seeks  to,"  and  similar  words.
Prospective investors are cautioned that such forward-looking statements are not
guarantees of future  performance  and involve risks and  uncertainties.  Actual
results may differ materially from those in the forward-looking  statements as a
result of various  factors,  including  but not limited to, the risk factors set
forth  in  this  Prospectus.  The  accompanying  information  contained  in this
Prospectus identifies important factors that could cause such differences.

Risk of the Acquisition


         The Company  will  commence  operations  upon the  consummation  of the
Acquisition at the closing of this offering. There can be no assurance, however,
that any benefits will be achieved or that the results of Construction  prior to
the  Acquisition  which will be improved  upon. In addition,  Sam Holloman,  the
President and Chief Executive  Officer of Construction,  has resigned from those
positions  but will  continue  serving as  Chairman of the Board.  Although  Mr.
Holloman's position will be filled by Mark Stevenson,  Construction's  Executive
Vice President and Chief Operating Officer since 1983, there can be no assurance
that  the  management  of the  Company  and  Construction  will be  successfully
combined,  or that new management will have the necessary  experience to operate
the Company.


Dependence On The Oil and Gas Industry

         The Company is  dependent  upon the  continued  growth,  viability  and
financial stability of its customers,  which are in turn substantially dependent
on the continued  growth,  viability and financial  stability of the oil and gas
industry.  The oil and gas industry is very  sensitive to pricing levels for oil
and gas, supply conditions,  weather, and general economic conditions.  Examples
of  fluctuating  pricing  include the 31% decline in  benchmark  Brent crude oil
prices  during the first  quarter of 1997  relative  to the same period in 1996.
Lower crude oil prices could negatively  impact the profitability of the oil and
gas industry,  which in turn could reduce the demand for the Company's services.
An example of the impact of general economic  conditions  affecting the industry
is the recent economic downturn in Asia that subsequently reduced demand for oil
products in that region. This event caused many of the domestic  participants in
the industry to report lower revenues for their products,  thereby  reducing the
demand for the Company's  services.  Any downturn or other disruption in the oil
and gas industry  caused by general  economic  conditions,  pricing,  weather or
other factors would have a material  adverse  effect on the Company's  business,
financial condition and results of operations.  See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

Dependence Upon Key Personnel

         The business of the Company is  substantially  dependent on the efforts
of Mark Stevenson,  Executive Vice President, and Sam Holloman,  Chairman of the
Board.  The Company does not have an employment  contract with Mr.  Stevenson or
Mr. Holloman and the loss of either could have a material  adverse effect on the
Company's operations.  Mr. Holloman will not devote full time to the business of
the  Company.  The Company  currently  maintains  key-man  insurance in the face
amount  of  $500,000  on the  life of Mr.  Holloman,  although  there  can be no
assurance  that such amount will be sufficient to compensate the Company for the
loss of his services. See "Management."

Acquisitions

         The Company  plans to grow  through  acquisitions.  The success of this
strategy  is  strongly  affected  by  personnel  in  the  acquired  organization
satisfactorily continuing employment with the Company after the acquisition. The
Company plans to utilize employment  agreements in connection with acquisitions.
However, there can be no assurance that employees of an acquired enterprise will
remain with the Company or perform  satisfactorily  as employees of the Company.
At  present,  the  Company  is not  engaged  in  the  negotiation  of  any  such
acquisitions  and there is no assurance and no  representation  is made that the
Company will be successful in the negotiations of any  acquisitions  and, if so,
on terms that will be beneficial to the Company.


Additional Capital Requirements

         A substantial portion of the proceeds of this offering will be utilized
to pay the cash portion of the purchase price of the  Acquisition.  As a result,
the Company may require additional capital to expand its operations. The Company
contemplates  that it may  seek to  expand  its  operations  and  acquire  other
compatible  businesses,  which  may  require  the  Company  to raise  additional
financing,  either in the form of debt or equity. There can be no assurance that
any such  financing  will be available  on favorable  terms to the Company or at
all. If the Company were to seek to raise additional  equity,  its then existing
shareholders would suffer dilution to their interests. See "Use of Proceeds."

Benefits to Current Shareholders

         The current shareholders of the Company acquired their shares of Common
Stock at a cost per share  substantially  less  than  that at which the  Company
intends to sell its Common  Stock  included  in the Units.  Consummation  of the
offering  will  result in a  substantial  increase  in the value of the  current
shareholders'  holdings and a resulting dilution in the price paid by the public
shareholders.   See   ""Dilution."   In  addition,   the  Sellers  will  receive
consideration  for the  sale of  their  stock  in  Construction  and  membership
interests in Leasing which they might not  otherwise  receive if the offering is
not consummated.


Competition


         The general  pipeline  construction,  replacement,  rehabilitation  and
repair  business  is  highly  competitive.  The  Company  faces  conceptual  and
practical  competition both from a number of contractors  employing  traditional
methods of pipeline  construction,  replacement and repair and from  contractors
offering alternative trenchless products and technologies. Management is unaware
of  any  publicly-held   comparable   companies  that  are  direct  competitors.
Nonetheless,  there could be privately-held competitors with financial resources
substantially greater than these of the Company.


Regulation; General

         The transportation of oil and gas through pipelines is regulated by the
Federal   Energy   Regulatory   Commission   ("FERC").   Through   the   current
rate-of-return  policy,  the FERC  regulates  the  allowed  return  on  pipeline
investments. Historically, the FERC has determined the allowed investment return
on a case-by-case  basis. If the current regulatory  environment as administered
by the FERC were to become more stringent in establishing  return  criteria,  it
could  reduce the appeal of such  pipeline  investments.  This  situation  could
reduce the growth  opportunities in the industry,  and thereby reduce the demand
for the  Company's  services.  There can be no assurance  that the FERC will not
adopt or change  regulations or take other actions that would  adversely  affect
the industry and the  Company's  business,  financial  condition  and results of
operations.

Regulation; Environmental

         The Company is subject to numerous laws and  regulations  governing the
discharge  of  materials  into  the   environment   or  otherwise   relating  to
environmental protection. These laws and regulations may require the acquisition
of a permit  before  installing  pipelines,  restrict the types,  qualities  and
concentration of various substances that can be released into the environment in
connection  with   installation  and  repair   activities,   limit  or  prohibit
installation  activities on certain lands lying within wilderness,  wetlands and
other  protected  areas,  and  impose  substantial   liabilities  for  pollution
resulting  from the  Company's  operations.  Moreover,  the recent  trend toward
stricter  standards in  environmental  legislation  and  regulation is likely to
continue.  Although the Company generally  attempts to pass on such costs to the
customer in its billing,  such  standards  could have an impact on the operating
costs of the Company.

Business Concentration


     The Company's customers are concentrated in the oil and gas industry. Sales
to  customers  in the oil and gas industry  accounted  for 78% of the  Company's
revenues  during the fiscal  year ended  November  1, 1997.  The Company is also
dependent on a core of customers for the majority of its revenues. Sales to five
customers  accounted for 63.2% of total  revenues in 1997.  The Company  expects
that sales to  relatively  few  customers  will  continue  to account for a high
percentage  of its net sales in the  foreseeable  future and  believes  that its
financial  results will depend,  in significant  part, upon the success of these
few customers.  The loss of a significant customer or any reduction in orders by
any  significant  customers,  including  reductions  due to economic and pricing
conditions in the oil and gas industry,  may have a material  adverse  effect on
the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

Influence on Voting by Principal Shareholders

         Upon   completion  of  this  offering,   the  directors  and  principal
shareholders,  will own approximately  44.1% of the outstanding  Common Stock of
the Company. As a result,  these shareholders will be able to impact the vote on
most matters submitted to shareholders, including the election of directors. See
"Principal Shareholders."




Absence of Prior Public Market - American Stock Exchange Listing


         Prior  to this  offering,  there  has  been no  public  market  for the
Securities.  The  Company  has  applied  for  listing of the  Securities  on the
American Stock  Exchange.  There can be no assurance that the Company's  listing
application  will be  approved.  Such  listing,  if  approved,  does not  imply,
however,  that a meaningful,  sustained  market for the Common Stock or Warrants
will develop.  There can be no assurance  that an active  trading market for the
Securities offered hereby will develop or, if it should develop, will continue.


Risk of Redemption of Warrants

         Commencing twelve months from the date of this Prospectus,  the Company
may redeem the  Warrants for $.05 per  Warrant,  provided  that the closing sale
price of the  Common  Stock on the  American  Stock  Exchange  has been at least
$25.00 for ten consecutive trading days ending within fifteen days of the notice
of  redemption.  Notice of  redemption  of the Warrants  could force the holders
thereof:  (i) to exercise the Warrants and pay the exercise price at a time when
it may be  disadvantageous  or difficult  for the holders to do so, (ii) to sell
the Warrants at the current market price when they might  otherwise wish to hold
the Warrants,  or (iii) to accept the  redemption  price,  which is likely to be
less than the market  value of the Warrants at the time of the  redemption.  See
"Description of Securities - Warrants."

Investors May Be Unable to Exercise Warrants


         For the life of the Warrants,  the Company will use its best efforts to
maintain a current effective registration statement with the Commission relating
to the shares of Common Stock  issuable upon  exercise of the  Warrants.  If the
Company  is unable to  maintain a current  registration  statement  the  Warrant
holders  would be unable to exercise  the  Warrants  and the Warrants may become
valueless.  Although  the  Underwriters  have agreed to not  knowingly  sell the
Warrants in any  jurisdiction  in which the shares of Common Stock issuable upon
exercise  of the  Warrants  are not  registered,  exempt  from  registration  or
otherwise qualified,  a purchaser of the Warrants may relocate to a jurisdiction
in  which  the  shares  of  Common  Stock  underlying  the  Warrants  are not so
registered  or qualified.  In addition,  a purchaser of the Warrants in the open
market  may  reside  in a  jurisdiction  in which the  shares  of  Common  Stock
underlying the Warrants are not registered,  exempt or qualified. If the Company
is unable or chooses not to register or qualify or maintain the  registration or
qualification  of the shares of Common Stock underlying the Warrants for sale in
all of the states in which the Warrant  holders  reside,  the Company  would not
permit such  Warrants to be  exercised  and Warrant  holders in those states may
have no choice but to either sell their Warrants or let them expire. Prospective
investors and other interested persons who wish to know whether or not shares of
Common Stock may be issued upon the exercise of Warrants by Warrant holders in a
particular  state should consult with the securities  department of the state in
question or send a written  inquiry to the Company.  The Company has applied for
listing of the Warrants and the  Underlying  Common Stock on the American  Stock
Exchange  which  provides an exemption  from  registration  in most states.  See
"Description of Securities Warrants."




<PAGE>


Arbitrary Determination of Offering Price

         The public  offering  price for the Units offered hereby was determined
by negotiation  between the Company and the  Representatives,  and should not be
assumed to bear any  relationship  to the  Company's  asset value,  net worth or
other  generally  accepted  criteria of value.  Recent  history  relating to the
market prices of newly public  companies  indicates that the market price of the
Securities following this offering may be highly volatile. See "Underwriting."

Immediate Substantial Dilution


         The  Company's  current  shareholders  acquired  their shares of Common
Stock at a cost  substantially  below the price at which  such  shares are being
offered in this offering. In addition,  the initial public offering price of the
shares of Common Stock included in the Units being offered in this offering will
be  substantially  higher than the current book value per share of Common Stock.
Consequently,  investors purchasing shares of Common Stock included in the Units
being offered in this offering will incur an immediate and substantial  dilution
of their  investment of  approximately  $7.42 per share or  approximately  74.2%
insofar  as it  relates  to the  resulting  book  value of  Common  Stock  after
completion of this offering. See "Dilution."




Payment of Dividends

         The Company has never paid cash dividends on the Common Stock, and does
not anticipate  that it will pay cash dividends in the foreseeable  future.  The
payment of  dividends  by the  Company  will depend on its  earnings,  financial
condition  and such other  factors as the Board of  Directors of the Company may
consider relevant. The Company currently plans to retain any earnings to provide
for the development and growth of the Company. See "Dividend Policy."

Shares Eligible for Future Sale


         Upon completion of this offering,  the Company's  current  shareholders
will own 1,200,000  shares of Common Stock,  which will  represent  50.0% of the
then issued and outstanding  shares of Common Stock (47.1% if the over-allotment
option is exercised in full). In addition,  the Sellers will own 200,000 shares,
or 8.3% of the outstanding Common Stock ( 7.8% if the  over-allotment  option is
exercised  in full).  The shares  held by the  current  shareholders  and by the
Sellers  are  "restricted  securities"  as that term is defined in the Rules and
Regulations  under the Securities Act, and as such, may be publicly sold only if
registered under the Securities Act or sold pursuant to an applicable  exemption
from registration, such as that provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

         The  shares  held by the  current  shareholders,  and the  shares to be
issued to the Sellers will not be eligible for sales under Rule 144 for at least
one year from the effective date of this  Prospectus.  The current  shareholders
and the Sellers have agreed with the Representatives  that they will not sell or
otherwise  dispose  of their  shares  for a period of one year after the date of
this Prospectus without the prior written consent of the  Representative.  Sales
of significant  amounts of Common Stock by current  shareholders and the Sellers
in the public market after this offering could adversely affect the market price
of the Common  Stock.  See  "Shares  Eligible  for Future  Sale" and  "Principal
Shareholders."


Use of Proceeds for Unspecified Acquisitions


         The  Company  intends to utilize a portion of the net  proceeds of this
offering  for the purpose of  acquisitions,  joint  ventures  and other  similar
business  opportunities.  Under  Texas law,  transactions  of this nature do not
require  shareholder  approval  except  when  accomplished  through  a merger or
consolidation. Accordingly, purchasers in this offering will necessarily rely to
a large degree upon the judgment of management of the Company in the utilization
of the net proceeds of this offering applied to  acquisitions.  The Company does
not now  have  any  agreements  or  commitments  with  respect  to any  specific
transactions, and management has not established specific criteria to be used in
making   the   determination   as  to  how  to  invest   these   proceeds.   See
"Business-Recent Developments" and "Use of Proceeds."

Shares of Common Stock Reserved Under Stock Option Plan

         The Company has reserved 240,000 shares of Common Stock for issuance to
key employees,  officers,  directors and  consultants  pursuant to the Company's
Stock Option Plan.  To date no options have been granted  under the Stock Option
Plan. The existence of these options and any other options or warrants may prove
to be a hindrance  to future  equity  financing  by the  Company.  Further,  the
holders of such  options  may  exercise  them at a time when the  Company  would
otherwise be able to obtain additional equity capital on terms more favorable to
the Company. See "Management - Stock Option Plan."


Effect of Outstanding Warrants and Underwriters' Warrants.

         Until the date five years  following the date of this  Prospectus,  the
holders of the Warrants and  Underwriters'  Warrants are given an opportunity to
profit  from a rise in the market  price of the Common  Stock,  with a resulting
dilution in the interests of the other shareholders. Further, the terms on which
the  Company  might  obtain  additional  financing  during  that  period  may be
adversely affected by the existence of the Warrants and Underwriters'  Warrants.
The holders of the Warrants and Underwriters' Warrants may exercise the Warrants
and  Underwriters'  Warrants at a time when the Company  might be able to obtain
additional  capital through a new offering of securities on terms more favorable
than  those  provided  herein.  The  Company  has  agreed  that,  under  certain
circumstances,  it will  register  under federal and state  securities  laws the
Underwriters'  Warrants and/or the securities issuable  thereunder.  Exercise of
these registration  rights could involve substantial expense to the Company at a
time when it could not afford such  expenditures  and may  adversely  affect the
terms  upon  which  the  Company  may  obtain  financing.  See  "Description  of
Securities" and "Underwriting."

Representatives' Influence on the Market


         A significant  amount of the  Securities  offered hereby may be sold to
customers of the  Representatives.  Such  customers  subsequently  may engage in
transactions  for the sale or  purchase of such  Securities  through or with the
Representatives. Although it has no obligation to do so, the Representatives may
otherwise effect  transactions in such  securities.  Such market making activity
may be  discontinued  at any  time.  If  they  participate  in the  market,  the
Representatives may exert a dominating influence on the market, if one develops,
for the Securities described in this Prospectus.  The price and the liquidity of
the  Securities  may be  significantly  affected by the  degree,  if any, of the
Representatives' participation in such market.



         In  addition,  the  Company  has  agreed to  solicit  exercises  of the
Warrants  solely  through  the  Representatives  and to pay the  Representatives
certain  compensation in connection  therewith.  Solicitation of the exercise of
the  Warrants  by the  Representatives  will not be made  during the  restricted
periods of Regulation M under the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
See "Description of Securities-Warrants" and "Underwriting."




<PAGE>




                                 THE ACQUISITION

         At the Closing,  the Company will use a portion of the proceeds of this
  offering to consummate the Acquisition of  Construction.  The Company will pay
  the Sellers $6,000,000 cash from the net proceeds of the offering and issue to
  the Sellers 200,000 shares of Common Stock. In exchange therefor,  the Sellers
  will  deliver  to  the  Company  all  of  the  outstanding   common  stock  of
  Construction.  (The  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock to be issued to the
Sellers is determined by dividing  $2,000,000 by the offering price attributable
to the Common Stock in the final  Prospectus  used in this  offering  Thus,  the
Sellers  could  receive  more or fewer  shares  if the  offering  price  were to
change.)
         The Stock Purchase Agreement provides for customary representations and
warranties by Construction and the Sellers,  including without limitation, as to
the organization and good standing of Construction,  the financial statements of
Construction  and  certain  representations  as to the  business  contracts  and
commitments of  Construction.  Although the Company agrees that it will not take
any action  after the Closing  which would result in a change in the benefits to
the employees covered by the current benefit plans of Construction, there are no
commitments  or provisions as to  consulting  or  employment  agreements,  stock
options or  registration  of the Company  stock  delivered to the Sellers at the
Closing.  Pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement, Mr. Holloman and the Sellers
agree that,  for a period of five years,  they will not compete with the Company
in any business in which  Construction  is engaged  within any state or province
and  maintain an office at the time of  execution  thereof.  The Stock  Purchase
Agreement provides for  indemnification by the Sellers as to  misrepresentation,
breach  of  warranty  or   non-fulfillment  of  any  agreement  or  covenant  or
misrepresentation  or  omission of material  information  in the Stock  Purchase
Agreement or Schedules  attached  thereto.  Such  indemnification,  except as to
taxes,  is limited to four years from the  Closing  and the  aggregate  purchase
price for the Construction stock.

         After  the  Closing,  Construction  will  operate  as  a  wholly  owned
subsidiary of the Company. Mr. Holloman, who has been Chairman,  President,  and
principal  owner of  Construction  since it was founded in 1967 will continue as
Chairman of the  Company  but will not devote  full time to the  business of the
Company.




<PAGE>




                                 USE OF PROCEEDS


         The net proceeds of this  offering to the  Company,  are expected to be
approximately  $8,500,000  ($9,820,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised
in full),  assuming an initial public  offering price of $10.00 per Unit,  after
deducting the  Underwriters'  discount and $500,000 of expenses  relating to the
offering,  including the Underwriters'  non-accountable  expense  allowance.  No
value has been  assigned  to the  Warrants  included  in the Units.  The Company
intends to use the net proceeds as follows:


                                             Amount                     %

Payment to Sellers (1)                    $ 6,000,000                 70.6%


Working capital (2)                         2,500,000                 29.4%
                                         -----------              --------
                                          $ 8,500,000                100.0%
                                         ===========                ======
- ---------------


(1)  The cash  portion  of the  purchase  price of the  Acquisition  due to. the
     Sellers at the Closing.  See "The  Acquisition" and "Certain  Relationships
     and Related Transactions".

(2)  The Company may also use a portion of the  proceeds  from this  offering to
     take advantage of future business  opportunities as a part of its expansion
     plans,  although the Company has not identified any specific  businesses it
     intends to acquire and has not entered  into  negotiations  with respect to
     any acquisitions.


     Pending  application of the net proceeds of this offering,  the Company may
invest such net proceeds in interest-bearing  accounts, United States Government
obligations, certificates of deposit or short-term interest-bearing securities.



                                 DIVIDEND POLICY

         The Company does not anticipate paying dividends on the Common Stock at
any time in the  foreseeable  future.  The Company's Board of Directors plans to
retain earnings for the development and expansion of the Company's business. The
Board of Directors also plans to regularly review the Company's dividend policy.
The Company's ability to pay dividends will be dependent,  in large measure,  on
its ability to receive  dividends and  management  fees from its life  insurance
subsidiaries.  The ability of these corporations to pay dividends and management
fees, in turn,  is limited  pursuant to applicable  insurance  laws.  Any future
determination  as to the payment of dividends  will be at the  discretion of the
Board of  Directors  of the  Company  and will  depend on a number  of  factors,
including future earnings,  capital  requirements,  financial condition and such
other factors as the Board of Directors may deem relevant.



<PAGE>


                                    DILUTION



         As of April 30, 1998,  the net  tangible  book value of the Company and
Construction, as if they were combined on such date, was $(2,307,490) or $(1.65)
per share of Common  Stock.  The net  tangible  book value of the Company is the
aggregate  amount of its  tangible  assets less its total  liabilities.  The net
tangible  book  value per share  represents  the  total  tangible  assets of the
Company, less total liabilities of the Company,  divided by the number of shares
of Common Stock  outstanding.  After giving  effect (i) to the sale of 1,000,000
Units  (1,000,000  shares of Common Stock and 1,000,000  Warrants) at an assumed
offering price of $10.00 per Unit, or $10.00 per share of Common Stock (no value
assigned to the  Warrants),  (ii) the  application of the estimated net proceeds
therefrom,  the pro forma net tangible book value per share would  increase from
$(1.65) to $2.58.  This  represents  an immediate  increase in net tangible book
value of $4.23 per share to current  shareholders  and an immediate  dilution of
$7.42 per share to new  investors  or,  74.29% as  illustrated  in the following
table:
<TABLE>
          <S>                                                                         <C>           <C>   

         Public offering price per Share                                                           $10.00
         Net tangible book value per Share before this offering                     $(1.65)
         Increase per share attributable to new investors                             4.23
                                                                                    ------
         Adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering                             $ 2.58
         Dilution per share to new investors                                                        $ 7.42
                                                                                                    ------
         Percentage dilution                                                                         74.29%
</TABLE>


         The following  table sets forth as of April 30, 1998, (i) the number of
shares of Common Stock purchased from the Company,  the total consideration paid
to the Company and the average price per share paid by the current shareholders,
and (ii) the  number  of  shares of  Common  Stock  included  in the Units to be
purchased from the Company and total  consideration  to be paid by new investors
(before  deducting  underwriting  discounts and other estimated  expenses) at an
assumed offering price of $10 per share.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                     Shares Purchased               Total Consideration        Average Price
<S>                               <C>              <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>
                                    Number        Percent          Amount        Percent       Per Share

Current shareholders              1,400,000 (2)(4) 58.3%       $  2,325,000        18.9%     $    .44
New investors                     1,000,000 (2)    41.7%         10,000,000        81.1%       $10.00 (3)
                                  ---------       ------         -----------      ------
     Total                        2,400,000 (1)   100.0%        $12,325,000        (2)                100.0%
                                  =========       =====         ===========                           =====
</TABLE>


- --------

 (1) Does not include a total of 1,500,000  shares of Common Stock issuable upon
     the exercise of: (i) the Warrants or the Underwriters'  Warrants,  (ii) the
     over-allotment  option, or (iii) employee stock options. To the extent that
     these  options and  warrants  are  exercised,  there will be further  share
     dilution to new investors.


(2)  Upon exercise of the  over-allotment  option,  the number of shares held by
     new investors  would  increase to 1,150,000 or 45.1% of the total number of
     shares to be  outstanding  after the offering  and the total  consideration
     paid  by  new  investors  will  increase  to  $11,500,000.  See  "Principal
     Shareholders."


 (3) This amount  assumes the  attribution  of the Unit purchase price solely to
     the Common Stock included in each Unit. See "Use of Proceeds."


(4) Assumes  the  issuance of 200,000  shares to the Sellers to  consummate  the
Acquisition. If the offering price attributable to the Common Stock were more or
less than  $10.00  per share  the  number of shares to be issued to the  Sellers
would change proportionately. See "The Acquisition."


<PAGE>


                                 CAPITALIZATION


         The following  table sets forth (i) the  capitalization  of the Company
and  Construction  as if they were combined as of April 30, 1998,  including the
issuance of 200,000  shares of the Common Stock to the Sellers to consummate the
Acquisition and (ii) on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to the sale
of 1,000,000  Units  offered  hereby and the  application  of the  estimated net
proceeds therefrom See "Use of Proceeds."
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                 April 30,  1998
                                                                 (Unaudited)             As Adjusted
<S>                                                                <C>                     <C>    

Short-term debt:
    Current portion of notes payable ...................        $       297,827         $       297,827
                                                                ---------------         ---------------
    Total short-term debt...............................        $       297,827         $      297,827

Long-term debt:

    Notes payable.......................................        $      34,587           $      34,587
    Notes payable - Sellers.............................            6,000,000                       0
                                                                -------------           -------------

Total long-term debt...................................        $    6,034,587          $      34,587
                                                                                          ==============          =============


Shareholders' equity:
    Common Stock, $0.01 par value,
      20,000,000 shares authorized,
      1,200,000 shares issued and outstanding,
      2,400,000 as adjusted (1) (2) ....................               14,000                  24,000
    Additional paid in capital..........................                    0               8,490,000
    Retained earnings...................................           (2,321,490)             (2,321,490)
                                                                --------------          ------------- 

      Total shareholders' equity........................           (2,307,490)              6,192,510
                                                                --------------          -------------
      Total capitalization .............................        $   3,727,097           $   6,227,097
                                                                =============           =============
</TABLE>

- ------


(1)  Does not include 240,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under
     the Company's Stock Option Plan. See "Management - Stock Option Plan."


(2)  Does not include an  aggregate  of up to  1,500,000  shares  issuable  upon
     exercise of (i) the Warrants,  (ii) the over-allotment option, or (iii) the
     Underwriters' Warrants.

 20,000,000 shares of common stock with a par value of $0.01 per share with
<PAGE>


                     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                  FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         The  following   should  be  read  in  connection  with  the  Company's
Consolidated Financial Statements, related notes and other financial information
included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

Results of Operations

         Over the two years ended  November 1, 1997,  the Company  increased net
revenues by 60% to $19.4 million from $12.7 million, decreased costs of revenues
as a percentage of revenues by 4.7% while general and administrative expenses as
a percentage  of revenues  rose from 10.1% to 10.3%.  Until this  offering,  the
Company was a private corporation and declared large bonuses to management which
were primarily income tax motivated.

         The following table presents, as a percentage of net revenues,  certain
financial data for the Company for the periods indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                              Fiscal Year Ended              Six months Ended 4/30
                                        11/01/97          11/02/96            1998             1997
                                        --------          --------          -------           -----
<S>                                    <C>                <C>               <C>               <C>    <C>

Contract revenues                        100.0%            100.0%            100.0%           100.0%
Costs of revenues                         84.6              89.3              86.8             81.3
Gross profit                              15.4              10.7              13.2             18.7
General and
administrative expenses                   10.3              10.1               5.2              7.7
Operating income                           5.1               0.7               7.9             11.1
Interest expense                           0.3               0.7               0.2              0.4
Income taxes                               2.1               0.9                3.4             2.6
Net income                                 3.9               1.6               6.6              5.1

</TABLE>

Comparison of the Six months Ended April 30, 1997 and April 30, 1998

         Net revenues for the six month period  ending April 30, 1998  increased
43.7% or $3,653,215  from the same period in the previous year. The increase was
due  primarily  to growth  in the  Engineering  and  Pipeline  Divisions,  whose
revenues  increased  200.5% and 35.6%,  respectively.  The  Company  experienced
greater  demand  for  its  services  due  to the  general  increase  in  capital
expenditures made by the Company's customer base.

         Gross profit for the period  increased to  $1,579,413,  a 0.9% increase
from the  previous  year.  The gross profit  margin as a percentage  of revenues
declined to 13.2% versus 18.7% in the prior year due to a 53.6% increase in cost
of revenues.  The  increase in the cost of revenues as a percentage  of revenues
was primarily due to the  increased use of non-bidded  hourly work  performed at
pre-determined  rates relative to the same period in 1997. Although such work is
guaranteed to the Company and does not involve bidding against  competitors,  it
is performed at generally less profitable rates that do not allow the Company to
build in a markup on materials at a level comparable to open-bid work.

         General and  Administrative  Expenses  for the period  declined by 2.0%
compared  to the same  period  last  year.  The  Company  made no  additions  to
personnel in its administrative  base during the period. The current general and
administrative  support base was generally  able to absorb the increased  volume
without significant additional expenses.

         Operating  income  increased to $952,511 for the six months ended April
30, 1998,  an increase of 2.9% from the same period in 1997.  As a percentage of
revenues, operating income decreased to 7.9% from 11.1% in the prior year. On an
absolute  basis,  the  increase in  operating  income  reflects  the increase in
revenues for the six months ended April 30, 1998  relative to the same period in
1997.  The decline in  operating  income as a  percentage  of  revenues  was due
primarily  to the  significant  increase in the cost of  revenues  as  explained
above.

         Interest  expense  decreased by 41.8% to $20,429 during the period from
$35,091 in the prior year,  reflecting a decrease in notes payable.  The Company
increased the use of capital  leases  versus the outright  purchase of equipment
financed with bank debt.


Comparison of the Years Ended November 2, 1996 and November 1, 1997

         Total revenues in 1997 increased  60.4% or $7,298,763 from the previous
fiscal year.  This  increase is  attributable  to growth in all of the Company's
operating divisions, with the largest increase in Engineering Division revenues.
The Company  experienced  greater  demand for its services  consistent  with the
general  increase in capital  spending made by oil and gas companies  during the
year.

         Gross profit for 1997 increased 129.6% over 1996, reflecting the higher
sales  volume in 1997.  Gross  margin  increased  from 10.7% in 1996 to 15.4% in
1997. The increased demand for the Company's  services allowed the Company to be
more  aggressive in its bidding,  and this  condition  allowed the Company to be
awarded bids with higher markups for its cost of services.

         General and administrative  expenses increased by 64.4% from $1,296,145
in 1996 to  $1,997,914  in 1997,  reflecting  the  increase  in  revenues.  As a
percentage of revenues,  these  expenditures  were relatively stable at 10.3% in
1997 versus 10.1% in 1996.

         Interest expense  decreased by 28.6% from $80,702 in 1996 to $57,632 in
1997,  reflecting a decrease in notes payable.  The Company increased the use of
capital  leases  versus the outright  purchase of equipment  financed  with bank
debt.

         Prior to this  offering,  the Company was privately  held.  The Company
reduced income by declaring and paying  bonuses to its  employees.  Net earnings
for 1997 were  reduced by bonuses of  $565,710  ($857,135  before tax benefit of
$291,425),  and are included in Costs of Services and General and Administrative
Expenses.


Liquidity and Capital Resources

         The Company has financed its working capital  requirements  through the
use of bank debt and related party operating leases. Since 1994, the Company has
increased the use of related party  operating  leases versus bank debt as a mean
of financing its equipment.  Going forward,  management anticipates that it will
use similar operating leases to replace notes payables as they mature.

         As of April 30,  1998,  the Company had a  $2,000,000  working  capital
credit facility with a bank . The facility is secured by accounts receivable. As
of April 30, 1998, the credit  facility had an  outstanding  balance of $200,000
and available credit of $1,800,000.  The Company is currently in compliance with
all of the loan covenants governing the credit facility.

         As of April 30, 1998, the Company had working capital of $3,130,553 and
a working  capital ratio of 2.3 times.  Cash from operations for the fiscal year
ended  November  1, 1997 was  $1,485,724,  compared  to $64,682  during the same
period in 1996.  The change is due to the  increase in net income and changes in
current assets and liabilities.

         The Company's cash  requirements for fiscal 1998 and in the future will
depend upon the level of sales,  acquisitions,  sales and marketing expenditures
and capital  expenditures.  The Company believes that the net proceeds from this
offering,  the use of operating leases, and anticipated  revenue from operations
should be adequate  for the  Company's  working  capital  requirements  over the
course of the next  twelve  months.  In the event  that the  Company's  plans or
assumptions  change or if its  requirements  to meet  unanticipated  changes  in
business conditions or the proceeds of this offering prove to be insufficient to
fund  operations,  the Company  could be required to seek  additional  financing
prior to such time.

Accounting Standards


         The Financial Accounting  Standards Board ("FASB")  periodically issues
statements  of  financial  accounting  standards.  In April  1997,  FASB  issued
Statement of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  (SFAS) No. 128. The new standard
replaces  primary and fully  diluted  earnings  per share with basic and diluted
earnings per share. SFAS No. 128 is required to be adopted by the Company in the
year ending  November 1, 1998.  Had the Company been  required to adopt SFAS No.
128 for the periods  presented,  the adoption  would not have impacted  reported
earnings per share.

         In June  1997,  the FASB  issued  SFAS No.  130 and 131.  SFAS No.  130
establishes  standards for reporting and display of comprehensive income and its
components.  SFAS No. 131  establishes  standards for reporting  about operating
segments,  products and services,  geographic  areas, and major  customers.  The
standards  become  effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997.
Management  plans to adopt these  standards in the year ending November 1, 1999.
Management  believes  that  provisions  of SFAS No.  130 and 131 will not have a
material effect on its financial condition or reported results of operation.


         In February 1998, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS
132, Employers'  Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement  Benefits -
An Amendment of FASB  Statements  No.  87,88,  and 106. This  Statement  revises
employers'  disclosures about pension and other postretirement benefit plans. It
does not change the  measurement  or  recognition  of those  plans.  Rather,  it
standardizes the disclosure  requirements for pensions and other  postretirement
benefits to the extent practicable,  requires additional  information on changes
in the benefit  obligations  and fair values of plan assets that will facilitate
financial  analysis,  and  eliminates  certain  disclosures  that are no  longer
useful. This Statement becomes effective February 1998, for the Company, and the
Company  believes it will not have a material effect on its financial  condition
or results of operations.




<PAGE>


                                    BUSINESS




General

         The Company was organized in May 1998 to acquire all of the outstanding
stock of Construction.

         The Company specializes in pipeline  construction,  plant construction,
and  engineering  services.  These  services  are used by  municipal  and  state
governments,   commercial  and  industrial   building  sites,  and  residential,
commercial, and industrial subdivisions.  The majority of the Company's business
is  transacted  in the state of Texas  although  the  Company  performs  work in
adjoining  states and is  authorized  to do business  in other  states that have
activities   relating  to  the  oil  and  gas  industry,   particularly  in  the
southeastern and southwestern parts of the country. The Company's operations are
separated into three divisions.

The Industry

         The  Company's  success is directly  related to the demand for fuel and
the repair and maintenance of existing pipelines. Originally the Company focused
on plant and pipeline  activities for the oil and gas industry.  While customers
in the oil and gas industry  continue to  contribute a majority of the Company's
revenues,  the Company has  recently  expanded  into  utilities,  including  the
construction of water, sanitary sewer, and storm and drainage systems.

         Industry sources estimate that worldwide pipeline  construction will be
23,232 miles for 1998, a 9.0% increase from the 20,465 miles built in 1997. This
above-average increase in pipeline construction is primarily due to domestic and
Canadian  operating  companies and producers  planning to re-configure the North
American network to move natural gas to East Coast markets.

         Outside  the  United  States,  total  pipeline  construction  surpassed
original 1997 estimates,  reaching 13,867 miles.  Industry  sources project that
international  construction  in 1998  will  increase  8.8% to  15,091  miles  of
pipeline.  For example,  competition  in Europe for  traditional  gas markets is
spurring  additional  construction  by  established  and new gas companies in an
effort to secure growth in established and new markets.


Strategy


         The Company's strategy will be to capitalize on the demand for oilfield
construction and engineering  services by continuing to expand its workforce and
geographic  presence in the  marketplace.  To accomplish these  objectives,  the
Company intends to (i) continue to enhance its new employee hiring, training and
retention policies as a method of attracting, training and retaining new, highly
skilled  workers,  and (ii) to seek to acquire  other  companies  engaged in the
engineering and  construction of pipeline and plants that have good  reputations
for quality service and highly skilled workers.

The Plant Division


         The Plant  Division  constructs  plant  facilities  for the oil and gas
industry.  Typical  projects for this division include : mainline gas compressor
stations,   which  include  multiple  1000  plus  horsepower  compressor  units,
associated equipment and piping systems,  that are used in the transportation of
natural gas through the country's gas pipeline  system;  petroleum  product pump
stations,  consisting  of the  installation  of  electrically  driven  pumps and
related  equipment  and  piping  systems  that pump  petroleum  liquids  such as
gasoline, jet fuel and propane through pipeline systems from refineries to sales
outlets;  and  oil  production  facilities,  where  crude  oil is  gathered  and
processed  before shipment through  pipelines.  Due to the mature nature of this
industry,  most of the division's projects involve modifications or additions to
existing  facilities.  The division's  projects  generally consist of earthwork,
concrete  foundations,  equipment  installations,  piping system fabrication and
installation and electrical instrumentation systems. Most of the projects are in
Texas, New Mexico, Oklahoma and Louisiana.


The Pipeline Division


         The Pipeline Division provides a variety of construction  services. The
division's  primary  emphasis has been on the  construction  of,  cross-country,
mainline  pipelines  for the  natural gas  industry,  but as this  industry  has
matured  and the demand for new  pipelines  has  diminished,  the  division  has
diversified into other related areas of pipeline construction.  The installation
of  gas  gathering  lines  that  connect  new  gas  wells  to a  mainline  are a
significant  portion of this division's  work.  Increases in the drilling of gas
wells in the West  Texas  area  have  provided  an  increase  in the  division's
business.  The division also installs  high  pressure  pipelines  used to inject
water and carbon dioxide into existing wells to enhance the production of mature
oil fields such as those found in West Texas.  The division also  constructs the
associated  gathering systems,  using pipe capable of withstanding the corrosive
nature of the produced  water,  carbon  dioxide and oil mixture.  The repair and
upgrade of existing pipelines has become a substantial portion of the division's
work as government  regulations  for  maintenance  of older  pipelines have been
initiated.  The division also performs small plant and  compressor  installation
work for certain  clients,  and utility work that includes the  installation  of
water, sewer and drainage lines for local area municipalities and developers.


         The division also provides utility construction services for government
entities and private  developers.  This work includes the  installation of water
pipelines,  sewer pipelines,  storm sewers lines,  highway drainage projects and
gas  distribution  systems.  The Company  recently  acquired the  equipment  and
technology for trenchless pipeline  installation which offers new and additional
opportunities for expansion of this division's capabilities.

         The Company  plans to increase  the  capabilities  of this  division by
opening a new  office in  Austin,  Texas to expand  its work in  commercial  and
industrial  concrete projects such as highways and bridges,  drainage facilities
and related work and has assigned an experienced supervisor to head this office.
The  Company's  first  successful  bid in this area was a  $250,000  dam  repair
project.

The Engineering Division


         The Engineering Division provides design, drafting,  project management
and  construction  services for the oil and gas  industry.  The emphasis for the
division is on the engineering and construction of gas plant  modifications  and
gas compressor installations.  The division has particular expertise in the area
of acid gas  removal  and  handling,  which  involves  the  removal of  hydrogen
sulfide,  a poisonous and highly  corrosive gas that occurs in natural gas, from
the gas stream of certain  production  facilities.  The division  performs  some
"engineering-only"  projects,  but emphasizes projects that include engineering,
procurement,  project  management and construction  work. The Company intends to
expand  this  division  through  the hire of a process  engineer  to enable  the
Company to provide design services for more  complicated  process systems in gas
and chemical plants and refineries.




Recent Developments

         Demand for the Company's  services  continues to be strong. The Company
has a current backlog of approximately $2,500,000.

         The Company  believes the growth in demand for  pipeline  construction,
plant  construction,  and  engineering  services  will  continue as the industry
continues to expand due to regulatory  changes,  new  technology,  global demand
dynamics,  and new  trends  in the oil and gas  industry.  Recently,  government
regulations  regarding the  maintenance  of older  pipelines have been enhanced.
Stricter regulatory  guidelines provide further opportunities for the Company in
the repair and upgrade of existing pipelines. Because of environmental concerns,
the demand for natural gas as a  clean-burning  fuel has  increased the need for
natural gas pipeline construction.

         Recent technological  developments in the area of trenchless-technology
pipe  installation  methods  have opened new markets  for  pipeline  engineering
services.  For example,  a new process  involving  the injection of liquid resin
into existing  pipelines  has recently  been  developed as a procedure to repair
existing  pipelines.  The technology relies extensively on pipeline  engineering
services  similar to the  Company's  activities.  This  procedure  is  typically
performed on smaller pipelines not typical to the Company's  existing work base,
and it has therefore opened a new niche for the Company's services.

         Requirements  of the  Department of  Transportation  and  technological
innovations in the area of testing are expected to lead to increased spending on
pipeline  maintenance  and repair.  An increasing  number of pipelines are using
"smart pig"  technology to inspect for pipeline  damage,  including loss of wall
thickness  and signs of general  wear.  This  technology  involves  inserting an
electronic  device (the "pig") into the pipeline  that travels the length of the
pipe to detect  anomalies.  Although these inspection  vehicles have been in use
since 1965, it has only been recently that improvements in sensors and computing
power have allowed pigs to detect other types of defects such as cracks, coating
disbondment,  dents and gouges.  This  process has been able to detect  pipeline
defects with greater  accuracy  than  traditional  methods of detection  such as
hydrotesting.  Increased use of "smart pig" technology  could increase the level
of pipeline repair and maintenance expenditures, and thereby increase demand for
pipeline construction and engineering services.

         Companies  in the oil and gas  industry  have  tended  to  limit  their
management  and  engineering  staffs to compensate  for the  cyclicality  of the
industry.  For example,  when oil prices are below their historical  levels, oil
and gas companies  tend to decrease their capital  expenditures.  Companies have
tended to utilized outside engineering and construction firms rather than employ
full  time  staffs of their  own.  This  trend  has  increased  the  demand  for
third-party engineering and construction services.

Marketing


         A  substantial  portion  of  the  Company's  business  is  from  repeat
customers and  referrals.  Approximately  half of the Company's work is obtained
through the open bid process,  although more  recently a  substantial  number of
projects  have been  negotiated  contracts.  The  Company  utilizes  a full time
marketing  employee to search for potential work opportunities and also utilizes
its  officers  and project  managers to call on repeat  customers  who are often
large oil and gas companies with changing personnel.



Worker Safety

         Worker safety is an important part of the  construction  business.  The
Company's  oil and gas clients  require that their  contractors  maintain a good
safety record.  The Company believes that its safety training program and safety
record are well recognized in the industry.  In two of the last five years (1994
and 1995) the company had no lost time because of accidents and in 1993 and 1994
completed over 1,300,000 man hours of work with no injuries.

Competition

         The general  pipeline  construction,  replacement,  rehabilitation  and
repair  business  is  highly  competitive.  The  Company  faces  conceptual  and
practical  competition both from a number of contractors  employing  traditional
methods of pipeline  construction,  replacement and repair and from  contractors
offering alternative trenchless products and technologies. Management is unaware
of  any  publicly-held   comparable   companies  that  are  direct  competitors.
Nonetheless,  there could be privately-held competitors with financial resources
substantially greater than these of the Company.

Regulation; General

         The transportation of oil and gas through pipelines is regulated by the
Federal   Energy   Regulatory   Commission   ("FERC").   Through   the   current
rate-of-return  policy,  the FERC  regulates  the  allowed  return  on  pipeline
investments. Historically, the FERC has determined the allowed investment return
on a case-by-case  basis. If the current regulatory  environment as administered
by the FERC were to become more stringent in establishing  return  criteria,  it
could  reduce the appeal of such  pipeline  investments.  This  situation  could
reduce the growth  opportunities in the industry,  and thereby reduce the demand
for the  Company's  services.  There can be no assurance  that the FERC will not
adopt or change  regulations or take other actions that would  adversely  affect
the industry and the  Company's  business,  financial  condition  and results of
operations.

Regulation; Environmental

         The Company is subject to numerous laws and  regulations  governing the
discharge  of  materials  into  the   environment   or  otherwise   relating  to
environmental protection. These laws and regulations may require the acquisition
of a permit  before  installing  pipelines,  restrict the types,  qualities  and
concentration of various substances that can be released into the environment in
connection  with   installation  and  repair   activities,   limit  or  prohibit
installation  activities on certain lands lying within wilderness,  wetlands and
other  protected  areas,  and  impose  substantial   liabilities  for  pollution
resulting  from the  Company's  operations.  Moreover,  the recent  trend toward
stricter  standards in  environmental  legislation  and  regulation is likely to
continue.  Although the Company  attempts to pass on such costs to its customers
in its billings,  such standards  could have an impact on the operating costs of
the Company.

Customers

     The Company's customers are concentrated in the oil and gas industry. Sales
to  customers  in the oil and gas industry  accounted  for 78% of the  Company's
revenues  during the fiscal  year ended  November  1, 1997.  The Company is also
dependent on a core of customers for the majority of its revenues. Sales to two
customers accounted for 37.5% of total revenues in 1997. As of November 1, 1997,
three  customers  accounted for 64% of the Company's  accounts  receivable.  The
Company  expects that sales to relatively few customers will continue to account
for a high  percentage of its net sales in the  foreseeable  future and believes
that its financial results will depend, in significant part, upon the success of
these few  customers.  The loss of a  significant  customer or any  reduction in
orders by any significant  customers,  including  reductions due to economic and
pricing  conditions  in the oil and gas  industry,  may have a material  adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

Employees
         At June 30, 1998, the Company had approximately 228 employees including
4  executive  and 15  administrative  personnel.  The  Plant  Division  and  the
Engineering  Division  each employ  approximately  50  employees,  the  Pipeline
Division employs  approximately 109 full-time field construction  workers and 50
temporary  workers.  The  number of  employees  in the  Plant,  Engineering  and
Pipeline Divisions may vary depending on the work load but generally run between
200 to  250.  None  of the  Company's  employees  are  covered  by a  collective
bargaining  agreement and the Company considers its relations with its employees
to be good.

Property

         The Company  leases a 38,000  square  foot office and shop  facility on
approximately  six acres of land in  Odessa,  Texas from an  unaffiliated  third
party at an annual rental of $18,000,  plus  utilities  and taxes.  The original
lease  term was for a term of five  years  ending  April 1,  1997,  but has been
extended for an additional five years under the terms of the lease.  The Company
deems this facility adequate for its needs for at least several years.







<PAGE>



                                   MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

         The  following  table  sets forth  certain  information  regarding  the
Company's directors and executive officers:

            Name                            Age                   Position

         Sam E.Holloman                      68     Chairman of the Board

         John E. Holdridge                   59     President, Chief Executive 
                                                    Officer and Director

         Mark E. Stevenson                  43      Executive Vice President,  
                                                    Chief   Operating
                                                    Officer and Director

         Peter Lucas                         44     Senior Vice President,
                                                    Chief Financial Officer,
                                                    Secretary, Treasurer and
                                                       Director


         Sam E.  Holloman  founded  Construction  in 1967 and, as President  and
Chairman of the Board of Construction and Manager of Leasing, managed the growth
and  development of the business.  He was elected a Director and Chairman of the
Company in May 1998.  Mr.  Holloman has 47 years of  experience in the oil field
construction industry.  Prior to the founding of Construction,  he was a partner
in another utility and oil field  construction  company from 1960 to 1967. Prior
to 1967, he had ten years  experience with other  construction  companies in the
Permian  Basin.  He studied  business at Sul Ross  University  and University of
Texas of the Permian Basin.

         John E.  Holdridge  was  elected a  Director  and  President  and Chief
Executice  Officer of the  Company  in May 1998 He also  serves as  Chairman  of
Odessa Babbitt Bearing Company ("OBBCO"),  and previously served as President of
that  company  from  1963 to 1992.  OBBEC  is a  bearing  manufacturing  company
headquartered  in Odessa,  Texas.  During his tenure at OBBCO, Mr. Holdridge was
responsible for the purchase and sale of several companies including D&F Machine
(1973-1981),  Zimco Electric Corporation (1975-1988),  and Westfork Developement
Company  (1975-1980).  He has broad  experience in various phases of the oil and
gas industry.

         Mark E.  Stevenson  was  elected  Executive  Vice  President  and Chief
Operating  Officer of the Company in May 1998.  From 1983 to present he has been
Vice  President  and General  Manager of the Pipeline  Division.  Mr.  Stevenson
received a BS in Engineering  Technology,  focusing on Construction  Management,
from Texas Tech University in 1976.

         Peter Lucas was elected Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer,
Secretary  and  Treasurer  of the  Company in May 1998.  Since April 1997 he has
served  as Senior  Vice  President  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  Westower
Corporation. From August 1995 to April 1997, Mr. Lucas served as Chief Financial
Officer of Cotton Valley  Resources  Corporation,  a Dallas based public oil and
gas company. From May 1992 to July 1995, he served as Chief Financial Officer of
Canmax  Inc.,  a Dallas based  public  company  that  develops  software for gas
stations and convenience stores. Mr. Lucas is a member of the Canadian Institute
of Chartered  Accountants.  He received his  professional  training at Coopers &
Lybrand,  which he left in 1984 to form his own tax  practice.  Six years later,
Mr. Lucas's  practice merged with Coopers & Lybrand,  with whom he was a partner
until 1992. Mr. Lucas passed the AICPA  reciprocity  examination in 1993, and is
experienced in domestic taxation, accounting and securities matters. He received
a bachelor of commerce degree from the University of Alberta in 1978.


Directors of the Company are elected at each annual meeting of shareholders. The
officers of the Company are elected annually by the Board of Directors. Officers
and  directors  hold office until their  respective  successors  are elected and
qualified or until they're earlier resignation or removal. Outside Directors

The Company has agreed to appoint two directors who are not officers,  employees
or 5%  shareholders  or related to an officer,  employee or 5% shareholder  upon
conclusion  of the  offering.  One of those  directors  will be appointed by the
Representatives  of the Underwriters.  The other director has not been selected.
Compensation of Directors
Directors who are employees of the Company will not receive any  remuneration in
their capacity as directors.  Outside  directors will receive $12,000  annually,
and $500 per meeting attended and related travel
expenses.
Indemnification and Limitation on Liability

         If  available  at  reasonable  cost,  the  Company  intends to maintain
insurance  against any  liability  incurred by its  officers  and  directors  in
defense of any  actions  to which  they are made  parties by any reason of their
positions as officers and directors.

         Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act may be  permitted to  directors,  officers  and  controlling  persons of the
Company pursuant to its Articles of Incorporation and By-laws, or otherwise, the
Company has been  advised  that in the opinion of the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission  such  indemnification  is against  public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

Executive Compensation

         The following table sets forth the compensation  awarded to, earned by,
or paid to Sam  Holloman  and  all  executive  officers  (the  "Named  Executive
Officers")who  earned over $100,000 for services rendered to Construction delete
for the fiscal years ended  November 2, 1997,  November 1, 1996, and October 28,
1995.

                           Summary Compensation Table
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Name and                                                 Annual Compensation            All Other
Principal Position             Fiscal Year           Salary              Bonus        Compensation

<S>                             <C>                      <C>            <C>                <C>    

Sam Holloman                 November 2, 1997         $166,080           $500,000              -
Chief Executive Officer      November 1, 1996           90,000                  0              -
                             October 28, 1995           79,800             27,534-             -
Mark Stevenson
Vice President             November 2, 1997           $ 70,000            $83,000              -

</TABLE>

Prior to this  offering,  the  Company  was a  privately  held  corporation  and
distributed  much of its income to shareholders by way of bonuses for income tax
planning purposes. In the future, the Company intends to compensate its officers
in accordance with the  recommendations of a compensation  committee  consisting
entirely of
outside directors.
Employment Agreements
         The Company has no employment agreements.

Stock Option Plan

         The 1998 Stock Option Plan,  (the "Stock Option Plan") provides for the
grant to employees,  officers,  directors, and consultants to the Company or any
parent,  subsidiary  or affiliate of the Company of up to 240,000  shares of the
Company's  Common Stock,  subject to adjustment in the event of any subdivision,
combination, or reclassification of shares. The Stock Option Plan will terminate
in 2008. The Stock Option Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options
("ISO's")  within the meaning of Section  422 of the  Internal  Revenue  Code of
1986, as amended,  and  non-qualified  options at the discretion of the Board of
Directors  or a  committee  of the Board of  Directors  (the  "Committee").  The
exercise  price of any option will not be less than the fair market value of the
shares at the time the option is granted.  The options  granted are  exercisable
within the times or upon the events  determined  by the Board or  Committee  set
forth in the grant, but no option is exercisable  beyond ten years from the date
of the grant. The Board of Directors or Committee administering the Stock Option
Plan will determine  whether each option is to be an ISO or non-qualified  stock
option,  the number of shares,  the exercise price,  the period during which the
option may be exercised,  and any other terms and conditions of the option.  The
holder of an option may pay the option price in (1) cash,  (2) check,  (3) other
shares of the  Company,  (4)  authorization  for the  Company to retain from the
total  number of shares to be issued that number of shares  having a fair market
value on the date of exercise  equal to the exercise  price for the total number
of shares,  (5)  irrevocable  instructions to a broker to deliver to the Company
the amount of sale or loan  proceeds  required to pay the  exercise  price,  (6)
delivery  of  an  irrevocable   subscription  agreement  for  the  shares  which
irrevocably obligates the option holder to take and pay for shares not more than
12 months after the date of the delivery of the subscription agreement,  (7) any
combination of the foregoing methods of payment,  or (8) other  consideration or
method  of  payment  for  the  issuance  of  shares  as may be  permitted  under
applicable law. The options are nontransferable except by will or by the laws of
descent and distribution. Upon dissolution,  liquidation,  merger, sale of stock
or sale of substantially all assets,  outstanding  options,  notwithstanding the
terms of the grant,  will become  exercisable  in full at least 10 days prior to
the transaction. The Stock Option Plan is subject to amendment or termination at
any time and from time to time,  subject  to  certain  limitations.  The plan is
administered by the Compensation  Committee of the Board of Directors,  which is
composed  entirely of directors  who are  "disinterested  persons" as defined in
Rule 16b-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.




<PAGE>


                             PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS


         The  following  table  sets forth  certain  information  regarding  the
beneficial  ownership  as of May 31, 1998 of the Common Stock by (a) each person
known by the Company to be a beneficial owner of more than 5% of the outstanding
shares of  Common  Stock,  (b) each  director  of the  Company,  (c) each  Named
Executive  Officer,  and (d) all directors and executive officers of the Company
as a group.  Unless otherwise noted,  each beneficial owner named below has sole
investment  and voting  power with  respect to the Common  Stock  shown below as
beneficially  owned by him. The table assumes the issuance of 200,000  shares to
the Sellers to consummate the Acquisition.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                       Shares Owned                       Shares Owned
                                                     Prior to Offering                   After Offering
     Name and Address of                         Number of        Percent            Number of         Percent
     Beneficial Owner                          Shares Owned        Owned           Shares Owned         Owned

<S>                                                <C>             <C>                 <C>            <C>     

Sam E. Holloman (1)                                200,000          -                  200,000          8.3%

John E. Holdridge (1)                               57,600          4.1                 57,600          2.4

Peter Lucas (2)                                    100,000          7.1                100,000          4.2

Mark E. Stevenson (1)                                    -          -                        -          - -

Peter Jeffrey Family Trust (3)                     100,000          7.1                100,000          4.2

Calvin J. Payne Family Trust (4)                   100,000          7.1                100,000          4.2

S. Roy Jeffrey Family Trust (5)                    100,000          7.1                100,000          4.2

Revere Financial Group, Inc. (6)                   160,000         11.4                160,000          6.7

Robert A. Shuey, III (7)                            80,000          5.7                 80,000          3.3

John J. Gorman (7)                                  80,000          5.7                 80,000          3.3

Maurice J. Bates (8)                                80,000          5.7                 80,000          3.3

All Executive Officers and Directors

     as a group (4 persons)                       357,600          25.5%              357,600          14.9%
</TABLE>

- -----------


(1) The  addresses of Messrs.  Holloman,  Holdridge  and  Stevenson is 5257 West
Interstate 20, Odessa, Texas 79769.

     
(2) The address of Mr. Lucas is 670 South Pekin Road, Woodland Washington 98674.
Includes 100,000 shares held by the Lucas
     Family Trust, beneficial ownership of which is disclaimed by Mr. Lucas.



(3) The address of Peter Jeffrey is P. O. Box 390 Thorsby,  Alberta,  Canada TOC
OVO.

(4) The address of Mr. Payne is 5264 Drayton  Harbour Road,  Blaine,  Washington
98230.

(5) The address of S. Roy. Jeffrey is 18375-67 Avenue, Surrey, British Columbia,
Canada V3S 8E7.

(6)   The address of Revere Financial Group, Inc. is 8214 Westchester, Dallas,
     Texas,75225.

(7) The address of Messrs.  Shuey,  III and.  Gorman is Two Cielo  Center,  1250
Capitol of Texas Hwy, South, Suite 500 Austin, Texas 78746.

(8)   The address of Mr. Bates is 8214 Westchester, Dallas, Texas 75225.



<PAGE>



                 CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS



                  At the Closing, the Company will use a portion of the proceeds
of this offering to consummate the Acquisition of Construction. The Company will
pay Mr. Holloman and the other Sellers  $6,000,000 cash from the net proceeds of
the offering and issue to Mr.  Holloman and the Sellers 200,000 shares of Common
Stock. In exchange therefore, the Sellers will deliver to the Company all of the
outstanding common stock of Construction.

See "The acquisition."



The Company leases  substantially all of the equipment used in its business from
T. Sisters Leasing,  L. L. C.  ("Leasing"),  a Texas limited  liability  company
owned directly and indirectly by Mr. Holloman.  For the 12 months ended December
31, 1996 and  December  31,  1997 and the six months  ended June 30,  1998,  the
Company paid Leasing $210,113, $395,506 and $360,605, respectively for the lease
of the equipment.  The Company  believes that the rental is on terms at least as
favorable as it could obtain from an independent leasing company.





<PAGE>



                            DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

Units
Each Unit consists of one share of Common Stock and one Warrant.  The Shares and
the Warrants  included in the Units may not be  separately  traded until January
15,  1999,  unless  earlier  separated  upon ten day's  written  notice from the
Representatives to the Company.
Common Stock

         The Company is authorized to issue  20,000,000  shares of Common Stock,
$0.01 par value. As of June 24, 1998 there were 1,200,000 shares of Common Stock
issued.  There were 16 holders of record of the Common Stock. The holders of the
Common Stock are entitled to share ratably in any  dividends  paid on the Common
Stock  when,  as and if  declared  by the  Board  of  Directors  out of  legally
available  funds.  Each holder of Common  Stock is entitled to one vote for each
share held of record.  The Common Stock is not entitled to cumulative  voting or
preemptive   rights  and  is  not  subject  to  redemption.   Upon  liquidation,
dissolution  or  winding up of the  Company,  the  holders  of Common  Stock are
entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution.

All outstanding shares of Common Stock are fully paid and non-assessable.

Warrants
         The Warrants will be issued in registered form under,  governed by, and
subject to the terms of a warrant  agreement (the "Warrant  Agreement")  between
the Company and American  Stock  Transfer & Trust  Company as warrant agent (the
"Warrant  Agent").  The  following  statements  are brief  summaries  of certain
provisions  of the Warrant  Agreement.  Copies of the Warrant  Agreement  may be
obtained  from the  Company  or the  Warrant  Agent and have been filed with the
Commission as an exhibit to the Registration  Statement of which this Prospectus
is a part.

         Each Warrant  entitles  the holder  thereof to purchase at any time one
share of Common Stock at an exercise price of $12.00 per share at any time after
the Common Stock and Warrants become  separately  tradable until _______,  2003.
The right to exercise  the Warrants  will  terminate at the close of business on
______,  2003. The Warrants contain  provisions that protect the Warrant holders
against  dilution  by  adjustment  of the  exercise  price  in  certain  events,
including but not limited to stock dividends, stock splits,  reclassification or
mergers.  A Warrant  holder will not possess any rights as a shareholder  of the
Company.  Shares of Common Stock,  when issued upon the exercise of the Warrants
in accordance with the terms thereof, will be fully paid and non-assessable.

         Commencing twelve months after the date of this Prospectus, the Company
may redeem  some or all of the  Warrants  at a call price of $0.05 per  Warrant,
upon  thirty (30) day's prior  written  notice if the closing  sale price of the
Common Stock on the American  Stock Exchange has equaled or exceeded $20 for ten
(10) consecutive days.
         The Warrants may be exercised only if a current prospectus  relating to
the  underlying  Common  Stock  is then in  effect  and only if the  shares  are
qualified for sale or exempt from registration  under the securities laws of the
state or states in which the  purchaser  resides.  So long as the  Warrants  are
outstanding, the Company has undertaken to file all post-effective amendments to
the Registration Statement required to be filed under the Securities Act, and to
take  appropriate  action  under  federal law and the  securities  laws of those
states  where the  Warrants  were  initially  offered to permit the issuance and
resale of the Common Stock  issuable  upon  exercise of the  Warrants.  However,
there can be no assurance  that the Company will be in a position to effect such
action,  and the failure to do so may cause the exercise of the Warrants and the
resale or other  disposition  of the Common Stock  issued upon such  exercise to
become  unlawful.  The Company may amend the terms of the Warrants,  but only by
extending  the  termination  date or lowering the exercise  price  thereof.  The
Company has no present intention of amending such terms.  However,  there can be
no  assurances  that the Company  will not alter its position in the future with
respect to this matter. Transfer Agent and Registrar

         If the  Securities  are  accepted  for  trading on the  American  Stock
exchange,  the Transfer Agent and Registrar for the Units,  the Common Stock and
the Warrants will be American Stock  Transfer & Trust  Company,  40 Wall Street,
New York, New York 10005.



<PAGE>


                         SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

         Upon  completion  of this  offering,  the Company  will have  2,400,000
shares of Common Stock issued and  outstanding.  Of these shares,  the 1,000,000
shares  sold  in  this  offering  (1,150,000  if the  over-allotment  option  is
exercised  in  full)  will be  freely  tradable  in the  public  market  without
restriction  under the Securities Act, except shares purchased by an "affiliate"
(as defined in the  Securities  Act) of the  Company.  The  remaining  1,400,000
shares,  including  the 200,000  shares  issued to the Sellers at the Closing in
connection with the Acquisition,  (the "Restricted Shares"), will be "restricted
shares"  within the meaning of the  Securities Act and may be publicly sold only
if registered  under the Securities Act or sold in accordance with an applicable
exemption  from  registration,  such as those  provided  by Rule 144  under  the
Securities Act.
         In  general,  under Rule 144,  as  currently  in  effect,  a person (or
persons whose shares are aggregated) is entitled to sell Restricted Shares if at
least one year has passed since the later of the date such shares were  acquired
from the Company or any  affiliate of the Company.  Rule 144  provides,  however
that within any  three-month  period such person may only sell up to the greater
of  1%  of  the  then   outstanding   shares  of  the  Company's   Common  Stock
(approximately  24,000 shares  following the completion of this offering) or the
average  weekly  trading  volume in the  Company's  Common Stock during the four
calendar weeks immediately preceding the date on which the notice of the sale is
filed  with the  Commission.  Sales  pursuant  to Rule 144 also are  subject  to
certain  other  requirements  relating  to  manner  of sale,  notice of sale and
availability  of  current  public  information.  Any  person who has not been an
affiliate of the Company for a period of 90 days  preceding a sale of Restricted
Shares is  entitled to sell such  shares  under Rule 144 without  regard to such
limitations  if at least two years have passed  since the later of the date such
shares were acquired  from the Company or any  affiliate of the Company.  Shares
held by persons who are deemed to be affiliated  with the Company are subject to
such volume limitations  regardless of how long they have been owned or how they
were acquired.
         After  this  offering,   executive   officers,   directors  and  senior
management  will  own  357,600  shares  of  the  Common  Stock.   The  Company's
shareholders and directors and the Sellers will enter into an agreement with the
Representatives  providing  that they will not sell or otherwise  dispose of any
shares of Common  Stock  held by them for a period of one year after the date of
this Prospectus without the prior written consent of the Representatives.

         The Company can make no prediction as to the effect, if any, that offer
or sale of these  shares  would  have on the market  price of the Common  Stock.
Nevertheless,  sales of significant  amounts of Restricted  Shares in the public
markets could adversely affect the fair market price of Common Stock, as well as
impair the  ability of the  Company to raise  capital  through  the  issuance of
additional equity securities.


<PAGE>


                                  UNDERWRITING


         Pursuant to the terms and subject to the  conditions  contained  in the
Underwriting Agreement, the Company has agreed to sell to the Underwriters named
below, and each of the  Underwriters,  for whom Capital West Securites,  Inc(the
"Representatives")  are  acting as  Representatives,  have  severally  agreed to
purchase the number of Units set forth opposite its name in the following table.


              Underwriters                                  Number of Units





              Capital West Securities

              Total.....................................       1,000,000
                                                               =========



         The  Representatives  have  advised the Company  that the  Underwriters
propose to offer the Units to the public at the initial  public  offering  price
per share set forth on the cover page of this  Prospectus and to certain dealers
at such price less a concession  of not more than $___ per Unit,  of which $____
may be reallowed to other dealers. After the initial public offering, the public
offering  price,  concession  and  reallowance  to dealers may be reduced by the
Representatives.  No such  reduction  shall  change the amount of proceeds to be
received by the Company as set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus.


         The  Company  has granted to the  Underwriters  an option,  exercisable
during the 45-day  period after the date of this  Prospectus,  to purchase up to
150,000 additional Units to cover over-allotments, if any, at the same price per
share as the Company will receive for the 1,000,000 Units that the  Underwriters
have agreed to  purchase.  To the extent  that the  Underwriters  exercise  such
option,  each  of the  Underwriters  will  have a firm  commitment  to  purchase
approximately  the same percentage of such  additional  Units that the number of
Units to be purchased by it shown in the above table  represents as a percentage
of the 1,000,000 Units offered hereby. If purchased,  such additional Units will
be sold by the  Underwriters  on the same terms as those on which the  1,000,000
Units are being sold.

         The Underwriting  Agreement  contains  covenants of indemnity among the
Underwriters  and the  Company  against  certain  civil  liabilities,  including
liabilities under the Securities Act.


         The holders of approximately 1,400,000 shares of the Common Stock after
the offering have agreed with the Representatives that, until one year after the
date of this Prospectus,  subject to certain limited  exceptions,  they will not
sell,  contract to sell, or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock, any
options to purchase shares of Common Stock, or any securities  convertible into,
exercisable  for or exchangeable  for shares of Common Stock,  owned directly by
such  holders  or with  respect  to which  they have the  power of  disposition,
without the prior written consent of the  Representatives.  Substantially all of
such shares will be eligible for immediate  public sale following  expiration of
the lock-up  periods,  subject to the  provisions of Rule 144. In addition,  the
Company  has agreed that until 365 days after the date of this  Prospectus,  the
Company  will not,  without the prior  written  consent of the  Representatives,
subject to  certain  limited  exceptions,  issue,  sell,  contract  to sell,  or
otherwise  dispose of, any shares of Common  Stock,  any options to purchase any
shares of Common Stock or any securities  convertible  into,  exercisable for or
exchangeable for shares of Common Stock other than the Company's sales of shares
in this offering,  the issuance of Common Stock upon the exercise of outstanding
options or warrants or the issuance of options  under its employee  stock option
plan. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."


         The Underwriters have the right to offer the Securities  offered hereby
only through licensed securities dealers in the United States who are members of
the National Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc. and may allow such dealers
such  portion  of its ten  (10%)  percent  commission  as the  Underwriters  may
determine.

         The Underwriters will not confirm sales to any  discretionary  accounts
without the prior written consent of their customers.

         The Company  has agreed to pay the  Representatives  a  non-accountable
expense  allowance of 2.00% of the gross  amount of the Units sold  ($200,000 on
the sale of the Units offered) at the closing of the offering. The Underwriters'
expenses in excess  thereof will be paid by the  Representatives.  To the extent
that the expenses of the  underwriting  are less than that  amount,  such excess
shall be deemed to be additional compensation to the Underwriters.  In the event
this offering is terminated before its successful completion, the Company may be
obligated  to pay the  Representatives  a maximum of  $25,000 on an  accountable
basis  for  expenses  incurred  by the  Underwriters  in  connection  with  this
offering.

         The Company has agreed that for a period of five years from the closing
of the sale of the Units  offered  hereby,  it will  nominate  for election as a
director a person designated by the Representative,  and during such time as the
Representatives  have not exercised such right, the  Representatives  shall have
the right to designate an observer, who shall be entitled to attend all meetings
of the Board and  receive  all  correspondence  and  communications  sent by the
Company to the members of the Board. The Representatives have not yet identified
to the Company the person who is to be  nominated  for election as a director or
designated as an observer.


         The  Underwriting  Agreement  provides  for  indemnification  among the
Company  and the  Underwriters  against  certain  civil  liabilities,  including
liabilities under the Securities Act. In addition,  the  Underwriters'  Warrants
provide  for   indemnification   among  the  Company  and  the  holders  of  the
Underwriters'  Warrants and underlying shares against certain civil liabilities,
including liabilities under the Securities Act, and the Exchange Act.

Underwriters' Warrants

         Upon the  closing of this  offering,  the Company has agreed to sell to
the Underwriters for nominal  consideration,  the  Underwriters'  Warrants.  The
Underwriters'  Warrants are exercisable at 120% of the public offering price for
a four-year period commencing one year from the effective date of this offering.
The  Underwriters'   Warrants  may  not  be  sold,   transferred,   assigned  or
hypothecated  for a period of one year from the date of this offering  except to
the officers of the Underwriters and their successors and dealers  participating
in the offering and/or their partners or officers.  The  Underwriters'  Warrants
will contain antidilution provisions providing for appropriate adjustment of the
number of shares  subject  to the  Warrants  under  certain  circumstances.  The
holders of the Underwriters'  Warrants have no voting,  dividend or other rights
as  shareholders   of  the  Company  with  respect  to  shares   underlying  the
Underwriters' Warrants until the Underwriters' Warrants have been exercised.

         The Company has agreed, during the four year period commencing one year
from the date of this  offering,  to give  advance  notice to the holders of the
Underwriters'  Warrants or  underlying  securities  of its  intention  to file a
registration  statement,  other than in connection  with employee stock options,
mergers,  or  acquisitions,  and in such case the  holders of the  Underwriters'
Warrants and underlying  securities  shall have the right to require the Company
to include  their  securities  in such  registration  statement at the Company's
expense.

         For the term of the Underwriters' Warrants, the holders thereof will be
given the opportunity to profit from a rise in the market value of the Company's
shares,  with a resulting  dilution in the interest of other  shareholders.  The
holders  of  the  Underwriters'   Warrants  can  be  expected  to  exercise  the
Underwriters'  Warrants at a time when the Company would, in all likelihood,  be
able to obtain  needed  capital by an offering of its  unissued  shares on terms
more favorable to the Company than those provided by the Underwriters' Warrants.
Such  facts may  adversely  affect  the terms on which the  Company  can  obtain
additional financing. Any profit realized by the Underwriters on the sale of the
Underwriters'  Warrants or shares  issuable upon  exercise of the  Underwriters'
Warrants may be deemed additional underwriting compensation.

         If the Representatives,  at their election,  at any time one year after
the date of this Prospectus,  solicit the exercise of the Warrants,  the Company
will be obligated,  subject to certain conditions,  to pay the Representatives a
solicitation fee equal to 5% of the aggregate  proceeds  received by the Company
as a result  of the  solicitation.  No  warrant  solicitation  fees will be paid
within one year after the date of this  Prospectus.  No solicitation fee will be
paid if the  market  price of the Common  Stock is lower than the then  exercise
price of the Warrants,  no  solicitation  fee will be paid if the Warrants being
exercised are held in a  discretionary  account at the time of exercise,  except
where  prior  specific  approval  for  exercise is  received  from the  customer
exercising  the  Warrants,  and no  solicitation  fee  will be paid  unless  the
customer  exercising  the  Warrants  states in  writing  that the  exercise  was
solicited and designates in writing the Representative or other broker-dealer to
receive  compensation in connection with the exercise.  The  Representatives may
reallow a portion of the fee to soliciting broker-dealers.



Determination of Offering Price

          The initial  public  offering  price was  determined  by  negotiations
between  the  Company  and  the  Representatives.   The  factors  considered  in
determining the public offering price include the Company's revenue growth since
its  organization,  the industry in which it operates,  the  Company's  business
potential  and earning  prospects  and the general  condition of the  securities
markets  at the  time of the  offering.  The  offering  price  does not bear any
relationship to the Company's assets,  book value, net worth or other recognized
objective criteria of value.

          Prior to this  offering,  there  has  been no  public  market  for the
Securities, and there can be no assurance than an active market will develop.

American Stock Exchange

         The Company intends to apply for listing of the Units, Common Stock and
Warrants on the American Stock Exchange under the trading symbols "HLM.U," "HLM"
and "HLM.WS," respectively.  The listing is contingent, among other things, upon
the Company obtaining 400 shareholders.



                                  LEGAL MATTERS

         The validity of the issuance of the  Securities  offered hereby will be
passed upon for the Company by Maurice J. Bates L.L.C.,  Dallas, Texas . Maurice
J. Bates, Esq. owns 80,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock..  Certain legal
matters in connection  with the sale of the  Securities  offered  hereby will be
passed upon for the Underwriters by Wolin, Ridley & Miller L.L.P., Dallas,
Texas.



                                     EXPERTS


         The financial statements included in this Prospectus, for of the fiscal
ended  November 1, 1997 have been included in reliance on the report of Johnson,
Miller,  &  Company,  independent  accountants,  and for the  fiscal  year ended
November 2, 1996 have been  included in reliance on the report of Green & Frost,
Inc. independent accountants, given on the authority of said firms as experts in
auditing and accounting.



                                       31


<PAGE>
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Report of Independent Accountants                                        F-1

Consolidated Balance Sheet for the years ended
November 1, 1997 and November 2, 1996.                                   F-2

Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the years
ended  November 1, 1997 and November 2, 1996.                            F-4

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders Equity
for the years ended  November 1, 1997 and
November 2, 1996.                                                        F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the
Year Ended November 1, 1997 and November 2, 1996.                        F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.                              F-8

Consolidated Balance Sheet for the
six months ended April 30, 1997 and 1996.                                F-17

Consolidated  Statement  of Earnings for the
six months ended April 30, 1997 and 1996.                                F-19

Consolidated  Statements of  Stockholders  Equity
for the six months ended April 30, 1997 and 1996.                        F-20

Consolidated Statements  of Cash Flows
for the six months ended  April 30, 1997 and 1996.                       F-21

Notes to Consolidated  Financial Statements for the
six month period ended April 30, 1997 and 1996.                          F-22



See accompaning notes to these consolidated finacial statements.
                                       32
<PAGE>
       Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants






To the Directors and Stockholders of
Holloman Construction Co.



We have audited the accompanying  balance sheet of Holloman  Construction Co., a
Texas  corporation,  as of  November  1,  1997  and the  related  statements  of
earnings,  stockholders' equity, and cash flows for the period then ended. These
financial  statements are the  responsibility of the Company's  management.  Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audit. The financial  statements of Holloman  Construction Co. as of and for
the period ended  November 2, 1996,  were audited by other auditors whose report
dated February 10, 1997, expressed an unqualified opinion on those statements.

We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
Those standards  require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance   about  whether  the  financial   statements  are  free  of  material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the  November 1, 1997  financial  statements  referred to above
present fairly,  in all material  respects,  the financial  position of Holloman
Construction Co. at November 1, 1997, and the results of its operations and cash
flows  for  the  period  then  ended,  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted
accounting principles.




Odessa, Texas
January 13, 1998
                                      F-1
<PAGE>











                            Holloman Construction Co.

                                 BALANCE SHEETS

                      November 1, 1997 and November 2, 1996

                                     ASSETS
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                <C>                   <C>


                                                                                     1997                  1996

CURRENT ASSETS
   Cash         $                                                                   636,449                14,847
   Accounts receivable
     Trade (note B)                                                               4,253,273             2,669,749
     Employees                                                                       62,994                12,680
   Current portion of related party notes receivable                                 38,690                     -
   Receivable - other (note K)                                                         -                  302,929
   Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings (note C)                      665,358               519,595
   Inventories, at lower of cost or market (note A2)                                 42,165                59,833
   Prepaid expenses                                                                  74,963               238,698

           Total current assets                                                   5,773,892             3,818,331

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (notes A4 and F)
   Equipment                                                                      3,483,992             3,701,162
   Leasehold improvements                                                           341,790               341,790
   Land                                                                              17,217                17,217

                                                                                  3,842,999             4,060,169

   Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization                                2,885,181             2,818,478

                                                                                  957,818               1,241,691

OTHER ASSETS
   Receivable from related parties                                                192,802               170,913

                                                                        $         6,924,512             5,230,935



</TABLE>
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
                                      F-2
<PAGE>


                            Holloman Construction Co.

                                 BALANCE SHEETS
                                  (CONTINUED)
                      November 1, 1997 and November 2, 1996
                                   LIABILITIES

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                <C>                   <C>
                                                                                   1997                  1996

CURRENT LIABILITIES
   Notes payable (note D)                                                       $      -                366,125
   Current maturities of long-term debt (note E)                                  148,423               367,218
   Accounts payable
     Trade                                                                      2,091,166             1,476,153
     Related party payable                                                         24,218                     -
   Accrued expenses                                                               725,235               426,076
   Accrued expenses, related parties                                              518,479                    -
   Federal income tax payable (notes A5 and G)                                    516,650                45,529

           Total current liabilities                                            4,024,171             2,681,101

LONG-TERM DEBT, less current maturities (note E)                                   59,700               157,354

DEFERRED INCOME TAXES (notes A5 and G)                                             70,726               217,534

                                                                                4,154,597             3,055,989

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (notes F and J)                                          -                     -

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
   Common stock - $1.00 par, 200,000 shares authorized.
     85,000 shares issued and outstanding in 1997 and
     1996, respectively                                                             85,000                85,000
   Retained earnings                                                             2,923,243             2,178,258
                                                                                 3,008,243             2,263,258

   Less Treasury shares totaling 7,411 in 1997
     and 2,238 in 1996 - at cost                                                  (238,328)             (88,312)

                                                                                 2,769,915             2,174,946

                                                                               $ 6,924,512             5,230,935

</TABLE>








     The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
                                       F-3
<PAGE>
                            Holloman Construction Co.
                              STATEMENT OF EARNINGS

                   For the Periods Ended November 1, 1997 and
                                November 2, 1996,
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                             <C>                      <C>

                                                                                    1997                  1996
Revenues
   Pipeline construction                                                        $ 9,974,648              6,762,182
   Plant construction                                                             4,057,256              3,568,810
   Special projects                                                               5,334,779              1,736,928

         Total revenues                                                           19,366,683            12,067,920

Costs of Services and Construction                                                16,389,974            10,771,775

         Gross profit                                                              2,976,709             1,296,145

General and Administrative Expenses                                                1,997,914             1,215,319

         Income from operations                                                      978,795                80,826

Other Income (Expense)
   Gain on sale of equipment                                                          35,595                48,774
   Interest income                                                                    12,581                16,813
   Interest expense                                                                  (57,632)              (80,702)
   Other income                                                                      188,709               228,055

         Earnings before income taxes                                              1,158,048               293,765

Income Tax Expense (Benefit) (notes A5 and G)
   Current                                                                           559,871                45,529
   Deferred                                                                         (146,808)               60,885

                                                                                     413,063               106,414

         NET EARNINGS                                                             $  744,985               187,351

Weighted average common shares outstanding                                            80,176                82,850

Net earnings per common share                                                        $  9.29                  2.26





</TABLE>



   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
                                       F-4
<PAGE>
                            Holloman Construction Co.

                       STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

                             For the Periods Ended,
                      November 1, 1997 and November 2, 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 Common Stock           Retained                Treasury
                                        Shares              Amount      Earnings                 Stock           Total
<S>                                        <C>             <C>          <C>                      <C>         <C>

Balance at October 29, 1995                85,000          85,000       1,990,907                (81,909)     1,993,998

Net earnings for the fifty-three
   week period                             -                   -         187,351                 -
187,351

Purchase of common stock
   for treasury (note I)                   -                   -            -                     (6,403)        (6,403)

Balance at November 2, 1996                85,000          85,000      2,178,258                 (88,312)     2,174,946

Net earnings for the fifty-two
   week period                             -                   -         744,985                     -          744,985

Purchase of common stock
   for treasury (note I)                   -                   -            -                   (150,016)      (150,016)

Balance at November 1, 1997               85,000       $  85,000       2,923,243                (238,322)      (769,915)



</TABLE>





















   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
                                       F-5
 <PAGE>
                           Holloman Construction Co.
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                   For the Periods Ended November 1, 1997 and
                                November 2, 1996
<TABLE>


<S>                                                                             <C>                     <C>
                                                                                1997                     1996
Increase (Decrease) in Cash

Cash flows from operating activities
   Net earnings $                                                                 744,985               187,351
   Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
     provided by operating activities
       Depreciation and amortization                                              290,421               401,886
       (Gain) from sale of assets                                                 (35,595)              (48,774)
       Deferred income tax (benefit) expense                                     (146,808)               60,885
   Changes in current assets and current liabilities
     (Increase) decrease in accounts receivable, trade                         (1,583,524)               74,679
     (Increase) decrease in receivable from employees                             (50,314)                1,850
     Decrease (increase) in other receivables                                     302,929              (114,668)
     (Increase) in costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings            (145,763)             (342,329)
     Decrease (increase) in inventories                                            17,668               (46,882)
     Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses                                      163,735              (238,698)
     Increase in accounts payable, trade                                          639,231                34,682
     Increase in accrued expenses                                                 817,638               150,664
     (Decrease) increase in federal income tax payable                            471,121               (55,964)

           Net cash provided by operating activities                            1,485,724                64,682

Cash flows from investing activities
   Purchase of equipment                                                         (43,577)              (141,804)
   Proceeds from sale of equipment                                                72,624                 99,206
   Collections on receivables from related parties and affiliates                246,544                    -
   Advances to affiliates                                                       (307,123)               (55,317)
   Collections on real estate notes                                                    -                 14,133

           Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities                   (31,532)                26,852

Cash flows from financing activities
   Proceeds from long-term debt borrowings                                       250,800               366,125
   Repayment of long-term debt                                                  (933,374)             (468,982)
   Purchase of treasury stock                                                   (150,016)               (6,403)

           Net cash used in financing activities                                (832,590)             (109,260)

Net increase (decrease) in cash                                                  621,602              (17,726)

Cash, beginning of year                                                           14,847               32,573
Cash, end of year                                                              $ 636,449               14,847
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
                                       F-6
<PAGE>
                            Holloman Construction Co.

                             STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                                   (CONTINUED)

                   For the Periods Ended November 1, 1997 and
                                November 2, 1996

                                                             1997           1996

Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information:

   Interest expense                                      $ 57,632         80,702

   Income taxes paid                                     $ 88,750        106,796

Supplemental Non-cash Investing and Financing Activities

In 1996,  the  Company  sold  selected  equipment  to an  affiliate  for $41,731
resulting in the recognition of a $41,731 receivable.

     In 1996,  the  Company  exchanged  various  real estate  installment  notes
receivable valued at $207,843 for land and leasehold improvements.  The property
is capitalized at $207,843. The exchange was made with a related party.

























   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
                                       F-7
   <PAGE>
                           Holloman Construction Co.

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                      November 1, 1997 and November 2, 1996

NOTE A - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

       1.        Nature of Operations

          Holloman  Construction  Co. (the  "Company")  is a general  contractor
     specializing  in  the  construction  of  refineries,  pipelines  and  other
     manufacturing  plants  throughout the United States.  The Company's  fiscal
     year ends on the  Saturday  closest to October  31. The fiscal  year ending
     November  1, 1997 is  comprised  of 52 weeks,  and the fiscal  year  ending
     November 2, 1996 is comprised of 53 weeks. 2. Inventories

          Inventories consist of small tools,  parts,  materials and fuel stated
     at the lower of cost, as determined using the first-in,  first-out  method,
     or market.

       3.        Construction in Progress

          Unfinished  jobs in progress at the end of the year are  accounted for
     using the percentage of completion method. Under this method profit or loss
     is recognized as the job progresses as determined by direct labor hours.

          The asset,  "Costs and  estimated  earnings  in excess of  billings on
     uncompleted contracts", represents revenues recognized in excess of amounts
     billed.  Contract  retainage by customers is an asset  included in accounts
     receivable, while the retainage withheld from subcontractors, suppliers and
     materialmen is shown as a liability as part of accounts payable.

          The  percentage of completion  method applies to all bid contract jobs
     as well as to those  hourly rate jobs which are  expected to last more than
     six  months.  Revenue  and costs of hourly jobs of less than six months are
     recognized as the job progresses.

          Contract  costs include all direct  material and labor costs and those
     indirect  costs related to contract  performance,  such as indirect  labor,
     supplies, tools, repair costs and other indirect overhead. Selling, general
     and administrative costs are charged to expense as incurred. Provisions for
     estimated  losses on uncompleted  contracts are made in the period in which
     such losses are determined.  Changes in job performance, job conditions and
     estimated  profitability,  including  those arising from  contract  penalty
     provisions and final contract settlements, may result in revisions to costs
     and income and are  recognized  in the  period in which the  revisions  are
     determined.  An amount equal to contract  costs  attributable  to claims is
     included in revenues  when  realization  is probable  and the amount can be
     reliably estimated.




                                       F-8
<PAGE>
                           Holloman Construction Co.
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (CONTINUED)

                      November 1, 1997 and November 2, 1996

NOTE  A - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

          4.     Property, Plant and Equipment

          Property,  plant and equipment  are reported at cost less  accumulated
     depreciation.  Depreciation  is provided  principally on the  straight-line
     method over the estimated  useful lives of the assets  (equipment:  3 to 10
     years and  leasehold  improvements:  6 to 10  years).  Major  renewals  and
     betterments are capitalized  whereas the cost of repairs and maintenance is
     charged to expense as incurred. As assets are retired or otherwise disposed
     of, the cost and related  accumulated  depreciation  are  removed  from the
     accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in income.
       5.        Income Taxes

          Income taxes have been  provided in  accordance  with the Statement of
     Financial  Accounting  Standards  No.  109,  Accounting  for Income  Taxes.
     Statement  No. 109 requires the use of the  liability  method of accounting
     for income  taxes.  This  method  accounts  for  deferred  income  taxes by
     applying  statutory  tax rates in effect at the  balance  sheet date to the
     temporary differences between the recorded financial statement balances and
     the related tax basis of assets and liabilities.

          Accordingly,  deferred  income  taxes are  provided to reflect the tax
     effect of timing  differences  between financial and tax reporting methods.
     These  differences  result  primarily  from  loss  recovery  (note  G)  and
     differences  between  financial  and  tax  basis  of  property,  plant  and
     equipment and the related depreciation.
       6.        Use of Estimates

          The  preparation of financial  statements in conformity with generally
     accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management to use estimates and
     assumptions. Those estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of
     assets and  liabilities,  disclosure of contingent  assets and liabilities,
     and reported revenues and expenses.  Actual results could differ from those
     estimates.









                                       F-9
<PAGE>
                            Holloman Construction Co.
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (CONTINUED)

                      November 1, 1997 and November 2, 1996

NOTE  A - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

       7.        Net Income Per Share

          Net income per share is based on the weighted average number of shares
     outstanding during the period.

       8.        Cash Equivalents

          For purposes of the statement of cash flows,  cash includes all of the
     Company's  cash on hand,  cash in the bank,  certificates  of deposits  and
     similar  instruments,  if any, with original  maturities of three months or
     less.
       9.        Certain Reclassifications

   Certain reclassifications have been made to conform to the 1997 presentation.

NOTE B - ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE-TRADE

          Trade accounts receivable consists of contract receivables as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                             November 1,           November 2,
                                                                                1997                  1996
                  <S>                                                        <C>                    <C>

                 Billed on completed jobs                                   $ 1,511,122             1,831,703
                 Billed on jobs in progress (net of retainage)                2,308,440               768,685
                 Retainage on jobs in progress                                  433,711                82,567

                        Total                                                 4,253,273             2,682,955

                 Less:  Allowance for bad debts                                      -                 13,206

                        Total accounts receivable - trade               $     4,253,273             2,669,749

</TABLE>









                                       F-10
<PAGE>
                            Holloman Construction Co.

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (CONTINUED)

                      November 1, 1997 and November 2, 1996

NOTE C - CONSTRUCTION IN PROGRESS

          Costs and  estimated  earnings in excess of  billings  on  uncompleted
     contracts at the end of the periods follow:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                 November 1,           November 2,
                                                                                   1997                  1996
                  <S>                                                            <C>                    <C>

                 Cost incurred on uncompleted contracts                           5,635,693             1,173,419
                 Estimated earnings                                               1,371,300               197,428

                        Costs and estimated earnings                              7,006,993             1,370,847

                 Less:  Billings to date                                          6,341,635               851,252

                 Costs and estimated earnings in excess of
                    billings on uncompleted contracts                            $  665,358               519,595

</TABLE>

NOTE D - NOTES PAYABLE

          Notes payable consist of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                             November 1,                November 2,
                                                                                1997                       1996
<S>                                                                              <C>                       <C>

                 Note payable to a bank,  interest payable monthly at prime + 1%
                 secured by equipment, inventory and accounts
                 receivable, matures August 1997                                 $      -                  200,000

                 Note payable to an insurance  premium finance company,           $19,110
                 payable monthly including interest at 8.40%,
                 matures August 1997                                                    -                  166,125

                        Total notes payable                                      $      -                  366,125



</TABLE>



                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                           Holloman Construction Co.
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (CONTINUED)

                      November 1, 1997 and November 2, 1996

NOTE  E - LONG-TERM DEBT

          Long-term debt consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                             November 1,           November 2,
                                                                                1997                  1996
                 <S>                                                            <C>                     <C>
                 Note payable to a bank, at $1,630 per month
                 including interest at prime + 1.25%, secured
                 by vehicles, matures December 1999                            $ 36,928                     -

                 Note payable monthly to a bank, at $5,465
                 per month including interest at prime + 1.5%,
                 secured by vehicles, matures March 2000                          97,972                150,929

                 Note payable monthly to a credit corporation, at
                 $3,601 per month plus interest at 8.25%,
                 secured by equipment, matures June 1998                          29,613                68,417

                 Note payable monthly to a bank, at $4,949
                 per month including interest at prime + 1.5%,
                 secured by vehicles, matures March 1998                          23,610                87,875

                 Note  payable  monthly  to a bank,  at $2,500  per  month  plus
                 interest  at prime + 1%,  secured  by  equipment  and  accounts
                 receivable, matures
                 May 1998                                                         20,000                50,000

                 Other                                                            -                    167,351

                                                                                  208,123               524,572
                        Less current maturities                                   148,423               367,218

                        Net long-term debt                                     $  59,700                157,354


</TABLE>







                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                            Holloman Construction Co.
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (CONTINUED)

                      November 1, 1997 and November 2, 1996

NOTE  E - LONG-TERM DEBT (Continued)

          The Company's maturities of long-term debt are as follows:

                                                           November 1,
                                                              1997
             Year ending
                 1998                              $         148,423
                 1999                                         57,360
                 2000                                          2,340

                                                   $         208,123

NOTE F - LEASE OBLIGATIONS

          The Company leases  equipment and office space under operating  leases
     that expire over the next five years.  The  following is a schedule by year
     of future minimum rental payments  required under these operating leases as
     of November 1, 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 Related
                  <S>                                          <C>                 <C>                  <C>    
                                                                Parties             Others               Total
             Year ending
                 1998                                         $ 487,290             32,289              519,579
                 1999                                           477,432             26,064              503,496
                 2000                                           328,891             24,798              353,689
                 2001                                           117,784             21,000              138,784
                 2002                                            50,702              8,750              59,452

                        Totals                              $ 1,462,098            112,901             1,574,999
</TABLE>

          For the periods ended  November 1, 1997 and November 2, 1996 the lease
     payments under these contracts  aggregated $375,206 and $224,000 to related
     parties and $48,413 and $35,680 to others,  respectively.  In addition  the
     Company  has   negotiated   various  other  leases  for   equipment   under
     month-to-month operating lease agreements.  These lease payments aggregated
     $491,000 and $712,000 for the years ended  November 1, 1997 and November 2,
     1996.







                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                           Holloman Construction Co.
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (CONTINUED)

                      November 1, 1997 and November 2, 1996

NOTE G - INCOME TAXES

          The following is a reconciliation between the Company's effective tax
rate and the U.S. statutory rate:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                               November 1,          November 2,
                                                                                  1997                1996
                 <S>                                                          <C>                   <C>

                 Income tax expense at statutory rates                        $ 393,736              99,880
                 Permanent differences resulting primarily from
                    nondeductible expenses                                       23,763              22,999
                 Other                                                           (4,436)            (16,465)

                                                                              $ 413,063             106,414
</TABLE>

          Deferred  income tax  liability  results  primarily  from  differences
     between financial and tax basis of property and related depreciation due to
     accumulated  timing  differences in the  recognition of expenses for income
     tax and financial reporting purposes.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                               November 1,         November 2,
                                                                                  1997                1996
                  <S>                                                           <C>               <C>

                 Excess of financial book value of depreciable
                    property over tax book value at applicable rates      $    70,726              71,534
                 Loss recovery (note K)                                            -              146,000

                        Total deferred income tax payable                 $    70,726              217,534


</TABLE>














                                      F-14
 <PAGE>
                           Holloman Construction Co.
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (CONTINUED)

                      November 1, 1997 and November 2, 1996

NOTE H - MAJOR CUSTOMERS AND RISK CONCENTRATION

During the  periods  ended  November  1, 1997 and  November  2, 1996 the Company
recognized  revenues of $4,663,000 (21% of total revenues) and $1,385,000 (11.4%
of total  revenues) from a customer in the oil and gas  exploration and refining
industry and $2,851,000 (14.7% of total revenues) and $1,378,000 (11.4% of total
revenues) from another  customer in that industry.  Customers in the oil and gas
industry  account  for 78% of the  Company's  revenues  during the period  ended
November 1, 1997.

Including the customers  above, the Company  recognized  revenues of $12,230,000
(63.2% of total  revenues) and $6,417,000  (53% of total revenues) from five (5)
customers in 1997 and from six (6) customers in 1996.

The Company grants credit, generally without collateral, to its customers, which
are located  primarily within the forty-eight  contiguous  United States.  These
customers  are  principally  involved in  production or refining of oil and gas.
Management  believes  that it's  contract  acceptance,  billing  and  collection
policies  are adequate to minimize  potential  credit  risks.  As of November 1,
1997, three (3) customers accounted for 64% of the Company's trade receivables.

At  various  times  during  the  course of a year,  the  Company  will have cash
deposits  with a bank that exceed the Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation's
insurance coverage.
NOTE I - EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN (ESOP)

The Company  established an Employee  Stock  Ownership Plan (ESOP) as part of an
employee incentive program. The ESOP plan covers substantially all employees who
meet the eligibility  requirements.  Participants  become fully vested after ten
(10) years of participation.  Distribution may be made in cash or in the form of
Company stock with the Company  retaining the right of first refusal to buy back
the stock. At October 30, 1993, the ESOP plan was fully funded.  The Company set
up a $10,400  contribution payable at November 1, 1997 to reimburse the Plan for
current year plan administration fees.

          During the periods  ended  November 1, 1997 and November 2, 1996,  the
     following shares of Company stock were purchased:
                                             Number
           Year                            of Shares                    Cost

           1996                                   173                  6,403
           1997                                 5,173                150,016




                                     F-15
<PAGE>
                           Holloman Construction Co.
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (CONTINUED)

                      November 1, 1997 and November 2, 1996

NOTE J - CONTINGENCIES

The Company  reached an agreement in full settlement of the portion of a lawsuit
brought  against  it and other  defendants  by the Texas  Workers'  Compensation
Insurance  Facility.  The action was filed in a prior year and involved  alleged
errors in the premium  computations of covered employees provided to the Company
by an  employee  leasing  company.  The  settlement  amount is  included  in the
November 2, 1996 financial statements. NOTE K - OTHER DISCLOSURES

In 1996 the Company discovered misappropriations of assets by a former employee.
In May 1997, $538,242 was repaid by that individual.  Included in this amount is
$188,261  attributed  to years  prior to the period  ended  November 2, 1996 and
accordingly  retained  earnings  at October 29,  1995 were  restated  net of the
related income tax effects. Restitution of $114,668 was attributed to the period
ended  November 2, 1996.  These two amounts  totalling  $302,929  are shown as a
receivable on the balance sheet as of November 2, 1996. The remainder, $235,313,
was  attributed  to the period  ending  November  1, 1997.  Additionally,  other
parties  related to the Company  recovered from that  individual  other property
estimated at a value of $565,000. The total amount of the loss to the Company or
its related parties cannot be determined and no further recovery is expected.


















                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                            HOLLOMAN CONSTRUCTION CO.

                                 BALANCE SHEETS
                                   (UNAUDITED)
           For the Six Months ended April 30, 1998 and April 30, 1997


                                     ASSETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                        1998              1997
                                                                                   -------------      --------
<S>                                                                                   <C>             <C>    

CURRENT ASSETS
   Cash                                                                              $   327,973     $    117,100
   Accounts Receivable
      Trade                                                                            4,160,972        2,281,207
      Costs and Estimated Earnings
           in Excess of Billings                                                         455,992          695,031
      Employees (Note D)                                                                  20,445          293,180
      Other - Related Party                                                              281,126          146,213
   Inventories, at lower of cost (principally
      first-in, first-out) or market (Note A)                                             37,319           79,384
   Prepaid Expenses                                                                       10,655          164,645
                                                                                   -------------          -------

      TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS                                                             5,294,482        3,776,760
                                                                                      ----------       ----------


EQUIPMENT AND LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS                                                   3,789,348        4,007,843
   Less Accumulated Depreciation and Amortization                                     (2,850,518)      (2,901,834)
                                                                                     -----------       ----------

           NET EQUIPMENT AND LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS                                      938,830        1,106,009
                                                                                    ------------        ---------


           TOTAL ASSETS                                                               $6,233,312        $4,882,769
                                                                                      ==========        ==========


</TABLE>













                     The accompanying notes are an integral
                       part of these financial statements.



                                      F-17
<PAGE>                           

                            HOLLOMAN CONSTRUCTION CO.
                                 BALANCE SHEETS - CONTINUED
                                   (UNAUDITED)
           For the Six Months ended April 30, 1998 and April 30, 1997

                      LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                        1998              1997
                                                                                    ------------       -------
<S>                                                                                 <C>                 <C>  
CURRENT LIABILITIES
   Notes Payable                                                                     $   221,250          200,000
   Current Installments of Long-Term Debt                                                 76,577          229,682
   Accounts Payable                                                                    1,546,875          981,864
Accrued Expenses                                                                         506,137          260,462
   Federal Income Taxes Payable - Note (A)                                               398,332          304,092
                                                                                         -------          -------

           TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES                                                   2,749,171        1,976,100

LONG-TERM DEBT                                                                            34,587          115,979

DEFERRED INCOME TAXES                                                                     70,727           71,534
                                                                                    ------------      -----------

           TOTAL LIABILITIES                                                           2,854,485        2,163,613
                                                                                     -----------      -----------

CONTINGENCIES - Note (C), (D)                                                                  -                -

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
   Common Stock of $1.00 Par Value.  Authorized 200,000 Shares;
      Issued and Outstanding 85,000 Shares                                                85,000           85,000
   Retained Earnings                                                                   3,532,155        2,728,703
                                                                                      ----------      -----------

                                                                                       3,617,155        2,813,703
   Less Treasury Shares at cost                                                         (238,328)         (94,547)
                                                                                   -------------     ------------

           TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                                                  3,378,827        2,719,156
                                                                                      ----------      -----------

           TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                                 $6,233,312        4,882,769
                                                                                      ==========       ==========

</TABLE>











                     The accompanying notes are an integral
                       part of these financial statements.

                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                            HOLLOMAN CONSTRUCTION CO.

                             STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
                                  (UNAUIDITED)
           For the Six Months ended April 30, 1998 and April 30, 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                        1998              1997
                                                                                     -------------------------
<S>                                                                                 <C>               <C>    
REVENUES
   Pipeline Construction                                                             $ 5,731,686      $ 4,321,871
   Plant Construction                                                                  2,394,487        2,646,989
   Special Projects                                                                    3,874,252        1,378,350
                                                                                       ---------        ---------

           TOTAL REVENUES                                                             12,000,425        8,347,210

COST OF SERVICES AND CONSTRUCTION                                                     10,421,012        6,782,141
                                                                                     -----------       ----------

           GROSS PROFIT                                                                1,579,413        1,565,069

GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES                                                      626,902          639,649

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
   Other Income & Expense                                                                 (9,488)         (56,320)
   Interest Expense                                                                      (20,429)         (35,092)

           INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES                                                    922,594           834,008

INCOME TAX BENEFIT                                                                      (313,682)        (283,563)

NET INCOME (LOSS)                                                                    $   608,912           550,445
                                                                                     ===========        ==========


Weighted Average Number of Common Shares Outstanding                                   1,400,000        1,400,000
                                                                                       =========        =========

Income Per Common Share                                                             $       0.44             0.39
                                                                                    ============     ============
</TABLE>













                     The accompanying notes are an integral
                       part of these financial statements.

                                      F-19


<PAGE>



                            HOLLOMAN CONSTRUCTION CO.

                       STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                  (UNAUIDITED)
           For the Six Months ended April 30, 1998 and April 30, 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                Common Stock
                                                    Number                        Retained        Treasury
                                                  of Shares        Amount         Earnings         Stock            Total
<S>                                                <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>                 <C>    

BALANCE, NOVEMBER 1, 1997                          85,000         $85,000       $2,923,243     $(238,328)          $2,769,915

   Net Earnings April 30, 1998                          -               -           608,912                           608,912

   Purchase of common stock
   for Treasury (note B)                                -               -                -              -                  -
                                                 --------      ----------   -------------- --------------     --------------

BALANCE, APRIL 30, 1998                            85,000          85,000        2,178,258       (88,312)          2,174,946

   Net Earnings April 30, 1997                          -               -          550,445             -             550,445

   Purchase of common stock
   for treasury (note b)                                -               -                -        (6,235)             (6,235)
                                                 --------      ----------   --------------     ---------        ------------

BALANCE, OCTOBER 28, 1995                          85,000         $85,000       $2,728,703      $(94,547)         $2,719,156
                                                   ======         =======       ==========      =========         ==========


</TABLE>






















                     The accompanying notes are an integral
                       part of these financial statements.

                                      F-20


<PAGE>





                            HOLLOMAN CONSTRUCTION CO.

                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                  (UNAUIDITED)
             For the Periods Ended April 30, 1998 and April 30, 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                                                                             1998               1997
                                                                        ---------           --------
<S>                                                                      <C>                  <C>    

CASH FLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
   Net Income                                                             $   608,912         $ 550,445  
Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income to Net Cash
       From Operating Activities
           Depreciation and Amortization                                    ( 34,663)            83,356
Deferred Income Tax (Benefit) Provision                                            -             83,356
   Changes in Current Assets and Liabilities
       (Increase) in Accounts Receivable                                       92,301            388,542
       (Increase) Decrease in Receivables from employees                       42,549             22,429
       (Increase) Decrease in Other Receivables                               (49,634)            24,700
       (Increase) Decrease in Costs in Excess of Billings                     209,366           (175,436)
       (Increase) Decrease in Inventories                                       4,846            (19,551)
       Decrease in Prepaid Expenses                                            64,308             74,053
       Increase in Accounts Payable                                          (568,509)          (494,289)
       (Decrease) in Accrued Expenses                                        (737,577)          (165,614)
       Increase in Federal Income Tax Payable                                (118,318)           258,563
                                                                        --------------      ------------

               NET CASH FLOW (USED IN) PROVIDED BY OPERATING
                 ACTIVITIES                                                 (486,419)            401,198
                                                                        -------------           --------

CASH FLOW FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
   PROCEEDS FROM EQUIPMENT SALES                                               53,652              52,326
                                                                         ------------          ----------

          NET CASH FLOW PROVIDED IN
                   INVESTING ACTIVITIES                                        53,652             52,326
                                                                         ------------            -------

CASH FLOW FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
   Proceeds from Note Borrowings                                              221,250                  -
   Repayments of Note Borrowings                                              (96,959)          (345,036)
   Purchase of Treasury Stock                                                       -             (6,235)
                                                                       --------------        -----------

               NET CASH FLOW PROVIDED (USED) BY
                 FINANCING ACTIVITIES                                         124,291          (351,271)
                                                                           ----------          ---------

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH                                              (308,476)          102,253

CASH, BEGINNING OF YEAR NOVEMBER 1, 1997                                      636,449
                                                                        -------------
CASH, BEGINNING OF YEAR NOVEMBER 2, 1996                                                         14,847
                                                                                                 ------

CASH, END OF YEAR                                                         $   327,973      $    117,100
                                                                          ===========      ============
                     The accompanying notes are an integral
                       part of these financial statements.
                                      F-21

</TABLE>

<PAGE>




                            HOLLOMAN CONSTRUCTION CO.
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                   (UNAUDITED)
           For the Six Months ended April 30, 1998 and April 30, 1997









NOTE A - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES



  1.ab Nature of Operations


   Holloman Construction Co. (the "Company") is a general contractor 
   specializing in the construction of refineries, pipelines and other 
   manufacturing plants throughout the United States.

   2.ab Inventories

   Inventories consist of small tools,  parts,  materials and fuel stated at the
   lower of cost, as determined using the first-in, first-out method, or market.

   3.ab Construction in Progress

   Unfinished  jobs in  progress  are  accounted  for  using the  percentage  of
   completion method.  Under this method profit or loss is recognized as the job
   progresses as determined by direct labor hours.

   The asset, "Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted
   contracts",  represents  revenues  recognized  in excess of  amounts  billed.
   Contract retainage by customers is an asset included in accounts  receivable,
   while the retainage withheld from  subcontractors,  suppliers and materialmen
   is shown as a liability as part of accounts payable.

   The percentage of completion  method applies to all bid contract jobs as well
   as to those hourly rate jobs which are expected to last more than six months.
   Revenue  and costs of hourly jobs of less than six months are  recognized  as
   the job progresses.

   Contract costs include all direct material and labor costs and those indirect
   costs  related to contract  performance,  such as indirect  labor,  supplies,
   tools,  repair  costs and  other  indirect  overhead.  Selling,  general  and
   administrative  costs are  charged  to expense as  incurred.  Provisions  for
   estimated  losses on  uncompleted  contracts  are made in the period in which
   such losses are determined.  Changes in job  performance,  job conditions and
   estimated  profitability,  including  those  arising  from  contract  penalty
   provisions and final contract  settlements,  may result in revisions to costs
   and  income  are  recognized  in  the  period  in  which  the  revisions  are
   determined.  An amount  equal to  contract  costs  attributable  to claims is
   included  in revenues  when  realization  is  probable  and the amount can be
   reliably estimated.

   4.ab Property, Plant and Equipment

   Property,   plant  and  equipment  are  reported  at  cost  less  accumulated
   depreciation.  Depreciation  is  provided  principally  on the  straight-line
   method over the  estimated  useful  lives of the assets  (equipment:  3 to 10
   years  and  leasehold  improvements:  6 to  10  years).  Major  renewals  and
   betterments  are  capitalized  whereas the cost of repairs and maintenance is
   charged to expense as incurred.  As assets are retired or otherwise  disposed
   of,  the cost and  related  accumulated  depreciation  are  removed  from the
   accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in income.

                                      F-22
<PAGE>  
 5.ab Income Taxes

   Income taxes have been provided in accordance with the statement of Financial
   Accounting Standards No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes.  Statement No. 109
   requires the use of the liability method of accounting for income taxes. This
   method accounts for deferred income taxes by applying  statutory tax rates in
   effect at the balance  sheet date to the  temporary  differences  between the
   recorded financial statement balances and the related tax basis of assets and
   liabilities.

   Accordingly,  deferred income taxes are provided to reflect the tax effect of
   timing  differences  between  financial  and  tax  reporting  methods.  These
   differences  result  primarily  from loss  recovery and  differences  between
   financial  and tax basis of  property,  plant and  equipment  and the related
   depreciation.

   6.ab Use of Estimates

   The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
   accounting  principles  requires management to use estimates and assumptions.
   Those  estimates and  assumptions  affect the reported  amounts of assets and
   liabilities,  disclosure of contingent  assets and liabilities,  and reported
   revenues and expenses. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

7.ab Net Income Per Share
+
   Net  income  per  share is based on the  weighted  average  number  of shares
outstanding during the period.

   8.ab Cash Equivalents

   For  purposes  of the  statement  of cash  flows,  cash  includes  all of the
   Company's  cash on hand,  cash in the  bank,  certificates  of  deposits  and
   similar  instruments,  if any,  with  original  maturities of three months or
   less.

   9.ab Certain Reclassifications

   Certain  reclassifications  have been made to conform  to  Interim  Financial
Statements.


   NOTE B-EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN (ESOP)

   The Company established an Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) as part of an
   employee incentive program.  The ESOP plan covers substantially all employees
   who meet the eligibility requirements. Participants become fully vested after
   ten (10) years of  participation.  Distribution may be made in cash or in the
   form of Company  stock with the Company  retaining the right of first refusal
   to buy back the stock.  At October 30, 1993,  the ESOP plan was fully funded.
   The  Company  set up a $10,400  contribution  payable at  November 1, 1997 to
   reimburse the Plan for current year plan administration fees.

NOTE C-CONTINGENCIES

The Company  reached an agreement in full settlement of the portion of a lawsuit
brought  against  it and other  defendants  by the Texas  Workers'  Compensation
Insurance  Facility.  The action was filed in a prior year and involved  alleged
errors in the premium  computations of covered employees provided to the Company
by an  employee  leasing  company.  The  settlement  amount is  included  in the
November 2, 1996 financial statements.



                                      F-23
<PAGE>
NOTE D-OTHER DISCLOSURES

In 1996 the Company discovered misappropriations of assets by a former employee.
In May 1997,  $538,242 was repaid by that individual.  Included in the amount is
$188,261  attributed  to years  prior to the period  ended  November 2, 1996 and
accordingly  retained  earnings  at October 29,  1995 were  restated  net of the
related income tax effects. Restitution of $114,668 was attributed to the period
ended  November 2, 1996.  These two  amounts  totaling  $302,929  are shown as a
receivable on the balance sheet as of November 2, 1996. The remainder, $235,313,
was attributed to the period ending November 1, 1997.

Additionally,   other  parties  related  to  the  Company  recovered  from  that
individual other property estimated at a value of $565,000.

The total  amount of the loss to the  Company or its related  parties  cannot be
determined and no further recovery is expected.





































                                      F-24
<PAGE>
  
No  person  has  been  authorized  to  give  any  information  or  to  make  any
representation  in connection  with this offering other than those  contained in
this Prospectus and, if given or made, such information or  representation  must
not be relied upon as having been authorized by the Company or any  Underwriter.
This  Prospectus  does not constitute an offer to sell or a  solicitation  of an
offer to buy any securities  other than the securities to which it relates or an
offer to sell or the  solicitation  of an offer  to buy such  securities  in any
circumstances  in which such offer or  solicitation  is  unlawful.  Neither  the
delivery  of this  Prospectus  nor any sale  made  hereunder  shall,  under  any
circumstance,  create  any  implication  that  there  has been no  change in the
affairs of the Company since the date hereof or that the  information  herein is
correct as of any time subsequent to the date hereof.
                                 1,000,000 UNITS

                             Each Unit Consisting of
                            One Share of Common Stock
                                       and
                              One Redeemable Common
                             Stock Purchase Warrant
                                 OFFERING PRICE

                                                        $10.00
                                    PER UNIT
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                 PAGE
Additional Information....................        2
Prospectus Summary........................        3
Risk Factors..............................        6
Use of Proceeds...........................       12
Dividend Policy...........................       12
Dilution..................................       13
Capitalization............................       14
Management's Discussion and
 Analysis of Financial Condition
 and Results of Operation.................       15
Business..................................       18
Management................................       22
Certain Relationships
   and Related Transactions...............       26
Principal Shareholders....................       25
Description of Securities.................       27
Shares Eligible For Future Sale...........       28
Underwriting..............................       29
Legal Matters.............................       31
Experts...................................       31
Index to Financial Statements.............       32
Until  ____ , 1998 (25  days  from the  date of this  Prospectus),  all  dealers
effecting   transactions   in  the   registered   securities,   whether  or  not
participating  in this  distribution,  may be required to deliver a  Prospectus.
This is in addition to the  obligations of dealers to deliver a Prospectus  when
acting  as  Underwriters  and  with  respect  to  their  unsold   allotments  or
subscriptions.
                                    Holloman
                                   Corporation

                                   Prospectus

                                                        , 1998


<PAGE>
                                    PART II

               INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 24.  Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Pursuant to Section 2.02-1 of the Texas Business  Corporation Act, a corporation
may indemnify an individual made a party to a proceeding  because the individual
is or was a director against  liability  incurred in his official  capacity with
the corporation including expenses and attorneys fees.

         Article VII of the Articles of Incorporation provides as follows:

         "The  Corporation  shall  indemnify any director or officer,  or former
director or officer of the Corporation, or any person who may have served at its
request  as  a  director  or  officer  of  another  corporation  of  which  this
Corporation  owns  shares of capital  stock or of which it is a creditor  to the
fullest extent permitted by the Texas Business Corporation act and s provided in
the By-laws of the Corporation."

         Article XI of the By -laws provides as follows:

                 "POWER TO INDEMNIFY AND TO PURCHASE
               INDEMNITY INSURANCE; DUTY TO INDEMNIFY

                      Section 1.    In this Article XI:
         (a)      "Corporation," includes any domestic or foreign
predecessor  entity  of the  Corporation  in a merger,  consolidation,  or other
transaction in which the  liabilities of the  predecessor are transferred to the
Corporation  by  operation  of law and in any  other  transaction  in which  the
Corporation assumes the liabilities of the predecessor but does not specifically
exclude liabilities that are the subject matter of this Article.

         (b)  "Director"  means  any  person  who  is or was a  director  of the
Corporation,  any person  who,  while a director of the  Corporation,  is or was
serving at the  request of the  Corporation  as a  director,  officer,  partner,
venturer,  proprietor,  trustee,  employee,  agent,  or similar  functionary  of
another  foreign or  domestic  corporation,  partnership,  joint  venture,  sole
proprietorship, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise.
         (c)      "Expenses" include court costs and attorneys'
         fees.
         (d)      "Official capacity", means:
                  (1)      when used with respect to a director, the
              office of director in the Corporation; and
                  (2)      when used with respect to a person other
                           than a director, the elective or
                           appointive office in the Corporation held
                           by the officer or the employment or
                           agency relationship undertaken by the
                           employee or agent in behalf of the
                           Corporation, but
                  (3)      in  both  Paragraph  (1)  and (2)  does  not  include
                           service for any other foreign or domestic corporation
                           or   any    partnership,    joint    venture,    sole
                           proprietorship,  trust,  employee  benefit  plan,  or
                           other enterprise.
         (e) "Proceeding"  means any threatened,  pending,  or completed action,
suit, or proceeding,  whether civil, criminal,  administrative,  arbitrative, or
investigative,  any  appeal in such an  action,  suit,  or  proceeding,  and any
inquiry or investigation that could lead to such an action, suit, or proceeding.

         Section 2. The Corporation  shall indemnify a person who was, is, or is
threatened to be made a named  defendant or  respondent in a proceeding  because
the person is or was a director of the  Corporation  only if it is determined in
accordance with Section 6 of this Article XI that the person:
         (a)      conducted himself in good faith;
         (b)      reasonably believed:
              (1)          in the case of conduct in his official
                           capacity as a director of the
                           Corporation, that his conduct was in the
                           Corporation's best interests; and
              (2)          in all other cases, that his conduct was
                           at least not opposed to the Corporation's
                           best interests; and
         (c)      in the case of any criminal proceeding, had no
reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

         Section 3. Except to the extent permitted by Section 5 of this Article,
a director may not be indemnified  under Section 2 of this Article in respect of
a proceeding:
         (a) in which  the  person  is  found to be  liable  on the  basis  that
personal  benefit was  improperly  received  by him,  whether or not the benefit
resulted from an action taken in the person's official capacity; or
         (b) in which the person is found liable to the Corporation.
                                     II - 1
<PAGE>

         Section  4.  The  termination  of  a  proceeding  by  judgment,  order,
settlement,  or conviction, or on a plea of nolo contenders or its equivalent is
not of itself  determinative  that the person did not meet the  requirements set
forth in Section 2 of this Article.  A person shall be deemed to have been found
liable in respect of any claim, issue or matter only after the person shall have
been so adjudged by a court of competent  jurisdiction  after  exhaustion of all
appeals therefrom.

         Section 5. A person may be indemnified  under Section 2 of this Article
against  judgments,  penalties  (including  excise and  similar  taxes),  fines,
settlement,   and  reasonable  expenses  actually  incurred  by  the  person  in
connection  with  the  proceeding;  but if the  person  is found  liable  to the
Corporation or is found liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly
received by the person, the indemnification:
         (a)      is limited to reasonable expenses actually
incurred by the person in connection with the proceeding; and
         (b) shall not be made in respect of any  proceeding in which the person
shall  have been found  liable for  willful  or  intentional  misconduct  in the
performance of his duty to the Corporation.

         Section 6. A determination of  indemnification  under Section 2 of this
Article XI must be made:
         (a)      by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of
directors who at the time of the vote are not named defendants or
respondents in the proceeding;
         (b) if such a  quorum  cannot  be  obtained,  by a  majority  vote of a
committee  of the  Board  of  Directors  designated  to act in the  matter  by a
majority vote of all directors,  consisting  solely of two or more directors who
at the  time  of the  vote  are  not  named  defendants  or  respondents  in the
proceeding;
         (c) by special  legal  counsel  selected by the Board of Directors or a
committee  of the  Board by vote as set forth in  Subsection  (a) or (b) of this
Section,  or, if such a quorum cannot be obtained and such a committee cannot be
established, by a majority vote of all directors; or
         (d) by the  shareholders  in a vote that  excludes  the shares  held by
directors who are named defendants or respondents in the proceeding.

         Section 7.  Authorization of  indemnification  and  determination as to
reasonableness  of expenses must be made in the same manner as the determination
that  indemnification  is  permissible,  except that if the  determination  that
indemnification  is permissible is made by special legal counsel,  authorization
of  indemnification  and  determination as to reasonableness of expenses must be
made in the manner  specified by Subsection  (c) of Section 6 of this Article XI
for the  selection  of special  legal  counsel.  A  provision  contained  in the
Articles  of  Incorporation,  the  By-laws,  a  resolution  of  shareholders  or
directors,  or an agreement that makes mandatory the  indemnification  permitted
under Section 2 of this Article XI shall be deemed to  constitute  authorization
of  indemnification  in the manner  required by this  Section 7 even though such
provision  may not have been  adopted or  authorized  in the same  manner as the
determination that indemnification is permissible.

         Section  8.  The  Corporation   shall  indemnify  a  director   against
reasonable  expenses incurred by him in connection with a proceeding in which he
is a named  defendant  or  respondent  because he is or was a director if he has
been  wholly  successful,  on the  merits or  otherwise,  in the  defense of the
proceeding.

         Section 9. If, in a suit for the indemnification  required by Section 8
of this  Article  XI, a court of  competent  jurisdiction  determines,  that the
director is  entitled to  indemnification  under that  Section,  the court shall
order  indemnification  and shall award to the director the expenses incurred in
securing the indemnification.

         Section 10. If, upon  application  of a director,  a court of competent
jurisdiction determines,  after giving any notice the court considers necessary,
that the director is fairly and reasonably  entitled to  indemnification in view
of all the relevant  circumstances,  whether or not he has met the  requirements
set forth in  Section 2 of this  Article XI or has been  adjudged  liable in the
circumstances described by Section 3 of this Article XI, the court may order the
indemnification  that the court  determines is proper and  equitable.  The court
shall limit  indemnification to reasonable expenses if the proceeding is brought
by or in behalf of the  Corporation  or if the  director is found  liable on the
basis that personal  benefit was improperly  received by him, whether or not the
benefit resulted from an action taken in the person's official capacity.

         Section 11. Reasonable  expenses incurred by a director who was, is, or
is threatened to be made a named  defendant or respondent in a proceeding may be
paid or reimbursed by the  Corporation,  in advance of the final  disposition of
the proceeding and without any of the determination specified in Section 6 and 7
of this Article XI, after the Corporation  receives a written affirmation by the
director  of his good  faith  belief  that he has met the  standard  of  conduct
necessary for indemnification under this Article XI and a written undertaking by
or on behalf of the  director  to repay the amount paid or  reimbursed  if it is
ultimately determined that he has not met those requirements.
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
         Section  12. The  written  undertaking  required  by Section 11 of this
Article XI must be an unlimited general  obligation of the director but need not
be secured.  It may be accepted without  reference to financial  ability to make
repayment.
         Section 13. A provision for the  Corporation to indemnify or to advance
expenses  to a  director  who  was,  is,  or is  threatened  to be  made a named
defendant or respondent in a  proceeding,  whether  contained in the Articles of
Incorporation,  the By-laws,  a resolution  of  shareholders  or  directors,  an
agreement or otherwise, except in accordance with Section 18 of this Article XI,
is valid only to the extent it is consistent  with this Article XI as limited by
the Articles of Incorporation, if such a limitation exists.

         Section 14. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article XI, the
Corporation may pay or reimburse  expenses  incurred by a director in connection
with his  appearance  as a witness or other  participation  in a proceeding at a
time when he is not a named defendant or respondent in the proceeding.

         Section 15. An officer of the Corporation  shall be indemnified as, and
to the same  extent,  provided by Sections 8, 9, and 10 of this Article XI for a
director  and is entitled to seek  indemnification  under those  sections to the
same extent as a director. The Corporation may indemnify and advance expenses to
an officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation to the same extent that it may
indemnify and advance expenses to directors under this Article XI.

         Section 16. The  Corporation  may  indemnify  and  advance  expenses to
persons  who  are  not  or  were  not  officers,  employees,  or  agents  of the
Corporation  who are or were  serving  at the  request of the  Corporation  as a
director, officer, partner, venturer,  proprietor,  trustee, employee, agent, or
similar  functionary of another  foreign or domestic  corporation,  partnership,
joint  venturer  sole  proprietorship,  trust,  employee  benefit  plan or other
enterprise,  to the same extent that it may  indemnify  and advance  expenses to
directors under this Article XI.

         Section 17. The  Corporation  may indemnify and advance  expenses to an
officer,  employee or agent,  or person who is  identified in Section 16 of this
Article XI and who is not a director to such  further  extent,  consistent  with
law, as may be provided by the Articles of  Incorporation,  By-laws,  general or
specific  action of the Board of  Directors,  or  contract  or as  permitted  or
required by common law.

         Section 18. The  Corporation  may purchase  and  maintain  insurance or
another  arrangement on behalf of any person who is or was a director,  officer,
employee, or agent of the Corporation or who is or was serving at the request of
the Corporation as a director, officer, partner, venturer, proprietor,  trustee,
employee,   agent,  or  similar  functionary  of  another  foreign  or  domestic
corporation,  partnership,  joint venture, sole proprietorship,  trust, employee
benefit plan, or other  enterprise,  against any liability  asserted against him
and  incurred  by him in such a capacity  or arising out of his status as such a
person,  whether or not the  Corporation  would have the power to indemnify  him
against  that  liability  under  this  Article  XI.  If the  insurance  or other
arrangement  is with a person or entity  that is not  regularly  engaged  in the
business of providing  insurance  coverage,  the  insurance or  arrangement  may
provide for payment of a liability with respect to which the  Corporation  would
not have the power to indemnify  the person only if  including  coverage for the
additional  liability has been approved by the  shareholders of the Corporation.
Without limiting the power of the Corporation to procure or maintain any kind of
insurance or other arrangement,  the Corporation may, for the benefit of persons
indemnified by the Corporation:
         (a)      create a trust fund;
         (b)      establish any form of self-insurance;
         (c)      secure its indemnity obligation by grant of a
                  security interest or other lien on the assets of
                  the Corporation; or
         (d)      establish a letter of credit, guaranty, or surety
         arrangement.
         The insurance or other arrangement may be procured,
maintained,  or established  within the Corporation or with any insurer or other
person deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors regardless of whether all or
part of the stock or other  securities of the insurer `or other person are owned
in whole or part by the  Corporation.  In the absence of fraud,  the judgment of
the Board of Directors as to the terms and  conditions of the insurance or other
arrangement and the identity of the insurer or other person  participating in an
arrangement  shall be conclusive and the insurance or  arrangement  shall not be
voidable  and shall  not  subject  the  directors  approving  the  insurance  or
arrangement  to  liability,  on any  ground,  regardless  of  whether  directors
participating in the approval are beneficiaries of the insurance or arrangement.
         Section 19. Any indemnification of or advance of expenses to a director
in  accordance  with  this  Article  XI  shall be  reported  in  writing  to the
shareholders  with or  before  the  notice  or  waiver  of  notice  of the  next
shareholders'  meeting or with or before the next submission to the shareholders
of a consent to action without a meeting  pursuant to Section A, Article 9.10 of
the Texas Business  Corporation Act and, in any case, within the 12-month period
immediately following the date of the indemnification or advance.
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
         Section 20. For purposes of this Article XI, the  Corporation is deemed
to have  requested a director to serve an employee  benefit  plan  whenever  the
performance  by him of his duties to the  Corporation  also imposes duties on or
otherwise  involves services by him to the plan or participants or beneficiaries
of the plan.  Excise  taxes  assessed on a director  with respect to an employee
benefit  plan  pursuant to  applicable  law are deemed  fines.  Action  taken or
omitted by him with respect to an employee  benefit plan in the  performance  of
his duties for a purpose reasonably believed by him to be in the interest of the
participants  and  beneficiaries of the plan is deemed to be for a purpose which
is not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation."

Item 25. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

Estimated  expenses in connection with the public offering by the Company of the
securities offered hereunder are as follows:

Securities and Exchange Commission Filing Fee             $5,897
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses*                               20,000
American Stock Exchange Application and Listing Fee       20,000
Accounting Fees and Expenses*                             60,000
Legal Fees and Expenses                                   75,000
Printing*                                                 40,000
Fees of Transfer Agents and Registrar*                    20,000
Underwriters' Non-Accountable Expense Allowance          200,000
Miscellaneous*                                            59,103
                                                     ----------
         Total*                                         $500,000
- ----------------
*        Estimated.


Item 26. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

         The following is a summary of transactions by the Registrant during the
last three years  involving  the sale of  securities  which were not  registered
under the Securities Act:

         In May 1998, the registrant  sold 1,200,000  shares of its Common stock
to 16 investors for an aggregate  purchase price of $12,000.  All of the persons
are  sophisticated  investors  who  were  familiar  with  the  business  of  the
registrant  and the companies to be acquired for this  offering.  The purchasers
agreed to take the shares for  investment  and not with a view to  distribution.
The  certificates,  when  issued,  will be  stamped  with a  restrictive  legend
prohibiting transfer in the absence of an effective registration statement or an
opinion of counsel  that  registration  is not  necessary.  No  underwriter  was
involved in the transaction.  The transaction is exempt from registration  under
the  Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  pursuant to the exemption  provided by
Section 4(2) thereunder for transactions not involving a public offering.

         In May 1998,  the registrant  entered into a Stock  Purchase  Agreement
with Sam Holloman and several entities owned, controlled by, or affiliated with,
Mr.  Holloman  (collectively  the  "Sellers")  for  the  purchase  of all of the
outstanding  common  stock  of  Holloman   Construction   Company  for  a  total
consideration of $8,000,000. The registrant agreed to pay the Sellers $6,000,000
cash from the proceeds of this  offering and to issue to them 200,000  shares of
the  registrant's  Common Stock at the Closing of this  offering  (the number of
shares is to be determined by dividing  $2,000,000 by the public  offering price
in this offering as set forth in the final  Prospectus).  The Sellers  agreed to
take  the  shares  for  investment  and  not  with a view to  distribution.  The
certificates, when issued, will be stamped with a restrictive legend prohibiting
transfer in the absence of an effective  registration statement or an opinion of
counsel that  registration is not necessary.  No underwriter was involved in the
transaction.  The transaction is exempt from  registration  under the Securities
Act of 1933,  as amended,  pursuant to the  exemption  provided by Section  4(2)
thereunder for transactions not involving a public offering.
                                      II-5

<PAGE>
Item 27. Exhibits

Exhibit No.                                 Item
Exhibit 1.1       Form of Underwriting Agreement.(2)
Exhibit 1.2       Form of Underwriters' Warrant Agreement.(2)
Exhibit 2.1       Stock Purchase Agreement Relating to the
                  Acquisition of Holloman Construction Company by Holloman
                  Corporation, including list of Schedules. (1)
Exhibit 2.2       Amendment to Stock Purchase Agreement Relating to
                  the Acquisition of Holloman Construction Company
                  by Holloman Corporation (1)
Exhibit 3.1       Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant. (1)
Exhibit 3.2       Bylaws of the Registrant (1)
Exhibit 4.1       Form of Warrant Agreement between Company and American Stock
                  Transfer and Trust Company. (1)
Exhibit 4.2       Specimen of Common Stock Certificate (2)
Exhibit 4.3       Specimen of Warrant Certificate. (2) Contained in
                  Exhibit 10.2
Exhibit 5.1       Opinion of Maurice J. Bates L.L.C.(2)
Exhibit 10.1      1998 Stock Option Plan (1)
Exhibit 10.2      Form of Equipment Lease between the Registrant and T
                  Sisters Leasing, LLC (1)
Exhibit 10.3      Copy of Commercial Lease for building and premises between
                  Holloman Construction Co. and Bob Gist (1)
Exhibit 21.1      Subsidiaries of the Registrant. (1)
Exhibit 23.1      Consent of Johnson, Miller, & Company,
                  LLP Certified Public Accountants.(1)
Exhibit 23.2      Consent of Maurice J. Bates, L.L.C. is contained
                  in his opinion to be filed as Exhibit 5.1 to
                  this registration statement.(2)
Exhibit 27.1      Financial Data Schedule (1)

(1) Filed herewith
(2) To be filed by amendment

Item 28.  Undertakings

         The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes as follows:

               (1) To provide to the  Underwriters  at the closing  specified in
          the  Underwriting  Agreement  certificates in such  denominations  and
          registered  in such names as  required by the  Underwriters  to permit
          prompt delivery to each purchaser.

               (2) To file,  during  any  period  in which  it  offers  or sells
          securities,  a post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement
          to: (a) Include  any  Prospectus  required by Section  10(a)(3) of the
          Securities  Act;  (b)  Reflect in the  Prospectus  any facts or events
          which, individually or together, represent a fundamental change in the
          Registration  Statement;  and (c)  Include any  additional  or changed
          material information on
                  the plan of distribution.

               (3) For the  purpose  of  determining  any  liability  under  the
          Securities Act, each post-effective  amendment that contains a form of
          prospectus shall be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating
          to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities
          at that  time  shall be deemed to be the  initial  bona fide  offering
          thereof.

               (4) Insofar as indemnification  for liabilities arising under the
          Securities  Act may be  permitted  to  directors,  officers or persons
          controlling the registrant  pursuant to the foregoing  provisions,  or
          otherwise, the registrant has been advised that, in the opinion of the
          Securities and Exchange  Commission,  such  indemnification is against
          public   policy,   as  expressed   in  the  Act  and  is,   therefore,
          unenforceable.  In the event that a claim for indemnification  against
          such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses
          incurred or paid by a director,  officer or controlling  person of the
          registrant  in  the  successful   defense  of  any  action,   suit  or
          proceeding)  is  asserted  by such  director,  officer or  controlling
          person  in  connection  with  the  shares  of  the  securities   being
          registered,  the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel
          the matter  has been  settled by  controlling  precedent,  submit to a
          court  of   appropriate   jurisdiction   the  question   whether  such
          indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act
          and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

               (5) For the  purposes  of  determining  any  liability  under the
          Securities  Act, the  information  omitted from the form of prospectus
          filed as part of a  registration  statement in reliance upon Rule 430A
          and  contained  in the  form of  prospectus  filed  by the  registrant
          pursuant to Rule  424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the  Securities Act
          shall be deemed to be part of this  Registration  Statement  as of the
          time it was declared effective.
                                      II-6
<PAGE>






         SIGNATURES

         In accordance with the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all
of the  requirements  for filing on Form SB-2 and authorizes  this  registration
statement  to be  signed  on its  behalf  by  the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly
authorized, in the City of Odessa, State of Texas on July __, 1998.

                                                     Holloman Corporation.


                                       By:
                          John E. Holdridge, President, Chief Executive Officer



                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

                  KNOW  ALL  MEN  BY  THESE  PRESENTS,  that  the  person  whose
signature appears below  constitutes and appoints Sam Holloman,  John Holdridge,
and Peter Lucas,  and each for them,  his true and lawful  attorney-in-fact  and
agent,  with full power of substitution and  resubstitution,  for him and in his
name, place and stead, in any and all capacities (until revoked in writing),  to
sign any and all further  amendments to this Registration  Statement  (including
post-effective  amendments),  and to file same, with all exhibits  thereto,  and
other  documents  in  connection  therewith,  with the  Securities  and Exchange
Commission,  granting unto such  attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them,
full  power  and  authority  to do and  perform  each and  every  act and  thing
requisite and  necessary to be done in and about the  premises,  as fully to all
intents and  purposes as he might or could do in person  thereby  ratifying  and
confirming  all that said  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  and each of them,  or
their substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

         Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of  1933,  this
Registration  Statement  has  been  signed  by  the  following  persons  in  the
capacities and on the dates indicated.

              Signature                 Title                          Date
/s/ Sam Holloman
- ------------------------------
Sam Holloman                     Chairman of the Board            July 7, 1998

/s/ John Holdridge
- ------------------------------
John Holdridge               President   and   Chief    Executive  July 7, 1998
                             Officer, Director
                             (Principal Executive Officer)

_/s/Mark Stevenson__________ Executive  Vice   President,   Chief  July 7, 1998
Mark E. Stevenson            Operating Officer, Director

/s/ Peter Lucas
- ------------------------------
Peter Lucas                  Senior   Vice    President,    Chief  July 7, 1998
                             Financial Officer, Secretary,Treasurer, Director
                             (Principal Financial  and Accounting Officer)






                            STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                         Relating to the Acquisition of

                            Holloman Construction Co.

                                       and
                           T. Sisters Leasing, L.L. C.
                                       by


                              Holloman Corporation

         THIS STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT is made and entered into this 16th day of
May 1998 by and among Holloman  Construction Co., a corporation  organized under
the laws of Texas,  ("Holloman"),  T. Sisters Leasing, L. L. C., a Texas limited
liability  company  ("Sisters"),  the  individuals  listed on  Schedule A hereto
("Stockholders")  being the owners of all the issued and  outstanding  shares of
capital  stock of Holloman  and  Membership  Interests  of Sisters and  Holloman
Corporation("Newco"), a Texas corporation.


RECITALS:


     A.  The Stockholders  own all of the outstanding  capital stock of Holloman
         and  Membership  Interests  of Sisters.  The number of shares of common
         stock of Holloman and Membership  Interests of Sisters owned by each of
         the  Stockholders is listed on Schedule A hereto,  the aggregate amount
         of such stock being sometimes referred to as the "Holloman Stock or the
         "Sisters Interests" as required.

     B.  The  Stockholders  desire  to sell all of the  Holloman  Stock  and the
         Sisters  Interests  owned  by them to Newco  in  exchange  for cash and
         common  stock,  $.01 par value,  of Newco (the "Newco  Stock") upon and
         subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.


1.       NOW THEREFORE,  in  consideration of the recitals and of the respective
         covenants,  representations  and  agreements  herein  contained,  it is
         hereby  covenanted  and agreed by and among the parties that they shall
         carry out and  consummate the following  Stock Purchase  Agreement (the
         "Agreement"):


         1. Purchase and Sale of Stock. The  Stockholders,  in reliance upon the
representations, warranties, and covenants of Newco contained herein and subject
to the terms and conditions of this agreement,  shall exchange all of the shares
of the  Holloman  Stock and Sisters  Interests  which they own for the  Purchase
Price set forth below. Newco, in reliance upon the  representations,  warranties
and covenants of the Stockholders  contained herein and subject to the terms and
conditions of this Agreement,  shall purchase the Holloman Stock and the Sisters
Interests for the aggregate purchase price of $8,000,000 (the "Purchase Price"),
which  shall be paid as follows:  $6,000,000  in cash and  $2,000,000  in common
stock of Newco.  The $6,000,000 cash  consideration  shall be payable out of the
proceeds of a public  offering of Newco  units,  consisting  of common stock and
warrants in a firm  commitment  underwriting  (the "Public  Offering).  The cash
consideration  shall be due and payable at the  closing of the Public  Offering.
The common stock of Newco shall be issued to the  Stockholders at the closing of
the  Public  Offering.  The  number of  shares  of  common  stock of Newco to be
received by the Stockholders  shall be determined by dividing  $2,000,000 by the
offering  price of the Newco Stock in the Public  Offering as  reflected  in the
final Prospectus of Newco filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

         2.  Closing.  The execution of this  Agreement  shall take place at the
offices of Newco, 8214 Westchester,  Suite 500, Dallas,  Texas at 10:00 a. m. on
May 16, 1998. The exchange of the Holloman  Stock and the Sisters  Interests for
the cash  consideration  and Newco  Stock shall take place at the closing of the
Public Offering (the "Closing").

         At the Closing,  the Stockholders shall deliver,  free and clear of all
liens and  encumbrances,  claims and other  charges  thereon of every kind,  the
certificate(s) for the shares of the Holloman Stock and the Sisters Interests in
negotiable  form,  duly endorsed in blank or with separate stock transfer powers
attached with  signatures  guaranteed by a bank or trust company,  to Newco upon
delivery by Newco to the  Stockholders of the cash  consideration  and the Newco
Common Stock on the basis as provided in Section 1 hereof.

         3. Default at Closing.  Notwithstanding  the  provisions of Section 3.1
hereof, if the Stockholders  shall fail or refuse to deliver any of the Holloman
Stock and the  Sisters  Interests  as  provided  in Section 2 hereof,  or if the
Stockholders  shall fail or refuse to consummate the  transactions  described in
this  Agreement  prior to the Closing Date,  Newco at its option,  may refuse to
make such  acquisition and thereby  terminate all of its obligations  hereunder.
The Stockholders  acknowledge that the Holloman Stock and the Sisters  Interests
are unique and  otherwise  not available and agree that in addition to any other
remedies,  Newco may  invoke  any  equitable  remedies  to  enforce  performance
hereunder including, without limitation, an action for specific performance.
<PAGE>

3.1 Damages.  Each of the parties hereto shall be liable to each other party for
a material breach of its representations, warranties and covenants which results
in a failure to  perform  under  Sections  1 and 2 hereof,  but then only to the
extent of the  expenses  incurred by the other  parties in  connection  with the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

         4.   Representations  and  Warranties  of  Holloman  and  Stockholders.
Holloman and the Stockholders represent and warrant to Newco as follows:


         4.1 Organization, Standing, Qualification and Capitalization.  Holloman
is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the
laws of the State of Texas and has the  corporate  power to perform its business
as presently  conducted and to own and lease the  properties  used in connection
therewith.  Sisters  is a limited  liability  company  duly  organized,  validly
existing and in good  standing  under the laws of the State of Texas and has the
corporate  power to perform its business as presently  conducted  and to own and
lease the properties used in connection  therewith.  A complete and correct copy
of the  Articles of  Incorporation  and all  amendments  thereto of Holloman and
Sisters  certified by the Secretary of State of Texas and a complete and correct
copy  of the  By-laws  of  Holloman  and  the  Regulations  of  Sisters  and all
amendments  thereto,  certified by their  Secretaries  or  counterpart,  will be
delivered  to Newco  within  ten days  from the date  hereof.  Holloman  is duly
qualified to do business and is in good standing in all  jurisdictions  in which
its business or the ownership of its property requires such qualification.

         4.2 The total authorized  capital stock of Holloman consists of 200,000
shares of common stock,  $1.00 par value.  There are currently  79,456 shares of
common stock issued and outstanding, all of which are validly issued, fully paid
and  non-assessable.  Sisters has no capital stock authorized or outstanding but
its  Sisters  Interests  are owned by the  persons  listed on Schedule A hereto.
Neither  Holloman nor the  Stockholders,  at the Closing,  will be a party to or
bound by any written or oral contract or agreement which grants to any person an
option or right of first  refusal or other right of any  character to acquire at
any time, or upon the happening of any stated events,  shares of common stock of
Holloman or membership interests of Sisters, whether or not presently issued and
outstanding.

4.2 Stock Ownership. The Stockholders are the lawful ownersof the Holloman Stock
and the Sisters  Interests and own beneficially the number of shares of Holloman
Stock and Sisters  Interests  set forth on Schedule A hereto,  free and clear of
all  liens  and  encumbrances,  claims  and  charges  of  every  kind,  and  the
Stockholders  have full legal  power and all  authorization  required  by law to
transfer and deliver said shares in accordance with this Agreement.

4.3      Subsidiaries.  Holloman and Sisters have no subsidiaries.
<PAGE>
4.4 Financial Statements. The Stockholders have delivered to Newco copies of the
following  financial  statements,  all of which have been prepared in accordance
with generally  accepted  accounting  principles  except as otherwise  disclosed
therein applied on a basis consistent with that of the preceding fiscal year:

               (a) Balance sheets.  Balance sheets of Holloman as of October 31,
          1997 and October 31, 1996, certified by Johnson Miller & Co, certified
          public  accountants,  which balance sheets  together with any notes to
          the respective  balance sheets present fairly the financial  condition
          and assets and liabilities of Holloman as of their  respective  dates.
          The balance sheet as of October 31, 1997 is hereinafter referred to as
          the "1997 Balance  Sheet."  Unaudited  balance sheets of Sisters as of
          October 31, 1996 and October 31, 1997,  which balance sheets  together
          with any notes to the  respective  balance  sheets  present fairly the
          financial condition and assets and liabilities of Holloman as of their
          respective dates. The balance sheet as of October 31, 1997 is referred
          to as the "Sisters Balance Sheet."

         (b)      Statements of Operations. Statements of operations of Holloman
                  for the fiscal  years  ended  October 31, 1997 and October 31,
                  1996  certified  by  Johnson  Miller & Co.  which  statements,
                  together with any notes to the respective statements of income
                  present  fairly the results of  operations of Holloman for the
                  said  periods.  Unaudited  statements of operations of Sisters
                  for the fiscal  years  ended  October 31, 1997 and October 31,
                  1996  which  statements,   together  with  any  notes  to  the
                  respective  statements of income present fairly the results of
                  operations of Sisters for the said periods.

         (c)      Accounts  Receivable.  The accounts receivable of Holloman and
                  Sisters as set forth on the 1997 Balance Sheet and the Sisters
                  Balance Sheet and all accounts receivable acquired by Holloman
                  and  Sisters or arising  subsequent  to October  31,  1997 are
                  collectible in full in the ordinary  course of business in the
                  aggregate reported amounts less reserves reflected on the 1997
                  Balance Sheet and the Sisters Balance Sheet.

         (d)      Inventory.  All inventory of Holloman and Sisters as set forth
                  in the 1997  Balance  Sheet,  and the Sisters  Balance  sheet,
                  consisted,  and all such inventory as of the Closing Date will
                  consist of, a quality usable or salable in the ordinary course
                  of  business  of  Holloman  and  Sisters.  The  value at which
                  inventories  were  reflected in the 1997 Balance Sheet and the
                  Sisters  Balance  sheet  was the  lower  of cost  (defined  as
                  invoice  cost) or  replacement  market value and with adequate
                  provisions  for  obsolete  material,  all in  accordance  with
                  generally  accepted  accounting  principles applied on a basis
                  consistent with that of the prior fiscal year.

         (e)      Other  Assets.  The  prepaid  expenses  and  other  assets  of
                  Holloman  and Sisters as shown on the 1997  Balance  Sheet and
                  the  Sisters  Balance  sheet or  arising  thereafter  prior to
                  Closing  represent  amounts  which will  benefit  Holloman and
                  sisters in future periods.  All material tangible assets owned
                  and used by Holloman  and Sisters in their  future  operations
                  were  reflected  in the 1997  Balance  Sheet  and the  Sisters
                  Balance sheet.

         (f)      Fixed  Assets.  The fixed  assets of Holloman  and Sisters are
                  stated  at cost in the  1997  Balance  Sheet  and the  Sisters
                  Balance Sheet.  The reserves for depreciation and amortization
                  provided   against  these  assets  have  been  established  in
                  accordance with the notes to the financial  statements and are
                  adequate  to reduce  any idle fixed  assets to net  realizable
                  value.

         4.5 Title to Properties.  Holloman and Sisters have good and marketable
title to all of their  properties and assets reflected in the 1997 Balance Sheet
and the Sisters  Balance Sheet (except  properties  and assets sold or otherwise
disposed  of since  October  31,  1997 in the  normal  and  ordinary  course  of
business),  free and clear of all mortgages,  liens,  pledges,  charges or other
encumbrances of any nature whatsoever; except (i) any mortgages, liens, pledges,
charges or other encumbrances disclosed in the 1997 Balance Sheet or the Sisters
Balance Sheet or (ii) liens for current taxes not yet due and payable.  Holloman
and sisters  have valid and  enforceable  title  insurance  coverage on all real
property  reflected in the 1997 Balance Sheet and Sisters Balance Sheet and will
deliver a true and correct copy of any such policy or policies of such insurance
within 10 days from the date hereof. All plants,  structures and equipment owned
or used by Holloman and Sisters are, with minor  exceptions,  in good  operating
repair.
<PAGE>
         4.6 Tax Matters. The amounts set up as provisions for taxes on the 1997
Balance Sheet and Sisters  Balance Sheet are  sufficient  for the payment of all
foreign,  federal, state, county and local taxes, and all employment and payroll
related taxes, including any penalties or interest thereon,  whether disputed or
not, of Holloman  accrued for or  applicable to all periods ended on or prior to
March 31,  1998.  Holloman  and Sisters did not and will not realize any gain or
income of any kind with respect to activities subsequent to October 31, 1997 and
through the Closing Date except gain and income  incurred in the ordinary course
of business  subsequent to October 31, 1997. Holloman has duly made all deposits
required  by law to be  made  with  respect  to  employees'  withholding  taxes.
Holloman and Sisters  have duly filed all income,  foreign,  franchise,  excise,
employment  and payroll  related,  real and personal  property,  sales and gross
receipts tax returns and all other tax returns  which were  required to be filed
by it, and has paid or set up  adequate  reserves  for the payment of, all taxes
shown on such  returns.  All federal  income tax returns  filed by Holloman  and
Sisters have been filed with the Internal  Revenue  Service and no agreement for
the extension of time for the assessment of any  deficiencies or adjustment with
respect to any tax return  filed by Holloman or Sisters has been  assessed,  and
the Stockholders have no knowledge of any unassessed tax deficiency  proposed or
threatened against Holloman.

         4.7.     Litigation and Labor Matters.  Except as provided for or 
disclosed in the 1997 Balance Sheet or the Sisters Balance Sheet or in Schedule 
B hereto:

         (a)      There   is   no   litigation,   proceeding   or   governmental
                  investigation  pending or to the knowledge of the Stockholders
                  threatened, against Holloman or Sisters or their properties or
                  business;
         (b)      Holloman  and Sisters are not in default  with  respect to any
                  order,  writ,  injunction  or decree of any court or  federal,
                  state,  municipal  or  governmental  department,   commission,
                  board, bureau, agency or instrumentality; and
         (c)      Holloman  and  Sisters  have not  committed,  and  neither the
                  Stockholders  nor Holloman nor Sisters has received any notice
                  of or claim that  Holloman or Sisters has committed any unfair
                  labor practice under applicable federal or state law.

4.8. Insurance. Holloman and Sisters are insured under various policies of fire,
liability and other forms of insurance, as set forth in Schedule D hereto, which
policies are valid and  enforceable  in accordance  with their terms and provide
adequate  insurance  for the business of Holloman and Sisters and its assets and
properties.  Holloman  and  Sisters  shall  continue  to carry such  policies or
similar  policies  during the pendency of this  Agreement,  and all  outstanding
claims under such  policies  are  described in Schedule C. There is no liability
for retrospective insurance premium adjustments for any period prior to the date
hereof.

         4.9. Patents,  Trademarks,  and Copyrights.  Schedule E attached hereto
sets forth all patents, patent applications,  registered trademarks,  registered
service marks, trademarks and service mark applications, unregistered trademarks
and service  marks,  copyrights  and copyright  applications,  owned or filed by
Holloman  or Sisters or in which  Holloman or Sisters  have an interest  and the
nature of such interest. No other patent,  trademark, or service mark, copyright
or license is  necessary  to permit the  business  of  Holloman or Sisters to be
conducted as it is now  conducted or as  heretofore or proposed to be conducted.
No person, firm or corporation has any proprietary,  financial or other interest
in any such patents,  patent  applications,  registered  trademarks,  registered
service marks, trademarks and service mark applications, unregistered trademarks
and service  marks,  copyrights  and  copyright  applications,  and there are no
violations by others of any rights of Holloman or Sisters  thereunder.  Holloman
and Sisters are not  infringing  on any patent,  trademark,  or service mark, or
copyright  or  otherwise  violating  the  rights,  of any  third  party,  and no
proceedings  have been  instituted  or are pending,  or to the  knowledge of the
Stockholders  or  Holloman  orSisters  are  threatened,  and no  claim  has been
received by Holloman or Sisters,  alleging any such violation.  Neither Holloman
nor  Sisters  is a party to or  bound by any  license  agreement  requiring  the
payment by Holloman or Sisters of any  royalty  payment,  except as set forth in
Schedule D hereto.
<PAGE>
         4.10  Contracts  and  Commitments.  Except as listed and  identified in
Schedule  F hereto or  contemplated  by this  Agreement,  Neither  Holloman  nor
Sisters is a party to any written or oral:

         (a)  contract  or  commitment  with any  person or former  director  or
         employee or consultant; (b) contract or commitment with any labor union
         or employee  group;  (c) contract or commitment for the future purchase
         of, or payment for, raw materials, supplies or
                  products, involving in any case $10,000 or more;

         (d)      contract  or  commitment  to sell  or  supply  products  or to
                  perform  services for a specific  price  involving  $10,000 or
                  more without the ability on the part of Holloman or Sisters to
                  increase  such price or to cancel the  contract or  commitment
                  without any liability on the part of Holloman or Sisters;

         (e)      contract or commitment  continuing  over a period of more than
                  six months from the date of this Agreement;
         (f)       representative or sales agency contract or commitment;
         (g)       lease under which it is either lessor or lessee;

         (h)      bonus, pension,  profit sharing,  retirement,  stock purchase,
                  stock option hospitalization,  insurance,  vacation pay or any
                  similar  plan or  practice,  including  but not limited to any
                  welfare benefit plan as defined in Section 3.1 of the Employee
                  Retirement Income Security Act, formal or informal,  in effect
                  with  respect to any of Holloman  or  Sisters's  employees  or
                  former employees;

         (i)      contract or  commitment  for the  borrowing  of money or other
                  agreement or arrangement for a line of credit;
         (j)  contract  or  commitment  for  any  charitable  contribution;  (k)
         contract or commitment for capital  expenditures  in excess of $10,000;
         (l) contract or commitment for limiting or restraining it from engaging
         in any lines of business
                  with any person, firm, corporation or any other entity; or
         (m)       contract not made in the ordinary course of business.


         Except as stated in Schedule F hereto and for delays, minor failures to
meet  specifications  or other minor defaults which are normal in the conduct of
the  business  between  Holloman  and  Sisters  and other  parties  to the above
contracts,  all parties to the above contracts have complied with the provisions
thereof, no party is in default thereunder,  and no event has occurred which but
for the  passage  of time or the  giving of notice  would  constitute  a default
thereunder.


         4.11. Absence of Undisclosed  Liabilities.  There are no liabilities or
obligations  of Holloman or Sisters  either  accrued,  absolute,  contingent  or
otherwise,  including,  but not limited to, any tax liabilities due or to become
due, except:

         (a)  to the extent  reflected in the 1997 Balance Sheet and the sisters
              Balance sheet and not heretofore paid or discharged, and
         (b)  those incurred, consistently with past business practice, in or as
              a result of the  normal  and  ordinary  course of  business  since
              October 31, 1997.

         4.12. Absence of Default. Neither Holloman nor Sisters is in default in
the  performance  of,  observance  or  fulfillment  of any material  obligation,
covenant or condition  contained in any  debenture or note,  or contained in any
conditional  sale or  equipment  trust  agreement,  or loan or  other  borrowing
agreement to which Holloman or Sisters is a party.

         4.13.  Existing  Condition.  Except as  disclose  in Schedule F hereto,
since October 31, 1997,  there has not been (i) any material  adverse  change in
the financial condition or in the combined operations, business or properties of
Holloman or Sisters;  (ii) any damage,  destruction or loss,  whether covered by
insurance or not, materially and adversely affecting the operations, business or
properties  of Holloman  or Sisters;  (iii) any  declaration,  setting  aside or
payment of any  dividend,  or any  distribution  in respect of capital  stock of
Holloman or Sisters,  or any  redemption,  purchase of other  acquisition of any
kind of any shares of  Holloman or  Membership  Interests  of Sisters;  (iv) any
increase  in the  compensation  payable by  Holloman  or Sisters to any of their
officers,  directors  or  employees;  (v) any  change in the terms of any bonus,
insurance,  pension or other benefit plan for or with any officer,  directors or
employees  which  increase  amounts  paid,  payable  to  or  to  become  payable
thereunder;  or (vi) any complaints or other concerns which have been brought to
the  attention  of the  Stockholders  and which  relate to Holloman or Sisters's
labor relations.
<PAGE>
         4.14. Validity of Contemplated Transactions.  Neither the execution and
delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions provided for
herein  will  violate  any  agreement  to  which  Holloman  or  Sisters  or  the
Stockholders  are a party  or by  which  it or any of them is  bound or any law,
order or decree or any  provision of the Articles of  Incorporation,  Charter or
By-laws of Holloman or Sisters.  The  Stockholders  has full legal  authority to
execute  and  deliver  this   Agreement  and  to  consummate   and  perform  the
transactions  contemplated  hereby,  and this  Agreement  constitutes  the valid
obligation of the  Stockholders  legally binding upon him in accordance with its
terms.

         4.15.  Restrictions.  Neither  Holloman  and  Sisters is subject to any
Charter  or any  other  corporate  restriction  or  any  judgment,  order  writ,
injunction or decree,  which materially and adversely  affects or, so far as the
Stockholders can now foresee, may in the future materially and adversely affect,
the business, operations prospect,  properties,  assets, or condition, financial
or otherwise, of Holloman and Sisters.

         4.16. Compliance with Laws. Holloman and Sisters have complied with and
are not in default  under,  or in  violation  of, any laws,  ordinances,  rules,
regulations or orders (including without limitation any safety,  health or trade
laws,  ordinances,  rules,  regulations or orders) applicable to the operations,
business or  properties of Holloman or Sisters  which  materially  and adversely
affect  or,  so far as the  Stockholders  can  now  foresee,  may in the  future
materially affect, the business, operations,  prospects, properties or assets or
condition, financial or otherwise, of Holloman or Sisters.

         4.17.  Disclosure.  No  representation  by  Holloman  or Sisters or the
Stockholders in this Agreement  contains any untrue statement of a material fact
or omits to state any material fact  necessary to make any statement  herein not
misleading.

         4.18.   Transactions   with   Affiliates.   No  director,   officer  or
Stockholders of Holloman or Sisters owns or during the last two years has owned,
directly  or  indirectly,  or has,  or during  the last two  years  has had,  an
ownership interest in any business, corporate or otherwise, which is a party to,
or in any  property  which  is the  subject  of,  any  business  arrangement  or
relationship  of any kind  with  Holloman  or  Sisters  except as  described  in
Schedule G hereto.

4.19. Bank Accounts and Officers.  Schedule H hereto contains a true and correct
list of the name and location of each bank in which Holloman and Sisters have an
account,  each  safety  deposit  box or custody  agreement  and the names of the
persons authorized to draw thereon or to withdraw therefrom, and also sets forth
the names of all directors and officers of Holloman and Sisters.


4.20.  Investment  Representations.  The  Stockholders  represent and warrant to
Newco that they are  acquiring  the Newco Stock  hereunder for their own account
for investment, with no present intention of reselling or otherwise distributing
the same, except (i) pursuant to an offering of shares duly registered under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  (the "Securities  Act") or (ii) under other
circumstances  which in the  opinion  of  counsel  to Newco at the time does not
require registration under the Securities Act. The Stockholders further covenant
and represent  that none of the Newco Stock that will be issued to them pursuant
to this Agreement will be offered,  sold,  assigned,  pledged,  transferred,  or
otherwise  disposed  of by them  except  after full  compliance  with all of the
applicable  provisions  of the  Securities  Act and the  rules  and  regulations
thereunder. The Stockholders hereby confer full authority upon Newco to instruct
its transfer  agent not to transfer any of the Newco Stock until it has received
written  approval  from Newco to the effect that the  provisions of this Section
have been satisfied.  The Stockholders acknowledge that Newco shall place a stop
transfer  order against the transfer of the Newco Stock owned by them until they
satisfy one of the conditions set forth in this Section.  All stock certificates
representing  the Newco Stock shall be endorsed with the  following  restrictive
legend:


         "THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK  REPRESENTED BY THIS  CERTIFICATE  HAVE NOT
         BEEN  REGISTERED  UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED,  OR ANY
         APPLICABLE  STATE SECURITIES LAW BUT HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR THE PRIVATE
         INVESTMENT  OF THE  HOLDER  HEREOF  AND  MAY  NOT BE  OFFERED,  SOLD OR
         TRANSFERRED  UNTIL  EITHER  (i) A  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  UNDER  SUCH
         SECURITIES  ACT OR SUCH  APPLICABLE  STATE  SECURITIES  LAWS SHALL HAVE
         BECOME  EFFECTIVE  WITH REGARD  THERETO,  OR (ii) THE  CORPORATION  HAS
         RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL  ACCEPTABLE TO THE  CORPORATION  AND ITS
         COUNSEL THAT REGISTRATION  UNDER SUCH SECURITIES ACT OR SUCH APPLICABLE
         STATE SECURITIES LAWS IS NOT REQIJIRED IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH PROPOSED
         OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER."

         5.  Representations  and  Warranties  of Newco.  Newco  represents  and
warrants to the Stockholders that:
<PAGE>
         5.1 Organization,  Good Standing and Authority.  Newco is a corporation
duly  organized,  validly  existing and in good  standing  under the laws of the
State of Texas and has full corporate  power and authority to own its properties
and assets and to carry on its  business  as it has been and is  conducted.  The
execution  of  this  Agreement  and  the   consummation   of  the   transactions
contemplated  hereby are within the corporate  power of Newco and have been duly
authorized  by  all  necessary   corporate  and  other  action.  This  Agreement
constitutes,  and will  constitute  when delivered in accordance  with the terms
hereof, the valid obligation of Newco legally binding upon it in accordance with
its terms. The Newco Stock to be delivered to the Stockholders in payment of the
Purchase Price when issued and delivered will be validly issued,  fully paid and
non assessable.

         5.2.  Validity of Contemplated  Transaction.  Neither the execution and
delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions provided for
herein will  violate any  agreement  to which Newco is a party or by which it is
bound,  or any  law,  order or  decree  or any  provisions  of its  Articles  of
Incorporation or By-laws.


         5.3.  Investment  Representations.  The Holloman  Stock and the Sisters
Interests being  delivered  pursuant to this Agreement will be held by Newco for
its own  account  and not with a view to, or for,  resale in  connection  with a
distribution thereof.


         5.4.     Litigation

         (a)      There   is   no   litigation,   proceeding   or   governmental
                  investigation pending, or to the knowledge of the officers and
                  directors  of Newco,  against  or  relating  to Newco,  or its
                  properties or business, and
         (b)      Newco is not  knowingly  in default with respect to any order,
                  writ,  injunction  or decree of any court or  federal,  state,
                  provincial, municipal or governmental department,  commission,
                  board, bureau, agency or instrumentality.


         6. Conduct of Business  Pending  Closing.  Holloman and Sisters and the
Stockholders  represent,  warrant and agree with respect to Holloman and Sisters
that, pending the Closing and except as otherwise approved by Newco:

         6.1.  Business in the  Ordinary  Course.  Holloman  and  Sisters  shall
refrain  from  engaging in  transactions  other than in the  ordinary  course of
business.  Holloman  and  Sisters  shall also  refrain  from  entering  into any
transaction  involving  a  capital  expenditure  (including  any  borrowings  in
connection  with such  transaction)  of more  than  $10,000  (other  than in the
ordinary  course of  business)  or the  disposal of any property or asset (other
than in the ordinary  course of  business)  with a value of more than $10,000 or
the  disposal of any  property or asset  (other than  inventory  in the ordinary
course of business) with a value of more than $10,000.

         6.2. Accounting and Credit Changes. Holloman and Sisters shall not make
any changes in its accounting  procedures  and practices or its credit  criteria
from those in existence at October 31, 1997.

6.3.  Capitalization,  Options and  Dividends.  No changes  shall be made in the
Articles of  Incorporation  of Holloman or Articles of  Organization of Sisters,
they  shall  not issue or  reclassify  or alter any  shares  of  outstanding  or
unissued shares of its capital stock; it shall not grant options,  warrants,  or
other  rights  of any kind to  purchase,  or agree to issue  any  shares  of its
capital  stock;  it shall not  purchase  or redeem or  otherwise  acquire  for a
consideration  any shares of its capital  stock and shall not declare,  pay, set
aside or make any dividends or other distributions or payments in respect of its
capital stock.

6.4.     Encumbrance of Assets.  No mortgage, pledge or encumbrance of any of 
the properties or assets of Holloman or Sisters shall be made.
<PAGE>
         6.5. Employment  Agreements.  Except as contemplated by this Agreement,
Holloman and Sisters shall refrain from entering into any employment agreements,
and shall keep in effect its present salary  administration  program  (including
pension plans and other fringe benefits).

         6.6. Real Property Acquisitions,  Dispositions and Leases. Holloman and
Sisters  shall  refrain from  acquiring or agreeing to acquire,  or disposing or
agreeing to dispose of, real estate and from  entering into or agreeing to enter
into leases of real estate or equipment for a period in excess of one year.

         6.7  Litigation  During  Interim  Period.  Holloman  and  Sisters  will
promptly advise Newco in writing of the  commencement or threat against Holloman
and  Sisters of any claim,  litigation,  proceeding  or tax audit not covered by
insurance when the amount claimed is in excess of $10,000.

         6.8.  Access.  Newco  and  its  officers,  attorneys,  accountants  and
representatives shall be permitted to examine the property, books and records of
Holloman and Sisters,  and their title to any real  estate,  and such  officers,
attorneys,  accountants  and  representatives  shall be afforded  access to such
property,  books,  records and titles,  and the  Stockholders  will upon request
furnish Newco with any  information  reasonably  required in respect to Holloman
and Sisters's property,  assets, and business and will provide Newco with copies
of any contract, document or instrument listed in any Schedule hereto.

         6.9.  Good Will.  Holloman  and Sisters  will use their best efforts to
preserve  the good will of their  customers  and  suppliers  and  others  having
business relations with it.

7. Due  Diligence;  Termination.  Upon execution of this  Agreement,  Newco will
complete  its due  diligence  review of the books and  records of  Holloman  and
Sisters.  If the  revenues  and  profits of  Holloman  and  Sisters t are not as
represented  to Newco by Holloman  and Sisters in  negotiations  leading to this
Agreement,  then  notwithstanding  any other  provision of this Agreement to the
contrary,  Newco shall have the right to terminate all obligations hereunder and
shall notify the  Stockholders of any decision to so terminate  within 3 days of
Newco's decision to terminate.

         8.       Covenants of Newco and the Stockholders.


8.1.  Benefit Plans.  Newco agrees that it will take no action after the Closing
which would result in an adverse change in the benefits to the employees covered
by Holloman and Sister's current employee benefit plans described in Schedule E.
Newco agrees to make available to Holloman and Sister's employees  participation
in Newco's  Employee  Stock  Option  Plan and other  benefit  plans,  subject to
applicable securities regulations.

         8.2 Exclusive Rights to Newco.  The  Stockholders  agree that they will
not enter into  discussions or negotiations  with any other party with a view to
(i) the sale of the  Holloman  Stock and the  Sisters  Interests,  (ii) a merger
between  Holloman  and  Sisters  and  another  party or,  (iii) a sale of all or
substantially  all of the assets of Holloman  and/or  Sisters for a period of 60
days from the date of execution of this  Agreement  without  prior notice to and
the consent of Newco.

         8.4 Covenant Not to Compete.  The Stockholders agrees that for a period
of five years from and after the date of Closing,  they will not,  unless acting
as an employee  or  consultant  to Newco or Holloman or Sisters or with  Newco's
written consent, directly or indirectly,  own, manage, operate, join, control or
participate  in the  ownership  of, or be  connected  as an  officer,  employee,
partner or otherwise with, any business engaged in any of the business which are
presently conducted by Holloman or Sisters within any state or province in which
Holloman or Sisters presently maintain an office,  other than by owning not more
than 5% of a class of securities  registered  under Section 12 of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 or traded on a national  securities  exchange.  Each person
agrees that the remedy at law for any breach of the foregoing will be inadequate
and that  Holloman  or Sisters  and Newco  shall be  entitled,  inter  alia,  to
temporary  and  permanent  injunctive  relief  without the  necessity of proving
actual damage to Holloman or Sisters or Newco.


9. Liability and Responsibility of and Indemnification by Stockholders.

<PAGE>
9.1      Subject to other subsections of this Section 9, the Stockholders  shall
         indemnify and hold harmless Newco and Holloman and Sisters  against any
         and in  respect  of any and  all  liability,  damage,  loss,  cost  and
         expenses arising out of or otherwise in respect of:


         (a)      any  misrepresentation,  breach or warranty or non-fulfillment
                  of any agreement or covenant or from any  misrepresentation in
                  or  omission  from  any  Schedule  or list  contained  in this
                  Agreement,  certificate or other  instrument  furnished by the
                  Stockholders, and
         (b)      any and all actions, suits,  proceedings,  audits,  judgments,
                  costs  and legal and  other  expenses  incident  to any of the
                  foregoing or to the enforcement of this Section 9;


provided, however, that the Stockholders shall not be liable to Newco under this
Agreement for any matter,  other than matters  relating to taxes,  which was not
set forth in a claim  presented  in  writing  to the  Stockholders  pursuant  to
Section 21 within four years from the Closing Date.  Notwithstanding anything to
the contrary herein, the Stockholders shall be liable,  responsible or obligated
to indemnify Newco for claims under this Section 9, only if the aggregate amount
of such claims exceeds $100,000.  The total liability and  responsibility of the
Stockholders  under this  Section 9 shall be limited to the  aggregate  purchase
price received under this Agreement.


         9.2  Promptly  after the  receipt by any party  hereto of notice of any
claim or the  commencement  of any action or  proceeding,  such party will, if a
claim with respect  thereto is to be made against any party obligated to provide
indemnification (the "Indemnifying Party") pursuant to this Section 9, give such
Indemnifying  Party  written  notice of such claim or the  commencement  of such
action or  proceeding.  Such  Indemnifying  Party  shall have the right,  at its
option  and upon  posting  a bond or other  security  equal to such  claims,  to
compromise  or  defend,  at its  own  expense  and by its  counsel,  any  matter
involving the asserted liability of the party seeking such indemnification. Such
notice,  and  opportunity  to  defend,  shall be a  condition  precedent  to any
liability  of  the  Indemnifying  Party  under  the  indemnification  agreements
contained  in this  Section 9. If any  Indemnifying  Party  shall  undertake  to
compromise or defend any such asserted  liability,  it shall promptly notify the
party seeking  indemnification  of its intention to do so, and the party seeking
indemnification  agrees to cooperate fully with the  Indemnifying  Party and its
counsel in the compromise of, or defense against any such asserted liability. In
any event,  the  indemnified  party  shall have the right at its own  expense to
participate in the defense of such asserted liability.

10. Conditions Precedent to Newco's Obligations.  All obligations of Newco under
this Agreement are subject to the  fulfillment,  prior to or at the Closing,  of
each of the following conditions:

10.1  Representations  and Warranties.  The  Stockholders'  representations  and
warranties contained in this Agreement or in any Schedule,  list, certificate or
document  delivered pursuant to the provisions hereof shall be true at and as of
the time of Closing as though made at and as of such time  (except to the extent
that  they  are  stated  therein  to be  true  as of some  other  date)  and the
Stockholders  shall have delivered to Newco a certificate dated the Closing Date
and signed by them to such effect.


10.2 Compliance with Agreements. The Stockholders and Holloman and Sisters shall
have complied with all agreements  and conditions  required by this Agreement to
be performed by them prior to or at the Closing, and the Stockholders shall have
delivered  to Newco a  certificate  dated the Closing  Date and signed by him to
such effect.

<PAGE>
10.3  Opinion of Counsel.  The  Stockholders  shall have  delivered  to Newco an
opinion of their counsel  Hollmann,  Lyon,  Patterson & Durrell,  Inc. dated the
Closing Date and in form and substance satisfactory to Newco to the effect that:

         (a)      The   Stockholders   are  the  lawful   owner  of  record  and
                  beneficially of all the number of shares of Holloman Stock and
                  Sisters  Interests set forth beside their names in Schedule A,
                  free and  clear of any liens and  encumbrances,  equities  and
                  claims  and each  Stockholder  has full  legal  power  and all
                  authorization  required  by law to transfer  and deliver  said
                  shares in accordance  with this Agreement and by delivery of a
                  certificate  or  certificates  therefor will transfer to Newco
                  said  shares,  free  and  clear  of any  liens,  encumbrances,
                  equities and claims.

         (b)      This  Agreement  constitutes  the  valid  obligations  of  the
                  Stockholders  legally binding upon them in accordance with its
                  terms.

         (c)      Neither  Holloman  nor  Sisters is a party to, or bound by any
                  written or oral  contract  or  agreement  which  grants to any
                  person an option or right of first  refusal or other  right to
                  acquire  at any  time,  or upon the  happening  of any  stated
                  events,  shares of the capital stock of Holloman or membership
                  interests in Sisters.
          HollomanHolloman's authorized capital stock consists of 200,000 shares
                  of common stock  $1.00par  value,  of which 79,456 shares have
                  been validly issued, are presently outstanding,  and are fully
                  paid  and  non-assessable.   The  only  owners  of  membership
                  interests in Sisters are listed on `schedule A hereto.
          HollomanHolloman is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and
                  in good standing under the laws of the State of Texas, and has
                  the  corporate  power to perform  its  business  as  presently
                  conducted  and  to  own  and  lease  the  properties  used  in
                  connection  therewith.   Holloman  is  duly  qualified  to  do
                  business and is in good standing in all jurisdictions in which
                  its business or the  ownership of its property  requires  such
                  qualification. Sisters is a limited liability corporation duly
                  organized,  validly  existing and in good  standing  under the
                  laws of the State of  Texas,  and has the  corporate  power to
                  perform its  business as  presently  conducted  and to own and
                  lease the properties used in connection therewith.  Sisters is
                  duly  qualified to do business and is in good  standing in all
                  jurisdictions  in which its  business or the  ownership of its
                  property requires such qualification
         (f)      The  consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated  by this
                  Agreement  will  not  result  in a  breach  of any  term of or
                  constitute a default  under the Articles of  Incorporation  or
                  Charter or By-laws of Holloman or the Articles of Organization
                  of  Sisters,  or  any  indenture,   agreement,  instrument  or
                  understanding  known to such  counsel  to which  Holloman  and
                  Sisters or the  Stockholders are a party or by which it or any
                  of them is bound.
          HollomanHolloman  and Sisters  have good and  marketable  title to the
                  properties  described in Subsection  4.5 hereof  subject to no
                  liens or other encumbrances except those listed in phrases (i)
                  and (ii) of said Subsection 4.5. The opinion  required by this
                  Subsection  shall be based solely upon matters which have come
                  to such counsel's attention and which are contained in a title
                  insurance  policy  and  any  judgment,  federal  tax  lien  or
                  financing  statement  searches  in  respect  of  Holloman  and
                  Sisters.

10.4 Directors. The Stockholders shall have taken action by Unanimous Consent or
at a meeting  duly called to elect to the board of  directors  of  Holloman  the
persons designated by Newco prior to the Closing date.

10.5 Material Damage. The business and properties of Holloman and Sisters, taken
as a whole,  shall not have been and shall not be  threatened  to be  materially
adversely  affected  in any way as a  result  of  fire,  explosion,  earthquake,
disaster,   accident,  labor  dispute,  flood,  drought,  embargo,  riot,  civil
disturbance, uprising, activity of armed forces or act of God or public enemy.



         Approval of Counsel. All steps to be taken and all resolutions,  papers
and documents to be executed, and all other legal matters in connection with the
purchase  and sale of stock  and  related  matters,  including  compliance  with
applicable  state  and  provincial  securities  laws  shall  be  subject  to the
reasonable approval of Newco's counsel.


<PAGE>
         10.7 Use of Name.  Newco  wishes  to avail  itself of the good name and
reputation of Holloman. Holloman and the Stockholders hereby agree to the use of
the name  "Holloman" by Newco and agree to execute such documents or consents as
may enable Newco to use the name "Holloman" name as set forth herein.


         11. Conditions Precedent to Stockholders' Obligations.  All obligations
of the Stockholders  under this Agreement are subject to the fulfillment,  prior
to or at the Closing, of each of the following conditions:

11.1  Representations  and Warranties.  Newco's  representations  and warranties
contained in this Agreement or in any certificate or document delivered pursuant
to the  provisions  hereof  shall  be true at and as of the time of  Closing  as
though  made at and as of such time  (except to the extent  that they are stated
therein to be true as of some other date) and Newco shall have  delivered to the
Stockholders a certificate  dated the Closing Date and signed by its Chairman or
President to such effect.

         11.2.  Compliance  with  Agreements.  Newco  shall have  performed  and
complied with all  agreements  and  conditions  required by this Agreement to be
performed  by it prior to or at the  Closing,  and shall have  delivered  to the
Stockholders  a  certificate  dated the Closing Date and signed by signed by its
Chairman or President to such effect.

         11.3.   Opinion  of  Counsel.   Newco  shall  have   delivered  to  the
Stockholders  an opinion of its counsel,  dated the Closing Date and in form and
substance  satisfactory to the Stockholders with respect to the matters referred
to in Subsections 5.1 and 5.2 hereof.

         11.4. Material Damage. The business and properties of Newco, taken as a
whole,  shall not have been and shall not be threatened  to be,  affected in any
way  materially  adverse  to the  enterprise  of  Newco  as a  result  of  fire,
explosion,  earthquake,  disaster,  accident,  labor  dispute,  flood,  drought,
embargo, riot, civil disturbance,  uprising,  activity of armed forces or act of
God or public enemy.


         12. Broker and Finder's Fees. The Stockholders represent and warrant to
Newco  that  they  have not  engaged  or  dealt  with  any  broker  for a fee or
commission in respect to the execution of this Agreement or the  consummation of
the  transactions  contemplated  hereby.  Newco  represents  and warrants to the
Stockholders,  Holloman and Sisters that neither it nor any corporate  affiliate
has engaged or dealt with any broker or other  person who may be entitled to any
brokerage fee or commission in respect of the execution of this Agreement or the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.


          Each of the  parties  hereto  shall  indemnify  and  hold  the  others
harmless against any and all claims,  losses,  liabilities or expenses which may
be  asserted  against  such other  parties  as a result of such first  mentioned
party's dealings, arrangements or agreements with any such broker or person.


         13. Survival of Representations  and Warranties.  All  representations,
warranties  and  agreements,  made  by  Newco,  Holloman  and  Sisters  and  the
Stockholders  in this Agreement or pursuant hereto shall survive the Closing for
a period of not to exceed four years, except for representations, warranties and
agreements  relating to taxes of all kinds which shall  survive until all claims
based  thereon shall have been barred by the relevant  statutes of  limitations.
Notwithstanding  any  investigations  or audit  conducted  before  or after  the
Closing Date, the parties shall be entitled to rely upon the representations and
warranties set forth in this Agreement.

         14. Expenses.  Except as provided in Section 3.1,  Holloman and Sisters
shall bear the expenses of  Holloman,  sisters and the  Stockholders,  and Newco
shall  bear its  expenses,  in  connection  with the  transactions  contemplated
thereby.

         15.   Announcements.   Newco  and  the   Stockholders   will,  and  the
Stockholders will cause Holloman and Sisters to, cooperate with each other as to
the timing and content of any  announcements  of the  transactions  contemplated
hereby to the general public or to employees, customers and suppliers.

         16. Further Actions and Assurances. Newco, Holloman and Sisters and the
Stockholders will execute and deliver any and all documents,  and will cause any
and all other action to be taken,  either before or after Closing,  which may be
necessary or proper to effect or evidence the  provisions of this  Agreement and
the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Public Offering.


         17.   Counterparts.   This   Agreement   may  be  executed  in  several
counterparts,  each of which is an original  and the  Stockholders  may become a
party  hereto  by  executing  a  counterpart  hereof.  This  Agreement  and  any
counterpart  so executed shall be deemed to be one and the same  instrument.  It
shall not be  necessary in making  proof of this  Agreement  or any  counterpart
hereof to produce or account for any of the other counterparts.
<PAGE>
         18.  Contents of Agreement;  Parties in Interest.  This  Agreement sets
forth the entire  understanding  of the  parties.  Any  previous  agreements  or
understandings  between the parties  regarding  the  subject  matter  hereof are
merged into and superceded by this Agreement.  All representations,  warranties,
covenants,  terms,  conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding
upon and inure to the benefit of and be  enforceable  by the  respective  heirs,
legal representatives, successors and assigns of the Stockholders and Newco.


         19.  Texas Law to Govern.  This  Agreement  is being  delivered  and is
intended  to be  performed  in the  State of Texas and  shall be  construed  and
enforced in accordance with the laws thereof.


         20. Section Headings and Gender.  The section headings herein have been
inserted  for  convenience  of  reference  only and  shall in no way  modify  or
restrict the terms or provisions hereof. The use of the masculine pronoun herein
when referring to any party has been for convenience only and shall be deemed to
refer to the particular  party intended  regardless of the actual gender or such
party.

         21. Schedules. All Schedules referred to in this Agreement are intended
to be and are hereby specifically made a part of this agreement.

         22. Notices.  All notices,  requests and other communications which are
required or  permitted  hereunder  shall be  sufficient  if given in writing and
delivered  personally or by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or by
facsimilie  followed by an original  signed copy, as follows:  (or to such other
addressee as shall be set forth in a notice given in the same manner):

                  If to Newco:              Holloman Corporation
                           8214 Westchester, Suite 500
                                            Dallas, Texas 75225
                          Facsimilie No. (214) 987-2091


                  If to Holloman and Sisters
                  or Stockholders:          c/o Sam Holloman

                                            West County Road
                                            Odessa, Texas
                                            Facsimilie No.


         23. Confidential  Information.  Notwithstanding any termination of this
Agreement,  Newco and its corporate affiliates and its representatives  agree to
hold in confidence  any  information  not  generally  available to the public or
trade received by them from Holloman and Sisters or the Stockholders pursuant to
the terms of this  Agreement.  If this  Agreement is terminated  for any reason,
Newco, its corporate  affiliates and its  representatives  will continue to hold
such information in confidence and will, to the extent requested by Holloman and
Sisters  ,  promptly  return to  Holloman  and  Sisters  all  written  materials
furnished to Newco, its corporate affiliates or representatives pursuant hereto.


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  this agreement has been executed as of the day and
year first above written.

                                            Holloman Corporation

                                           By:/S/ Peter Lucas________
                                              Peter Lucas, Senior Vice President

T. Sisters Leasing , L. L. C.              Holloman Construction Co.


By:/s/ Sam Holloman___                        By:/s/ Sam Holloman
    Name and Title                             Sam Holloman, President



Holloman Construction Co. Stockholders:
                                  H. C. Stock, Ltd. 
/s/ Sam Holloman                By: Western Sunset Estates, Inc.,General Partner
Sam Holloman                    By: /s/ Sam Holloman    
                                   Sam Holloman, President


    Holloman Construction Co.
  Employee Stock Ownership Plan         Holloman Chaitable Remainder Unitrust

     By:/s/ Sam Holloman                  By:/s/ Sam Holloman_
         Sam Holloman, Trustee                  Sam Holloman, Trustee





T. Sisters Leasing L. L. C. Members
    ------------------
Lakwest Ltd.                            
By: Western Sunset Estates, Inc.,General Partner


By: /s/ Sam Holloman
Sam Holloman


By:/s/ Sam Holloman
      Sam Holloman, President



<PAGE>





List of Schedules and Exhibits


  Schedule        A List of Stockholderss and the number of shares of the Common
                  Stock    of    Holloman    and    Sisters    owned   by   each
                  Stockholders-Recital  A,  Section  4.2 [To be  prepared by the
                  Stockholders]


  Schedule B      Litigation-Section 4.7 [To be prepared by Stockholders]

  Schedule C      Insurance Section 4.8 [To be prepared by Stockholders]

  Schedule D      Patents, Trademarks, and Copyrights-Section 4.9 
                  [To be prepared by Stockholders]

  Schedule E      Contracts and Commitments-Section 4.10 [To be prepared 
                  by Stockholders]

  Schedule F      Existing Condition Section 4.13 
                  [To be prepared by Stockholders]

  Schedule G      Transactions with Affiliates 4.16 
                  [To be prepared by Stockholders]

  Schedule H      Bank Account Information 4.19 [To be prepared by Stockholders]




                                  AMENDMENT TO

                            STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                         Relating to the Acquisition of

                            Holloman Construction Co.

                                       and
                           T. Sisters Leasing, L.L. C.
                                       by

                              Holloman Corporation

                               THIS  AMENDMENT  TO STOCK  PURCHASE  AGREEMENT is
                      made and entered into  effective as of May 19, 1998 by and
                      among Holloman  Construction Co., a corporation  organized
                      under the laws of Texas, ("Holloman"), T. Sisters Leasing,
                      L. L. C., a Texas limited liability  company  ("Sisters"),
                      the  individuals and entities listed on the signature page
                      hereto ("Stockholders") being the owners of all the issued
                      and  outstanding  shares of capital  stock of Holloman and
                      Membership  Interests of Sisters and Holloman  Corporation
                      ("Newco"), a Texas corporation.

                                    RECITALS:

                               A    The  parties   hereto   entered  into  Stock
                                    Purchase  Agreement  dated May 16, 1998 (the
                                    "Agreement")  for the purchase of all of the
                                    outstanding common stock of Holloman and all
                                    of the  membership  interests  in Sisters by
                                    Newco, and

                               B.   The   parties   now   desire  to  amend  the
                                    Agreement so as to purchase  only the common
                                    stock  of   Holloman   and  to  delete   the
                                    membership  interests  in  sisters  from the
                                    purchase.

                               NOW  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the mutual
                      promises  and  covenants  contained  herein,  the  parties
                      hereby agree s follows;

                               I.   The  Agreement  between the  parties  hereto
                                    dated May 16,  1998 is hereby  amended so as
                                    to  delete  the   purchase  of  all  of  the
                                    membership  interests  in  Sisters  and  all
                                    reference  to Sisters in the said  Agreement
                                    is  hereby  deleted.  All  other  terms  and
                                    conditions in the Agreement  shall remain in
                                    full  force and  effect  including,  without
                                    limitation, the Purchase Price.

                               IN  WITNESS   WHEREOF,   this  Amendment  to  the
                      Agreement  has been  executed as of the day and year first
                      above written.
                                     Hollloman Corporation
                                      By: /s/ Peter Lucas
                                  Peter Lucas, Senior Vice
                                President
             T. Sisters Leasing , L. L. C.          Holloman Construction Co
             By:/s/ Sam Holloman                         By:/S/ Sam Holloman
                    Sam Holloman                      Sam Holloman, President   





                     Holloman Construction Co. Stockholders:





                                                        Sam Holloman


                                             H. C. Stock, Ltd
                                             By Western Sunset Estates, Inc.,
                                             General Partner






By:/s/ Sam Holloman
Sam Holloman


Holloman Construction Co. Employee Stock Ownership Plan

By:/s/Sam Holloman
Sam Holloman, Trustee
Sam Holloman, President
Holloman Charitable Remainder Trust


By:  /s/ Sam Holloman
     Sam Holloman, Trustee










                         T. Sisters Leasing L. L. C. Members


Lakwest Ltd.

By: Western Sunset Estates, Inc. General Partner


By:/s/ Sam Holloman
Sam Holloman, President




                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

                                       of


                              Holloman Corporation


         The  undersigned  natural  person of the age of eighteen  (18) years or
more, a citizen of the State of Texas,  acting as  Incorporator of a corporation
(hereinafter  referred  to  as  the  "Corporation")  under  the  Texas  Business
Corporation Act, hereby adopts the following  Articles of Incorporation  for the
Corporation:


                                    ARTICLE I

                                      NAME

         The name of the Corporation is Holloman Corporation.

                                   ARTICLE II
                                    DURATION

         The period of the Corporation's duration is perpetual.


                                   ARTICLE III


                                    PURPOSES

          The purpose or purposes for which the Corporation is organized are:

          To transact any and all lawful business for which a corporation may be
  incorporated under the Texas Business  Corporation Act, as currently in effect
  or hereafter amended,  to have and exercise all of the powers conferred by the
  laws of the State of Texas upon  corporations  formed under the Texas Business
  Corporation  Act,  and to do any or all of the things  herein set forth to the
  same extent as natural  persons  might or could do;  provided,  however,  that
  nothing stated herein shall authorize this  Corporation to be organized for or
  to transact any business in the State of Texas that is  prohibited by any laws
  of the State of Texas, as now existing or hereafter amended or enacted,  or by
  these Articles.


                                   ARTICLE IV


                                  CAPITAL STOCK

         Section 1. The Corporation shall have authority to issue two classes of
capital stock,  designated "Common Stock" and "Preferred  Stock",  respectively.
The aggregate number of shares of Common Stock authorized to be issued is twenty
million  (20,000,000) shares with a par value of one cent ($0.01) per share. The
aggregate  number of shares of Preferred Stock  authorized to be issued is three
million (3,000,000) shares with a par value of $.01 per share.

         Section  2. Each  share of  Common  Stock  shall  have one vote on each
matter  submitted  to a vote of  shareholders.  Cumulative  voting is  expressly
prohibited  and  denied  with  respect  to  the  election  of  directors  of the
Corporation  and  any  and  all  other  matters  submitted  to  a  vote  of  the
shareholders.

         Section  3. The  Preferred  Stock may be issued in one or more  series,
from time to time,  at the  discretion  of the Board of  Directors  without  the
necessity  of  shareholder  approval,  with each such  series to consist of such
number of shares and to have such voting powers (whether full or limited,  or no
voting  powers or more than one vote per share) and such  designations,  powers,
preferences,  and  relative  participating  optional,  redemption,   conversion,
exchange  or other  special  rights,  and such  qualifications,  limitations  or
restrictions  thereof,  as shall be  stated  in the  resolution  or  resolutions
providing for the issuance of such series adopted by the Board of Directors. The
Board of directors, in such resolution, or resolutions, may increase or decrease
the number of shares within each such series;  provided,  however,  the board of
directors may not decrease the number of shares within a series to less than the
number of shares within such series that are then issued.

         Section 4. The Board of Directors shall have the power and authority at
any time and from time to time without the necessity of shareholder  approval to
issue,  sell, or otherwise  dispose of any authorized and unissued shares of any
class of stock of the  Corporation  to such  persons or parties,  including  the
holders  of any class of stock,  for such  consideration  (not less than the par
value  thereof) and upon such terms and  conditions as the Board of Directors in
its discretion shall deem to be in the best interests of the Corporation.

         Section 5. No shareholder of the  Corporation or other persons shall be
entitled to any preemptive or preferential right whatsoever to acquire, purchase
or subscribe for (i) any additional or unissued shares or treasury shares of the
Corporation, (ii) any securities of the Corporation convertible into or carrying
a right to subscribe to or acquire shares of the Corporation, or (iii) any other
securities of the Corporation; provided, however, that nothing in this paragraph
shall restrict or prohibit the  Corporation  from creating,  issuing,  offering,
distributing,  or otherwise  granting  any  warrants,  options,  rights of first
refusal,  conversion  rights  subscription  rights  or  other  rights  entitling
shareholders  or other persons to acquire any shares or other  securities of the
Corporation;  provided, further, that such issuance may not be inconsistent with
any provision of law or with any provision of these Articles.


                                    ARTICLE V


                            COMMENCEMENT OF BUSINESS

         The  Corporation  will not commence  business until it has received for
the issuance of its shares  consideration  of the value of at least one thousand
and no/100  dollars  ($1,000.00),  consisting  of money,  labor done or property
actually  received;   provided,   however,  that  failure  to  comply  with  the
requirements of this Article V shall not affect the validity of any action taken
by the Corporation.

                                   ARTICLE VII


                                 INDEMNIFICATION

         The  Corporation  shall  indemnify  any director or officer,  or former
director or officer of the Corporation, or any person who may have served at its
request  as  a  director  or  officer  of  another  corporation  of  which  this
Corporation  owns  shares of capital  stock or of which it is a creditor  to the
fullest extent  permitted by the Texas Business  Corporation Act and as provided
in the By-laws of the Corporation.

                                  ARTICLE VIII


                                     BY-LAWS


         The  Board  of  Directors  shall  adopt  the  initial  By-laws  of  the
Corporation.  Except to the extent  such power may be  modified  or  divested by
action  of  shareholders  representing  a  simple  majority  of the  issued  and
outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation taken at a regular or
special meeting of the shareholders,  the power to adopt, alter, amend or repeal
the  By-laws  of the  Corporation  shall be vested  in the  Board of  Directors,
subject to repeal or change by action of the Corporation's shareholders.


                                   ARTICLE IX


                 INTERESTED DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND SHAREHOLDERS

                  Section 1. No contract or transaction  between the Corporation
and one or more of its  directors  or  officers,  or  between  any  corporation,
partnership,  association  or other  organization  in  which  one or more of the
directors or officers of the Corporation are directors,  officers or partners or
have a financial  interest,  shall be void or voidable  solely by reason of such
relationship,  or solely  because  the  director  or  officer  is  present at or
participates  in the meeting of the Board of  Directors  of the  Corporation  or
committee thereof that authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because
its or their votes are counted for such  purposes,  if any one of the  following
conditions are met:

         (i) The material facts  concerning the  relationship or interest of the
director  or  officer  and  the  material  facts   concerning  the  contract  or
transaction  are  disclosed  or are  known  to the  Board  of  Directors  of the
Corporation   or  the  committee   thereof  that   authorizes  the  contract  or
transaction,  and the Board of Directors of the Corporation or committee thereof
in good faith  authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative vote of
a  majority  of the  disinterested  directors,  even  though  the  disinterested
directors may be less than a quorum; or

         (ii) The material facts  concerning the relationship or interest of the
director  or  officer  and  the  material  facts   concerning  the  contract  or
transaction  are disclosed or are known to the  shareholders  of the Corporation
entitled to vote  thereon,  and the  contract  or  transaction  is  specifically
approved in good faith by the  shareholders  of the Corporation at any annual or
special meeting of shareholders called for that purpose; or

         (iii) The contract or  transaction  is fair to the  Corporation  at the
time it is  authorized,  approved or ratified by the Board of  Directors  of the
Corporation, a committee thereof, or the shareholders of the Corporation.


                  Section 2. Common or  interested  directors  may be counted in
determining  the  presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors of
the  Corporation  or of a committee  thereof that  authorizes  such  contract or
transaction.


                                    ARTICLE X


                                            REGISTERED OFICE AND AGENT


         The street address of the  Corporation's  initial  registered office is
8214  Westchester  Drive,  Suite 500 and the name of the  Corporation's  initial
registered agent at such address is Peter Lucas.


                                   ARTICLE XII


                                    DIRECTORS


         The number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed in the manner
provided in the By-laws of the Corporation. The initial Board of Directors shall
consist  of one  member  The name and  address  of the person who is to serve as
director  until  the  first  annual  meeting  of the  shareholders  or until his
respective successor has been elected and qualified is as follows:

                                       Peter Lucas
                                       8214 Westchester Drive, Suite 500
                                       Dallas, Texas 75225


                                   ARTICLE XI


                                  INCORPORATOR

                                       The name and address of the  incorporator
is:

                                Maurice J. Bates
                                8214 Westchester
                                    Suite 500
                               Dallas, Texas 75225

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  I have hereunto set my hand this 18th day of May,
1998.



                                                          --------------------
                                                              Maurice J. Bates





                              Holloman Corporation

                              (A Texas Corporation)


                                     BY-LAWS



                                    ARTICLE I


OFFICES


         Section 1.        Registered Office and Agent.


         The  initial  registered  office  shall be located at 8214  Westchester
Drive, Suite 500, Dallas,  Texas 75225. The name of the registered agent at such
address is Peter  Lucas.  The Board of  Directors  may change the  Corporation's
registered  office or  registered  agent,  or both,  in the  manner set forth in
Article 2.10 of the Texas Business Corporation Act (the "Act").


         Section 2.        Other Offices.


         The Corporation may also have offices at such other places, both within
and without the State of Texas,  as the Board of Directors may from time to time
determine or the business of the Corporation requires.


ARTICLE II


ANNUAL MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS


         Section 1.        Time and Place of Meetings.


         Annual meetings of  shareholders  shall be held at such time and place,
within or without  the State of Texas,  as shall be  determined  by the Board of
Directors.  At the meeting,  shareholders  shall elect,  by a plurality  vote, a
Board of Directors and transact  such other  business as may properly be brought
before the meeting.


         Section 2.        Notice of Annual Meetings.

         Written or printed notice of the annual meeting stating the place,  day
and hour of the meeting  shall be delivered not less then ten (10) nor more than
fifty (50) days before the date of the meeting, either personally or by mail, by
or at the  direction of the  President,  the Secretary or the officer or persons
calling the  meeting,  to each  shareholder  of record  entitled to vote at such
meeting.  If mailed,  such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited
in the United States mail, postage prepaid,  addressed to the shareholder at his
address as it appears on the share transfer records of the Corporation.

<PAGE>
ARTICLE III


SPECIAL MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS


         Section 1.        Time and Place of Meetings.


         Special meetings of shareholders,  for any purpose, may be held at such
time and place,  within or without the State of Texas, as shall be stated in the
notice of the meeting.


         Section 2.        Call of Special Meetings.


         Special meetings of shareholders,  for any purpose or purposes,  unless
otherwise  prescribed  by statute or by the  Articles of  Incorporation,  may be
called by the  President,  the Board of  Directors  or by the  Secretary  at the
request in writing of the holders of not less then  one-tenth  (1/10) of all the
shares entitled to vote at the meeting.  Such request shall state the purpose or
purposes of the proposed meeting.  Business transacted at special meetings shall
be confined to the purposes stated in the notice of the meeting.


         Section 3.        Notice Of special Meetings.


         Written or printed notice of a special meeting  stating the place,  day
and hour of the meeting and purpose or purposes  for which the meeting is called
shall be  delivered  not less than ten (10) nor more than fifty (50) days before
the date of the meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of
the President,  the Secretary or the officer or persons calling the meeting,  to
each  shareholder of record  entitled to vote at such meeting.  If mailed,  such
notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail,
postage  prepaid,  addressed to the  shareholder at his address as it appears on
the share transfer records of the Corporation.


ARTICLE IV


QUORUM AND VOTING OF STOCK


         Section 1.        Quorum.


         The holders of a majority of the shares of stock issued and outstanding
and  entitled to vote,  represented  in person or by proxy,  shall  constitute a
quorum at all  meetings  of the  shareholders  for the  transaction  of business
except as otherwise provided by statute or by the Articles of Incorporation. If,
however,  such quorum shall not be present or  represented at any meeting of the
shareholders,  the shareholders  present in person or represented by proxy shall
have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time,  without  notice other than
announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented.  At
such adjourned meeting,  at which a quorum shall be present or represented,  any
business may be  transacted  which might have been  transacted at the meeting as
originally notified.


         Section 2.        Voting.


         If a quorum is  present,  the  affirmative  vote of a  majority  of the
shares of stock  represented at the meeting shall be the act of the shareholders
unless the vote of a greater or lesser  number of shares of stock is required by
law or the  Articles of  Incorporation.  Once a quorum is present at a meting of
shareholders,  the shareholders represented in person or by proxy at the meeting
may conduct such business as may properly be brought before the meeting until it
is adjourned,  and the subsequent withdrawal from the meeting of any shareholder
or the  refusal  of any  shareholder  represented  in person or by proxy to vote
shall not affect  the  presence  of a quorum at the  meeting.  Unless  otherwise
provided in the Articles of  Incorporation  or these By-laws in accordance  with
the Act,  directors  of the  Corporation  shall be elected by a plurality of the
votes  cast by the  holders  of  shares  entitled  to vote  in the  election  of
directors at a meeting of shareholders at which a quorum is present in person or
by proxy.


         Section 3.        Votes, Proxies.


         Each  outstanding  share of stock having voting power shall be entitled
to one vote on each  matter  submitted  to a vote at a meeting  of  shareholders
except  to the  extent  that the  voting  rights  of the  shares of any class or
classes are limited or denied by the Articles of  Incorporation  as permitted by
the Texas Business  Corporation  Act. A shareholder may vote either in person or
by proxy  executed  in  writing  by the  shareholder  or by his duly  authorized
attorney-in-fact.


         Section 4.        Action by Written Consent.


         Any  action  required  by  statute  to be  taken  at a  meeting  of the
shareholders, or any action which may be taken at a meeting of the shareholders,
may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action
so taken, shall be signed by all the shareholders  entitled to vote with respect
to the subject matter thereof.
<PAGE>

ARTICLE V


DIRECTORS


         Section 1.        General Powers


         The  business  and affairs of the  Corporation  shall be managed by its
Board of Directors  which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do
all such  lawful  acts and things as are not by statute  or by the  Articles  of
Incorporation  or by these By-laws  directed or required to be exercised or done
by the shareholders.


         Section 2.        Number of Directors.


         The  number  of  directors  shall be at least  one,  the  number  to be
determined  by the Board prior to the next annual  meeting of the  shareholders.
Directors  need not be residents of the State of Texas nor  shareholders  of the
Corporation.  The directors,  other than the first Board of Directors,  shall be
elected at the annual  meeting of the  shareholders  and each  director  elected
shall serve until the next  succeeding  annual  meeting and until his  successor
shall have been elected and qualified.  The first Board of Directors  shall hold
office until the first annual meeting of shareholders.


         Section 3.        Vacancies.


         Any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors by death,  resignation,
removal or otherwise  may be filled by the  affirmative  vote of the majority of
the remaining  directors though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors.  A
director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired portion of
the term of his predecessor in office.  Any  directorship to be filled by reason
of an  increase  in the number of  directors  shall be filled by  election at an
annual meeting or at a special meeting of shareholders  called for that purpose.
A director  elected to fill a newly created  directorship  shall serve until the
next  succeeding  annual meeting of  shareholders  and until his successor shall
have been elected and qualified.


         Section 4.        Books of Corporation.


         The directors may keep the books of the Corporation, except such as are
required  by law to be kept  within the state,  outside of the State of Texas at
such place or places as they may from time to time determine.


         Section 5.        Compensation of Directors.


         Directors,  as  members  of the  Board of  Directors  or any  committee
thereof,  shall be entitled to receive  compensation  for their services on such
terms  and  conditions  as may be  determined  from time to time by the Board of
Directors. Nothing herein contained, however, shall be construed to preclude any
director  from  serving the  Corporation  in any other  capacity  and  receiving
compensation therefor.

<PAGE>
         ARTICLE VI


MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS


         Section 1.        Time and Place of Meetings.


         Meetings of the Board of  Directors,  regular or  special,  may be held
either  within or without  the State of Texas,  at such time and place as set in
the Notice of Meting.

         Section 2.        First Meeting of New Board.

         The first  meeting of each newly  elected  Board of Directors  shall be
held  immediately  following the annual meeting of shareholders  and at the same
place,  and no notice of such meeting  shall be  necessary to the newly  elected
directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be
present,  or it may  convene  at such  place  and  time as shall be fixed by the
consent in writing of all the directors.

         Section 3.        Regular Meetings.

         Regular  meetings  of the  Board of  Directors  may be held  upon  such
notice, or without notice, and at such time and at such place as shall from time
to time be determined by the Board.

         Section 4.        Special Meetings.

         Special  meetings  of the  Board  of  Directors  may be  called  by the
President on three days' notice to each director,  either  personally,  by mail,
telecopy,  or by telegram;  special meetings shall be called by the President or
Secretary  in like  manner  and on like  notice on the  written  request  of two
directors.

         Section 5.        Waiver of Notice.

         Attendance  of a director at any meeting  shall  constitute a waiver of
notice of such meeting,  except where a director attends for the express purpose
of  objecting  to the  transaction  of any  business  because the meeting is not
lawfully  called or convened.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the
purpose of, any  regular or special  meeting of the Board of  Directors  need be
specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

         Section 6.        Quorum.

         A  majority  of  the  directors  shall  constitute  a  quorum  for  the
transaction  of  business  unless a greater  number is required by law or by the
Articles of Incorporation. The act of a majority of the directors present at any
meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors,
unless the act of a greater  number is required by statute or by the Articles of
Incorporation. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of directors, the
directors  present  thereat may adjourn the meeting  form time to time,  without
notice other than announcement at the meeting,  until a quorum shall be present.
Directors  may not vote by  proxy  at any  meeting  of the  Board of  Directors.
Directors  with an interest in a business  transaction  of the  Corporation  and
directors  who are  directors  or officers  or have a financial  interest in any
other corporation, partnership, association or other organization with which the
Corporation is transacting  business may be counted in determining  the presence
of a quorum at a meeting  of the Board of  Directors  or of a  committee  of the
Board of Directors to authorize such business transaction.


        Section 7.Action by Unanimous Consent.

        Unless  otherwise  provided by the Articles of Incorporation or By-laws,
any  action  required  or  permitted  to be taken at a  meeting  of the Board of
Directors  may  be  taken  without  a  meeting  if  a  consent  in  writing,  or
counterparts  thereof,  setting forth the action so taken,  is signed by all the
members of the Board of  Directors.  Such consent  shall have the same force and
effect as a unanimous vote at a meeting.  The signed consent,  or a signed copy,
shall be placed in the minute book.


        Section 8.Meetings by Communications Equipment.

        Unless  otherwise  provided by the Articles of Incorporation or By-laws,
any  action  required  or  permitted  to be taken at a  meeting  of the Board of
Directors   may  be  taken  by  means  of   conference   telephone   or  similar
communications  equipment  by means of which all  persons  participating  in the
meeting can hear each other,  and  participation  in a meeting  pursuant to this
Section  shall  constitute  presence in person at such  meeting,  except where a
person  participates  in the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the
transaction  of any  business  on the ground  that the  meeting is not  lawfully
called or convened.

<PAGE>
ARTICLE VII

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS


        Section 1.Executive Committee.

        The Board of  Directors,  by  resolution  adopted by a  majority  of the
number of directors fixed by the By-laws or otherwise, may designate two or more
directors to constitute an Executive Committee,  which committee,  to the extent
provided in such  resolution  or in the  Articles of  Incorporation  or By-laws,
shall have and  exercise  all of the  authority of the Board of Directors in the
management of the Corporation, except as otherwise required by law. Vacancies in
the  membership  of the  Executive  Committee  shall be  filled  by the Board of
Directors  at a  regular  or  special  meeting  of the Board of  Directors.  The
Executive Committee shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report the
same to the Board of Directors when required.


         Section 2.        Other Committees.


         The Board of Directors  may, by resolution  passed by a majority of the
whole  Board  of  Directors,  designate  from  among  its  members  one or  more
committees  in  addition  to the  Executive  Committee,  each of which  shall be
composed of one or more or its  members,  and may  designate  one or more of its
members  as  alternate  members  of  any  committee,  who  may,  subject  to any
limitations  imposed by the Board of Directors,  replace absent or  disqualified
members at any  meeting of that  committee.  Any such  committee,  to the extent
provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors  designating  the committee
or in the  Articles  of  Incorporation  or  these  By-laws,  shall  have and may
exercise all of the authority of the Board of Directors,  except where action of
the  Board  of  Directors  is  required  by  the  Act  or  by  the  Articles  of
Incorporation.  Any  member  of a  committee  of the Board of  Directors  may be
removed,  for or without  cause,  by the  affirmative  vote of a majority of the
whole Board of  Directors.  If any vacancy or vacancies  occur in a committee of
the   Board   of   Directors   caused   by   death,   resignation,   retirement,
disqualification,  removal from office or otherwise, the vacancy shall be filled
by the  affirmative  vote of a majority  of the whole Board of  Directors.  Such
committee or  committees  shall have such name or names as may be  designated by
the Board of Directors and shall keep regular  minutes of their  proceedings and
report the same to the Board of Directors when required.



        Section 3.Action by Unanimous Consent.


        Any  action  required  or  permitted  to be  taken at a  meeting  of the
Executive  Committee  or other  committee  may be taken  without a meeting  if a
consent,  in writing,  setting  forth the action so taken,  is signed by all the
members of the respective committee.  Such consent shall have the same force and
effect as a unanimous vote at a meeting.  The signed consent,  or a signed copy,
shall be placed in the minute book.








        Section 4.Meetings by Communications Equipment.


         Unless otherwise  provided by the Articles of incorporation or By-laws,
any action  required  or  permitted  to be taken at a meeting  of the  Executive
Committee or other  committee may be taken by means of  conference  telephone or
similar communications  equipment by means of which all persons participating in
the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this
Section  shall  constitute  presence in person at such  meeting,  except where a
person  participates  in the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the
transaction  of any  business  on the ground  that the  meeting is not  lawfully
called or convened.

<PAGE>
ARTICLE VIII


NOTICES


         Section 1.        Form of Notice.


         Whenever  under  the  provisions  of  the  Act or of  the  Articles  of
Incorporation or of these By-laws notice is required to be given to any director
or  shareholder,  it shall not be construed to mean  personal  notice,  but such
notice  may be  given  in  writing,  by  mail,  addressed  to such  director  or
shareholder at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation  with
postage  thereon prepaid and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time
when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail.  Notice to directors
may  also be  given by  telegram  and  telecopy  or  other  means  of  immediate
communication.  Any  notice  required  or  permitted  to be given  by  telegram,
telecopy or other means of immediate  communication  shall be deemed to be given
at the time of actual delivery.


         Section 2.        Waiver of Notice.


         Whenever  any  notice  whatsoever  is  required  to be given  under the
provisions  of  the  statutes  or  under  the  provisions  of  the  Articles  of
Incorporation  or these By-laws,  a waiver  thereof,  in writing,  signed by the
person or persons  entitled  to such  notice,  whether  before or after the time
stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice.

<PAGE>
ARTICLE IX


OFFICERS AND AGENTS


         Section 1.        General.


         The  officers  of the  Corporation  shall  include  a  President  and a
Secretary,  each of whom shall be elected by the Board of Directors.  Such other
officers,  including  a Chairman of the Board,  Chief  Executive  Officer,  Vice
Presidents,  a Treasurer and assistant officers, as may be deemed necessary, may
be elected or appointed by the Board of  Directors.  Any two or more offices may
be held by the same  person.  No officer,  assistant  officer or agent need be a
shareholder,  a director  or a resident  of Texas.  The Board of  Directors  may
appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold
their  offices for such terms and shall  exercise  such powers and perform  such
duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.


         Section 2.        Election.

         The officers of the Corporation to be elected by the Board of Directors
shall be elected  annually by the Board of Directors at the first meeting of the
Board of Directors  held after each annual meeting of the  shareholders.  If the
election of officers shall not be held at such meeting or such meeting shall not
have been held,  such election shall be held as soon  thereafter as conveniently
may be. Each officer shall hold office until his successor  shall have been duly
elected and shall have  qualified or until his death or until he shall resign or
shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided.

         Section 4.        Removal.


         Any officer or agent elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may
be  removed  by the  Board of  Directors  whenever,  in its  judgment,  the best
interests of the  Corporation  will be served  thereby.  Such  removal  shall be
without  prejudice  to the  contract  rights,  if any, of the person so removed.
Election  or  appointment  of an  officer  or agent  shall not of itself  create
contract rights.  Any vacancy  occurring in any office of the Corporation may be
filled by the Board of Directors.


         Section 5.        Authority, Duties of Officers and Agents.


         Officers and agents shall have such  authority  and perform such duties
in the management of the  Corporation as are provided in these By-laws or as may
be determined by  resolution  of the Board of Directors  not  inconsistent  with
these By-laws.


         Section 6.        Compensation of Officers and Agents.


         The salaries and compensation of officers and agents of the Corporation
shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors.


         Section 7.        Chairman of the Board.


         If there be a Chairman  of the Board of  Directors,  he shall be chosen
from among the  directors.  He shall have the power to call special  meetings of
the shareholders and of the directors for any purpose or purposes,  and he shall
preside  at all  meetings  of the  shareholders  and of the Board of  Directors,
unless he shall be absent or unless he shall, at his option, designate the Chief
Executive Officer,  if there be one, or the President to preside in his stead at
some particular meeting. He shall advise and counsel the Chief Executive Officer
or the President and other officers of the Corporation,  and shall exercise such
duties as may be  assigned  to or required of him from time to time by the Board
of Directors.
<PAGE>

         Section 8.        Chief Executive Officer.

         The  Chief  Executive  Officer,  if one be  elected  by  the  Board  of
Directors,  shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and, subject
to the provisions of these By-laws, shall have general and active control of all
its business.  In the absence of the Chairman of the Board,  the Chief Executive
Officer shall preside,  when present, at all meetings of shareholders and at all
meetings of the Board of Directors and shall see that all orders and resolutions
of the Board of Directors  and the  shareholders  are carried  into effect.  The
Chief Executive  Officer shall have general  authority to execute bonds,  deeds,
and  contracts  in the name of the  Corporation  and  affix the  corporate  seal
thereto; to sign stock  certificates;  to cause the employment or appointment of
such employees and agents of the Corporation as the proper conduct of operations
may require,  and to fix their compensation,  subject to the provisions of these
By-laws; to remove or suspend any employee or agent who shall have been employed
or appointed under his authority or under authority of an officer subordinate to
him; to suspend for cause,  pending  final action by the  authority  which shall
have elected or appointed him, any officer  subordinate  to the chief  executive
office;  and,  in  general,  to exercise  all the powers and  authority  usually
pertaining to the Chief Executive Officer of a corporation,  except as otherwise
provided by these By-laws.


         Section 9.        President.

         If there be a Chairman of the Board of Directors  or a Chief  Executive
Officer,  the powers and duties of the President  shall be subject to the powers
and duties of the  Chairman  of the Board of  Directors  or the Chief  Executive
Officer. If there be no Chairman or Chief Executive Officer, the President shall
have all the powers and duties provided for in Section 8.

         Section 10.       Vice Presidents.

         The   Vice-President   or,  if  there  shall  be  more  than  one,  the
Vice-Presidents,  in the order  determined by the Board of Directors,  shall, in
the absence or disability of the President,  perform the duties and exercise the
powers of the  President and shall perform such other duties and have such other
powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.


         Section 11.       Assistant Vice President.

         In the absence of a Vice  President or in the event of his inability or
refusal to act, the Assistant Vice President,  if any, (or if there be more than
one, the Assistant Vice Presidents in the order designated or, in the absence of
any designation,  then in the order of their election), shall perform the duties
and exercise  the powers of that Vice  President,  and shall  perform such other
duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive
Officer,  the  President,  or the Vice President  under whose  supervision he is
appointed may from time to time prescribe.


         Section 12.       Secretary.

                  The  Secretary  shall  attend  all  meetings  of the  Board of
Directors and all meetings of the shareholders and record all the proceedings of
the  meetings of the  Corporation  and of the Board of Directors in a book to be
kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the Executive  Committee
or other committees when required.  He shall give, or cause to be given,  notice
of all  meetings  of the  shareholders  and  special  meetings  of the  Board of
Directors  and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board
of  Directors or President  under whose  supervision  he shall be. He shall have
custody  of the  corporate  seal  of the  Corporation  and he,  or an  Assistant
Secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it
and, when so affixed, it may be attested by his signature or by the signature of
such Assistant  Secretary.  The Board of Directors may give general authority to
any  other  officer  to affix  the seal of the  Corporation  and to  attest  the
affixing by his signature.


         Section 13.       Assistant Secretary.

                  The  Assistant  Secretary  or, if there be more than one,  the
Assistant Secretaries, in the order determined by the Board of Directors, shall,
in the absence or disability  of the  Secretary  perform the duties and exercise
the powers of the  Secretary  and shall  perform such other duties and have such
other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

<PAGE>
         Section 14.       Treasurer.


                  The Treasurer (or the Vice President in charge of finance,  if
one be elected),  shall have the custody of the corporate  funds and  securities
and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books
belonging to the  Corporation  and shall  deposit all monies and other  valuable
effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as
may be designated by the Board of Directors.  He shall disburse the funds of the
Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors,  taking proper vouchers
for such  disbursements,  and shall render to the Chief Executive  Officer,  the
President and the Board of Directors,  at its regular  meeting or when the Board
of Directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as Treasurer and of
the financial condition of the Corporation.


         Section 15.       Assistant Treasurer.


         The  Assistant  Treasurer  or, if there  shall be more  than  one,  the
Assistant Treasurers, in the order determined by the Board of Directors,  shall,
in the absence or disability of the  Treasurer,  perform the duties and exercise
the powers of the  Treasurer  and shall  perform such other duties and have such
other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.


         Section 16.       Bonding.


         If required by the Board of Directors,  all or certain  officers of the
Corporation  shall give the  Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety
or sureties as shall be  satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful
performance  of the  duties  of  their  office  and for the  restoration  to the
Corporation  in case of their  death,  resignation,  retirement  or removal from
office of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind
in their possession or under their control belonging to the Corporation.


                                                 ARTICLE X


GENERAL COUNSEL

                  The Board of Directors  may appoint a general  counsel for the
Corporation at  compensation  to be set by the Board.  The general  counsel,  as
such,  shall not be an officer of the Corporation  unless the Board of Directors
shall  so  designate  him in the  resolution  of  appointment,  but  the  person
designated as general  counsel may hold any other office to which he is elected.
The Board may appoint an individual  lawyer or a law firm as the general counsel
of the Corporation,  as it may elect. If a law firm should be selected, then one
member thereof shall be designated as the  particular  lawyer in such firm whose
personal services are contemplated. The General Counsel shall, when called upon,
counsel and advise with the officers of this  Corporation  on any legal  matters
which may arise in the conduct of the Corporation's  business,  shall handle all
claims and litigation involving the Corporation,  and shall perform such further
legal services as may be contemplated in the contract of employment.

<PAGE>
ARTICLE XI


POWER TO INDEMNIFY AND TO PURCHASE


INDEMNITY INSURANCE; DUTY TO INDEMNIFY


         Section 1.        In this Article XI:


         (a) "Corporation,"  includes any domestic or foreign predecessor entity
of the Corporation in a merger, consolidation, or other transaction in which the
liabilities of the  predecessor  are transferred to the Corporation by operation
of law and in any  other  transaction  in  which  the  Corporation  assumes  the
liabilities of the predecessor  but does not  specifically  exclude  liabilities
that are the subject matter of this Article.


         (b)  "Director"  means  any  person  who  is or was a  director  of the
Corporation,  any person  who,  while a director of the  Corporation,  is or was
serving at the  request of the  Corporation  as a  director,  officer,  partner,
venturer,  proprietor,  trustee,  employee,  agent,  or similar  functionary  of
another  foreign or  domestic  corporation,  partnership,  joint  venture,  sole
proprietorship, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise.


         (c) "Expenses" include court costs and attorneys' fees.


         (d)      "Official capacity", means:


                  (1) when used with respect to a director, the office of 
         director in the Corporation; and



                  (2) when used with  respect to a person other than a director,
         the  elective  or  appointive  office  in the  Corporation  held by the
         officer or the  employment  or agency  relationship  undertaken  by the
         employee or agent in behalf of the Corporation, but


                  (3) in both Paragraph (1) and (2) does not include service for
     any  other  foreign  or  domestic  corporation  or any  partnership,  joint
     venture,  sole  proprietorship,  trust,  employee  benefit  plan,  or other
     enterprise.


         (e) "Proceeding"  means any threatened,  pending,  or completed action,
suit, or proceeding,  whether civil, criminal,  administrative,  arbitrative, or
investigative,  any  appeal in such an  action,  suit,  or  proceeding,  and any
inquiry or investigation that could lead to such an action, suit, or proceeding.
<PAGE>
         Section 2. The Corporation  shall indemnify a person who was, is, or is
threatened to be made a named  defendant or  respondent in a proceeding  because
the person is or was a director of the  Corporation  only if it is determined in
accordance with Section 6 of this Article XI that the person:


         (a)      conducted himself in good faith;

         (b)      reasonably believed:

               (1)in the case of conduct in his official  capacity as a director
          of the  Corporation,  that his conduct was in the  Corporation's  best
          interests; and

              (2) in all other cases,  that his conduct was at least not opposed
              to the Corporation's best interests; and


         (c) in the case of any criminal proceeding,  had no reasonable cause to
believe his conduct was unlawful.


         Section 3. Except to the extent permitted by Section 5 of this Article,
a director may not be indemnified  under Section 2 of this Article in respect of
a proceeding:


         (a) in which  the  person  is  found to be  liable  on the  basis  that
personal  benefit was  improperly  received  by him,  whether or not the benefit
resulted from an action taken in the person's official capacity; or


         (b) in which the person is found liable to the Corporation.


         Section  4.  The  termination  of  a  proceeding  by  judgment,  order,
settlement,  or conviction, or on a plea of nolo contenders or its equivalent is
not of itself  determinative  that the person did not meet the  requirements set
forth in Section 2 of this Article.  A person shall be deemed to have been found
liable in respect of any claim, issue or matter only after the person shall have
been so adjudged by a court of competent  jurisdiction  after  exhaustion of all
appeals therefrom.


         Section 5. A person may be indemnified  under Section 2 of this Article
against  judgments,  penalties  (including  excise and  similar  taxes),  fines,
settlement,   and  reasonable  expenses  actually  incurred  by  the  person  in
connection  with  the  proceeding;  but if the  person  is found  liable  to the
Corporation or is found liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly
received by the person, the indemnification:


         (a)is limited to reasonable expenses actually incurred by the person 
in connection with the proceeding; and


         (b) shall not be made in respect of any  proceeding in which the person
shall  have been found  liable for  willful  or  intentional  misconduct  in the
performance of his duty to the Corporation.

         Section 6. A determination of  indemnification  under Section 2 of this
Article XI must be made:


         (a) by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who at the 
time of the vote are not named defendants or respondents in the proceeding;

         (b) if such a  quorum  cannot  be  obtained,  by a  majority  vote of a
committee  of the  Board  of  Directors  designated  to act in the  matter  by a
majority vote of all directors,  consisting  solely of two or more directors who
at the  time  of the  vote  are  not  named  defendants  or  respondents  in the
proceeding;

         (c) by special  legal  counsel  selected by the Board of Directors or a
committee  of the  Board by vote as set forth in  Subsection  (a) or (b) of this
Section,  or, if such a quorum cannot be obtained and such a committee cannot be
established, by a majority vote of all directors; or


         (d) by the  shareholders  in a vote that  excludes  the shares  held by
directors who are named defendants or respondents in the proceeding.

<PAGE>
         Section 7.  Authorization of  indemnification  and  determination as to
reasonableness  of expenses must be made in the same manner as the determination
that  indemnification  is  permissible,  except that if the  determination  that
indemnification  is permissible is made by special legal counsel,  authorization
of  indemnification  and  determination as to reasonableness of expenses must be
made in the manner  specified by Subsection  (c) of Section 6 of this Article XI
for the  selection  of special  legal  counsel.  A  provision  contained  in the
Articles  of  Incorporation,  the  By-laws,  a  resolution  of  shareholders  or
directors,  or an agreement that makes mandatory the  indemnification  permitted
under Section 2 of this Article XI shall be deemed to  constitute  authorization
of  indemnification  in the manner  required by this  Section 7 even though such
provision  may not have been  adopted or  authorized  in the same  manner as the
determination that indemnification is permissible.


         Section  8.  The  Corporation   shall  indemnify  a  director   against
reasonable  expenses incurred by him in connection with a proceeding in which he
is a named  defendant  or  respondent  because he is or was a director if he has
been  wholly  successful,  on the  merits or  otherwise,  in the  defense of the
proceeding.


         Section 9. If, in a suit for the indemnification  required by Section 8
of this  Article  XI, a court of  competent  jurisdiction  determines,  that the
director is  entitled to  indemnification  under that  Section,  the court shall
order  indemnification  and shall award to the director the expenses incurred in
securing the indemnification.


         Section 10. If, upon  application  of a director,  a court of competent
jurisdiction determines,  after giving any notice the court considers necessary,
that the director is fairly and reasonably  entitled to  indemnification in view
of all the relevant  circumstances,  whether or not he has met the  requirements
set forth in  Section 2 of this  Article XI or has been  adjudged  liable in the
circumstances described by Section 3 of this Article XI, the court may order the
indemnification  that the court  determines is proper and  equitable.  The court
shall limit  indemnification to reasonable expenses if the proceeding is brought
by or in behalf of the  Corporation  or if the  director is found  liable on the
basis that personal  benefit was improperly  received by him, whether or not the
benefit resulted from an action taken in the person's official capacity.

         Section 11. Reasonable  expenses incurred by a director who was, is, or
is threatened to be made a named  defendant or respondent in a proceeding may be
paid or reimbursed by the  Corporation,  in advance of the final  disposition of
the proceeding and without any of the determination specified in Section 6 and 7
of this Article XI, after the Corporation  receives a written affirmation by the
director  of his good  faith  belief  that he has met the  standard  of  conduct
necessary for indemnification under this Article XI and a written undertaking by
or on behalf of the  director  to repay the amount paid or  reimbursed  if it is
ultimately determined that he has not met those requirements.


         Section  12. The  written  undertaking  required  by Section 11 of this
Article XI must be an unlimited general  obligation of the director but need not
be secured.  It may be accepted without  reference to financial  ability to make
repayment.


         Section 13. A provision for the  Corporation to indemnify or to advance
expenses  to a  director  who  was,  is,  or is  threatened  to be  made a named
defendant or respondent in a  proceeding,  whether  contained in the Articles of
Incorporation,  the By-laws,  a resolution  of  shareholders  or  directors,  an
agreement or otherwise, except in accordance with Section 18 of this Article XI,
is valid only to the extent it is consistent  with this Article XI as limited by
the Articles of Incorporation, if such a limitation exists.


         Section 14. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article XI, the
Corporation may pay or reimburse  expenses  incurred by a director in connection
with his  appearance  as a witness or other  participation  in a proceeding at a
time when he is not a named defendant or respondent in the proceeding.


         Section 15. An officer of the Corporation  shall be indemnified as, and
to the same  extent,  provided by Sections 8, 9, and 10 of this Article XI for a
director  and is entitled to seek  indemnification  under those  sections to the
same extent as a director. The Corporation may indemnify and advance expenses to
an officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation to the same extent that it may
indemnify and advance expenses to directors under this Article XI.

<PAGE>
         Section 16. The  Corporation  may  indemnify  and  advance  expenses to
persons  who  are  not  or  were  not  officers,  employees,  or  agents  of the
Corporation  who are or were  serving  at the  request of the  Corporation  as a
director, officer, partner, venturer,  proprietor,  trustee, employee, agent, or
similar  functionary of another  foreign or domestic  corporation,  partnership,
joint  venturer  sole  proprietorship,  trust,  employee  benefit  plan or other
enterprise,  to the same extent that it may  indemnify  and advance  expenses to
directors under this Article XI.


         Section 17. The  Corporation  may indemnify and advance  expenses to an
officer,  employee or agent,  or person who is  identified in Section 16 of this
Article XI and who is not a director to such  further  extent,  consistent  with
law, as may be provided by the Articles of  Incorporation,  By-laws,  general or
specific  action of the Board of  Directors,  or  contract  or as  permitted  or
required by common law.


         Section 18. The  Corporation  may purchase  and  maintain  insurance or
another  arrangement on behalf of any person who is or was a director,  officer,
employee, or agent of the Corporation or who is or was serving at the request of
the Corporation as a director, officer, partner, venturer, proprietor,  trustee,
employee,   agent,  or  similar  functionary  of  another  foreign  or  domestic
corporation,  partnership,  joint venture, sole proprietorship,  trust, employee
benefit plan, or other  enterprise,  against any liability  asserted against him
and  incurred  by him in such a capacity  or arising out of his status as such a
person,  whether or not the  Corporation  would have the power to indemnify  him
against  that  liability  under  this  Article  XI.  If the  insurance  or other
arrangement  is with a person or entity  that is not  regularly  engaged  in the
business of providing  insurance  coverage,  the  insurance or  arrangement  may
provide for payment of a liability with respect to which the  Corporation  would
not have the power to indemnify  the person only if  including  coverage for the
additional  liability has been approved by the  shareholders of the Corporation.
Without limiting the power of the Corporation to procure or maintain any kind of
insurance or other arrangement,  the Corporation may, for the benefit of persons
indemnified by the Corporation:


         (a)      create a trust fund;


         (b)      establish any form of self-insurance;


         (c) secure its indemnity  obligation by grant of a security interest or
         other lien on the assets of the Corporation; or


         (d) establish a letter of credit, guaranty, or surety arrangement.


         The  insurance or other  arrangement  may be procured,  maintained,  or
established  within the  Corporation  or with any insurer or other person deemed
appropriate  by the Board of Directors  regardless of whether all or part of the
stock or other  securities of the insurer `or other person are owned in whole or
part by the  Corporation.  In the absence of fraud, the judgment of the Board of
Directors as to the terms and  conditions of the insurance or other  arrangement
and the identity of the insurer or other person  participating in an arrangement
shall be conclusive and the insurance or  arrangement  shall not be voidable and
shall not subject the  directors  approving  the  insurance  or  arrangement  to
liability,  on any ground,  regardless of whether directors participating in the
approval are beneficiaries of the insurance or arrangement.


         Section 19. Any indemnification of or advance of expenses to a director
in  accordance  with  this  Article  XI  shall be  reported  in  writing  to the
shareholders  with or  before  the  notice  or  waiver  of  notice  of the  next
shareholders'  meeting or with or before the next submission to the shareholders
of a consent to action without a meeting  pursuant to Section A, Article 9.10 of
the Texas Business  Corporation Act and, in any case, within the 12-month period
immediately following the date of the indemnification or advance.


         Section 20. For purposes of this Article XI, the  Corporation is deemed
to have  requested a director to serve an employee  benefit  plan  whenever  the
performance  by him of his duties to the  Corporation  also imposes duties on or
otherwise  involves services by him to the plan or participants or beneficiaries
of the plan.  Excise  taxes  assessed on a director  with respect to an employee
benefit  plan  pursuant to  applicable  law are deemed  fines.  Action  taken or
omitted by him with respect to an employee  benefit plan in the  performance  of
his duties for a purpose reasonably believed by him to be in the interest of the
participants  and  beneficiaries of the plan is deemed to be for a purpose which
is not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation.

<PAGE>
ARTICLE XII


CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES


         Section 1.        Form of Certificate.

         The shares of capital stock of the Corporation  shall be represented by
certificates  signed by the Chief  Executive  Officer,  the  President or a Vice
President and the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation and may
be sealed with the seal of the Corporation or a facsimile thereof.


         When the  Corporation  is  authorized  to issue shares of more than one
class,  every  certificate  shall  set  forth  upon  the  face  or  back of such
certificate, or shall state that the Corporation will furnish to any shareholder
upon  request  and  without  charge  a  full  statement  of  the   designations,
preferences,  limitations  and  relative  rights  of the  shares  of each  class
authorized  to be issued  and, if the  Corporation  is  authorized  to issue any
preferred or special class in series,  the variations in the relative rights and
preferences  between the shares of each such series so far as the same have been
fixed and  determined  and the  authority  of the Board of  Directors to fix and
determine the relative rights and preferences of subsequent series.


         Section 2.        Facsimilie Signatures.


         The  signatures of the officers of the  Corporation  upon a certificate
may be facsimiles if the  certificate  is  countersigned  by a transfer agent or
registered by a registrar  other than the  Corporation  itself or an employee of
the Corporation. In case any officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature
has been  placed  upon such  certificate  shall have  ceased to be such  officer
before such certificate was issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the
same effect as if he were such officer at the date of its issue.


         Section 3.        Lost Certificates.


         The Board of  Directors  may direct a new  certificate  to be issued in
place of any certificate  theretofore issued by the Corporation  alleged to have
been lost or destroyed.  When authorizing  such issue of a new certificate,  the
Board of  Directors,  in its  discretion  and as a  condition  precedent  to the
issuance thereof, may prescribe such terms and conditions as it deems expedient,
and  may  require  such  indemnities  as  it  deems  adequate,  to  protect  the
Corporation  from any claim that may be made against it with respect to any such
certificate alleged to have been lost or destroyed.


         Section 4.        Transfer of Shares.


         Upon  surrender  to  the  Corporation  or  the  transfer  agent  of the
Corporation of a certificate representing shares duly endorsed or accompanied by
proper  evidence of  succession,  assignment  or authority  to  transfer,  a new
certificate  shall  be  issued  to the  person  entitled  thereto,  and  the old
certificate  canceled  and  the  transaction  recorded  upon  the  books  of the
Corporation.


         Section 5.        Closing of Transfer Books.


         For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to
vote at any meeting of shareholders  or any  adjournment  thereof or entitled to
receive  payment  of  any  distribution  or  dividend  or in  order  to  make  a
determination  of  shareholders  for any  other  proper  purpose,  the  Board of
Directors may provide that the stock transfer books shall be closed for a stated
period but not to exceed,  in any case,  fifty (50) days. If the stock  transfer
books shall be closed for the purpose of  determining  shareholders  entitled to
notice of or to vote at a meeting of  shareholders,  such books  shall be closed
for a least ten (10) days immediately preceding such meeting. In lieu of closing
the stock transfer books, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance,  a date as
the record date for any such  determination  of  shareholders,  such date in any
case to be not more than 50 days and, in case of a meeting of shareholders,  not
less than ten days prior to the date on which the particular  action,  requiring
such determination of shareholders,  is to be taken. If the stock transfer books
are not closed and no record date is fixed for the determination of shareholders
entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of  shareholders,  or shareholders
entitled  to receive  payment  of a  dividend,  the date on which  notice of the
meeting is mailed or the date on which the  resolution of the Board of Directors
declaring such dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date
for such  determination  of  shareholders.  When a determination of shareholders
entitled  to vote at any  meeting of  shareholders  has been made as provided in
this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.


         Section 6.        Registered Shareholders.


         The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a
person  registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive  distributions
or dividends, to vote as such owner and to hold liable for calls and assessments
a person registered on its books as the owner of shares,  and shall not be bound
to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares
on the part of any other  person,  whether or not it shall have express or other
notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Texas.

<PAGE>
         Section 7.        List of Shareholders.


         The officer or agent  having  charge of the  transfer  books for shares
shall  make,  at least ten (10) days  before  each  meeting of  shareholders,  a
complete list of the shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting,  arranged in
alphabetical  order,  with the  address of each and the number of shares held by
each, which list, for a period of ten (10) days prior to such meeting,  shall be
kept on file at the registered office of the Corporation and shall be subject to
inspection by any shareholder at any time during usual business hours. Such list
shall also be  produced  and kept open at the time and place of the  meeting and
shall be subject to the inspection of any  shareholder  during the whole time of
the meeting. The original share ledger or transfer book, or a duplicate thereof,
shall be prima facie evidence as to who are the shareholders entitled to examine
such list or share  ledger or  transfer  book or to vote at any  meeting  of the
shareholders.


ARTICLE XIII


GENERAL PROVISIONS


         Section 1.        Distributions and Dividends

         Subject  to the  Articles  of  Incorporation,  distributions  or  share
dividends  may be declared by the Board of  Directors  at any regular or special
meeting.  Distributions  and  dividends  may be paid in cash,  in property or in
shares  of the  capital  stock,  subject  to any  provisions  of the Act and the
Articles of  Incorporation.  The  declaration and payment of  distributions  and
dividends shall be at the discretion of the Board of Directors.


         Before payment of any distribution or dividend,  there may be set aside
out of any funds of the  Corporation  available for  distributions  or dividends
such  sum or  sums as the  directors  from  time  to  time,  in  their  absolute
discretion,  think  proper  as a  reserve  fund  to  meet  contingencies  or for
equalizing  distributions  or dividends  or for  repairing  or  maintaining  any
property of the  Corporation  or for such other purpose as the  directors  shall
think conducive to the interest of the Corporation, and the directors may modify
or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

         Section 3.        Checks.
         All checks or demands for money and notes of the  Corporation  shall be
signed by such  officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board
of Directors may from time to time designate.

         Section 4.        Fiscal Year.

        The fiscal year of the  Corporation  shall be fixed  resolution  of the
Board of Directors.

         Section 5.        Seal.

         The  Corporation  seal shall  have  inscribed  thereon  the name of the
Corporation and indicate that it is incorporated in the State of Texas. The seal
may be used by causing it or a facsimile  thereof to be  impressed or affixed or
in any manner reproduced. Any officer of the Corporation shall have authority to
affix  the seal to any  document  requiring  it.  The  Corporation  shall not be
required to have a seal.

ARTICLE XIV


AMENDMENTS

         These By-laws may be altered, amended or repealed or new By laws may be
adopted at any regular or special  meeting of the Board of  Directors at which a
quorum is present or  represented by the  affirmative  vote of a majority of the
directors  present,  provided  notice of the proposed  alteration,  amendment or
repeal be contained in the notice of such meeting subject to repeal or change by
action of the shareholders.
         No By-law shall be adopted by the  directors  which shall  require more
than a majority of the voting shares for a quorum at a meeting of  shareholders,
nor  more  than a  majority  of the  votes  cast  to  constitute  action  by the
shareholders,  except  where  higher  percentages  are required by law or by the
Articles of Incorporation.

                                DRAFT - 7/1/98

                               WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                    Between

                              HOLLOMAN CORPORATION

                                      And

                    AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY
                                As Warrant Agent


for Public Offering of 1,000,000 Units of Common Stock and
Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants

Dated ______________, 1998


         THIS  WARRANT  AGREEMENT,  dated as of  ______________,  1998,  between
Holloman  Corporation,  a Texas corporation  (hereinafter called the "Company"),
and American  Stock  Transfer & Trust  Company,  New York,  New York, as warrant
agent (hereinafter called the "Warrant Agent");

         WHEREAS,  the Company  proposes to issue  1,000,000  Redeemable  Common
Stock  Purchase  Warrants  (hereinafter  called the  "Warrants"),  entitling the
holders thereof to purchase one share of Common Stock, no par value (hereinafter
called the "Common  Stock") for each Warrant,  in  connection  with the proposed
issuance by the Company of 1,000,000 Units, each Unit consisting of one share of
Common  Stock and one  Warrant,  and the  Company  also  proposes to issue up to
150,000 Warrants underlying,  in part, the Underwriters'  over-allotment  option
and 100,000  Warrants  underlying,  in part,  a warrant to purchase  Units to be
granted to the Representative of the Underwriters; and

         WHEREAS,  the Company desires the Warrant Agent to act on behalf of the
Company,  and the  Warrant  Agent  is  willing  to act in  connection  with  the
registration, transfer, exchange and exercise of Warrants;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and  the  mutual
agreements herein set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:

         1.  Appointment  of Warrant  Agent.  The Company  hereby  appoints  the
Warrant  Agent  to  act  as  agent  for  the  Company  in  accordance  with  the
instructions  hereinafter  in this  Agreement  set forth,  and the Warrant Agent
hereby accepts such appointment.

         2. Form of Warrant. The text of the Warrant and of the form of election
to purchase shares to be printed on the reverse  thereof shall be  substantially
as set forth in Exhibit A attached  hereto.  The Warrant  Price to purchase  one
share of Common  Stock  shall be as  provided  and  defined  in  Section  8. The
Warrants  shall be executed on behalf of the Company by the manual or  facsimile
signature  of the present or any future  Chairman of the Board or  President  or
Vice  President  of  the  Company,  under  its  corporate  seal,  affixed  or in
facsimile,  attested by the manual or facsimile  signature of the present or any
future Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Company.  Warrants shall be dated
as of the date of issuance  thereof by the  Warrant  Agent  either upon  initial
issuance or upon transfer or exchange.

         3. Countersignature and Registration.  The Warrant Agent shall maintain
books for the transfer and  registration of the Warrants.  The Warrants shall be
countersigned  by the Warrant  Agent (or by any  successor to the Warrant  Agent
then acting as warrant  agent under this  Agreement)  and shall not be valid for
any purpose unless so countersigned.  Warrants may be so countersigned, however,
by the Warrant Agent (or by its successor as warrant  agent) and be delivered by
the Warrant  Agent,  notwithstanding  that the persons whose manual or facsimile
signatures appear

<PAGE>



thereon as proper  officers of the Company shall have ceased to be such officers
at the time of such countersignature or delivery.
         4. Transfers and Exchanges. The Warrant Agent shall transfer, from time
to time after the sale of the Units, any outstanding  Warrants upon the books to
be maintained by the Warrant Agent for that purpose,  upon surrender thereof for
transfer  properly  endorsed or  accompanied  by  appropriate  instructions  for
transfer.  Upon  any  such  transfer,  a new  Warrant  shall  be  issued  to the
transferee, and the surrendered Warrant shall be cancelled by the Warrant Agent.
Warrants so cancelled  shall be  delivered  by the Warrant  Agent to the Company
from time to time.  The  Warrants  may be  exchanged at the option of the holder
thereof,  when  surrendered  at the office of the  Warrant  Agent,  for  another
Warrant,  or other  Warrants  of  different  denominations,  of like  tenor  and
representing  in the  aggregate the right to purchase a like number of shares of
Common Stock. The Warrant Agent is hereby irrevocably  authorized to countersign
in  accordance  with  Section  3 of this  Agreement  the new  Warrants  required
pursuant to the provisions of this section,  and the Company,  whenever required
by the Warrant Agent,  will supply the Warrant Agent with Warrants duly executed
on behalf of the Company for such purpose.

         5. Exercise of Warrants.  Subject to the provisions of this  Agreement,
each registered holder of Warrants shall have the right,  which may be exercised
as in such  Warrants  expressed,  to purchase  from the Company (and the Company
shall issue and sell to such registered  holder of warrants) the number of fully
paid and nonassessable  shares of Common Stock specified in such Warrants,  upon
surrender  of such  Warrants to the Company at the office of the Warrant  Agent,
with the form of election to purchase on the reverse  thereof duly filled in and
signed,  and upon payment to the Warrant Agent for the account of the Company of
the Warrant  Price for the number of shares of common  stock in respect of which
such Warrants are then  exercised.  Payment of such Warrant Price may be made in
cash, or by certified or official bank check,  payable in United States dollars,
to the order of the Warrant Agent. No adjustment shall be made for any dividends
on any shares of Common Stock  issuable  upon  exercise of a Warrant.  Upon such
surrender  of  Warrants,  and payment of the  Warrant  Price as  aforesaid,  the
Company shall issue and cause to be delivered with all reasonable dispatch to or
upon the written  order of the  registered  holder of such  Warrants and in such
name or  names  as such  registered  holder  may  designate,  a  certificate  or
certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock so purchased upon the
exercise of such Warrants.  Such certificate or certificates  shall be deemed to
have been  issued  and any person so  designated  to be named  therein  shall be
deemed to have  become a holder  of record of such  shares as of the date of the
surrender  of such  Warrants  and  payment of the  Warrant  Price as  aforesaid;
provided,  however,  that if,  at the date of  surrender  of such  Warrants  and
payment of the Warrant  Price,  the transfer books for the Common Stock or other
class of stock  purchasable  upon the exercise of such Warrants shall be closed,
the  certificates  for the shares in respect  of which  such  Warrants  are then
exercised  shall be  issuable  as of the date on which such books  shall next be
opened and until  such date the  Company  shall be under no duty to deliver  any
certificate for such shares; provided further,  however, that the transfer books
aforesaid, unless otherwise required by law, shall not be closed at any one time
for a period  longer  than 20 days.  The rights of purchase  represented  by the
Warrants  shall  be  exercisable,  at the  election  of the  registered  holders
thereof,  either as an entirety or from time to time for part only of the shares
specified therein,  and in the event that any Warrant is exercised in respect of
less than all of the shares specified therein, a new Warrant or Warrants will be
issued  for  the  remaining  number  of  shares  specified  in  the  Warrant  so
surrendered,   and  the  Warrant  Agent  is  hereby  irrevocably  authorized  to
countersign and to deliver the required new Warrants  pursuant to the provisions
of this Section and of Section 3 of this  Agreement  and the  Company,  whenever
required by the Warrant Agent,  will supply the Warrant Agent with Warrants duly
executed on behalf of the Company for such purpose.

         6. Mutilated or Missing Warrants.  In case any of the Warrants shall be
mutilated,  lost,  stolen or  destroyed,  the Company will issue and the Warrant
Agent will  countersign  and deliver in exchange and  substitution  for and upon
cancellation of the mutilated  warrant,  or in lieu of and  substitution for the
Warrant lost, stolen or destroyed,  a new Warrant of like tenor and representing
an equivalent right or interest;  but only upon receipt of evidence satisfactory
to the Company and the Warrant Agent of such loss,  theft or destruction of such
Warrant and indemnity,  if requested,  also satisfactory to them. Applicants for
such  substitute   Warrants  shall  also  comply  with  such  other   reasonable
regulations and pay such other reasonable  charges as the Company or the Warrant
Agent may prescribe.

         7.       Reservation and Registration of Common Stock.

         A. There have been  reserved,  and the Company  shall at all times keep
reserved, out of the authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock, a number of
shares  sufficient  to  provide  for the  exercise  of the  rights  of  purchase
represented  by the  Warrants,  and the Transfer  Agent for the Common Stock and
every  subsequent  Transfer Agent for any shares of the Company's  capital stock
issuable upon the exercise of any of the rights of purchase aforesaid are hereby
irrevocably  authorized  and  directed  at all times to reserve  such  number of
authorized  and unissued  shares as shall be  requisite  for such  purpose.  The
Company will keep a copy of this  Agreement on file with the Transfer  Agent for
the Common Stock and with every subsequent  Transfer Agent for any shares of the
Company's  capital  stock  issuable  upon the exercise of the rights of purchase
represented by the Warrants.  The Warrant Agent is hereby irrevocably authorized
to  requisition  from time to time such  Transfer  Agent for stock  certificates
required to honor  outstanding  Warrants.  The Company will supply such Transfer
Agents with duly executed  stock  certificates  for such purpose and will itself
provide or otherwise  make  available any cash which may be issuable as provided
in Section 9 of this Agreement.  All Warrants surrendered in the exercise of the
rights  thereby  evidenced  shall be  cancelled  by the Warrant  Agent and shall
thereafter  be delivered  to the  Company,  and such  cancelled  Warrants  shall
constitute  sufficient evidence of the number of shares of stock which have been
issued upon the exercise of such Warrants.

         B. The Company  represents that it has registered  under the Securities
Act of 1933,  as amended,  the shares of Common Stock  issuable upon exercise of
the Warrants and will use its best efforts to maintain the effectiveness of such
registration by  post-effective  amendment during the entire period in which the
Warrants are exercisable,  and that it will use its best efforts to qualify such
Common  Stock for sale under the  securities  laws of such  states of the United
States as may be  necessary to permit the exercise of the Warrants in the states
in which the Units are initially  qualified and to maintain such  qualifications
during the entire period in which the Warrants are exercisable.

         8.       Warrant Price; Adjustments.

         A. The price at which Common Stock shall be  purchasable  upon exercise
of Warrants at any time after the Common  Stock and Warrants  become  separately
tradable until ____________, 2003 (hereinafter called the "Warrant Price") shall
be $_____ per share of common stock or, if adjusted as provided in this Section,
shall be such price as so adjusted.

         B. The Warrant Price shall be subject to  adjustment  from time to time
as follows:

                                    (1) Except as hereinafter  provided, in case
                  the  Company  shall at any time or from time to time after the
                  date hereof issue any additional  shares of Common Stock for a
                  consideration  per share less than the Warrant Price in effect
                  immediately  prior to the issuance of such additional  shares,
                  or without  consideration,  then, upon each such issuance, the
                  Warrant Price in effect  immediately  prior to the issuance of
                  such  additional  shares shall forthwith be reduced to a price
                  (calculated to the nearest full cent) determined by dividing:

                                            (a) An amount equal to (i) the total
                           number  of  shares   of  Common   Stock   outstanding
                           immediately prior to such issuance  multiplied by the
                           Warrant  Price in  effect  immediately  prior to such
                           issuance, plus (ii) the consideration. if any.
                           received by the Company upon such issuance, by

                                            (b) The  total  number  of shares of
                           Common  Stock   outstanding   immediately  after  the
                           issuance of such additional shares.

                                    (2) The  Company  shall not be  required  to
                  make any such  adjustment  of the Warrant  Price in accordance
                  with the foregoing if the amount of such  adjustment  shall be
                  less  than  $0.05  (adjustment  will be made  when  cumulative
                  adjustment  equals  or  exceeds  $0.05)  but in such  case the
                  Company  shall  maintain a  cumulative  record of the  Warrant
                  Price as it would have been in the  absence of this  provision
                  (the  "Constructive  Warrant  Price"),  and for the purpose of
                  computing  a new  Warrant  Price  after  the  next  subsequent
                  issuance  of  additional  shares  (but not for the  purpose of
                  determining  whether an adjustment  thereof is required  under
                  the terms of this  paragraph) the  constructive  Warrant Price
                  shall be deemed to be the Warrant Price in effect  immediately
                  prior to such issuance.

               (3) For the purpose of this  Section 8 the  following  provisions
          shall also be applicable:

                                            (a) In the case of the  issuance  of
                           additional  shares  of Common  Stock  for  cash,  the
                           consideration  received by the Company therefor shall
                           be deemed to be the net cash proceeds received by the
                           Company  for  such  shares   before   deducting   any
                           commissions or other expenses paid or incurred by the
                           Company  for any  underwriting  of, or  otherwise  in
                           connection with, the issuance of such shares.

                                            (b)  In   case   of   the   issuance
                           (otherwise than upon conversion or exchange of shares
                           of Common stock) of additional shares of Common Stock
                           for   a   consideration   other   than   cash   or  a
                           consideration  a part of which  shall  be other  than
                           cash, the amount of the consideration other than cash
                           received  by the  Company  for such  shares  shall be
                           deemed  to be the  value  of  such  consideration  as
                           determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of
                           the  Company,  as of the date of the  adoption of the
                           resolution of said Board,  providing for the issuance
                           of such shares for  consideration  other than cash or
                           for consideration a part of which shall be other than
                           cash,  such fair value to include  goodwill and other
                           intangibles to the extent determined in good faith by
                           the Board.

                                            (c) In case of the  issuance  by the
                           Company after the date hereof of any security  (other
                           than the Warrants) that is convertible into shares of
                           Common Stock or of any warrants, rights or options to
                           purchase  shares of Common stock  (except the options
                           and  warrants  referred  to in  subsection  H of this
                           Section  8),  (i) the  Company  shall be  deemed  (as
                           provided  in  subparagraph  (e) below) to have issued
                           the  maximum   number  of  shares  of  Common   Stock
                           deliverable  upon  the  exercise  of such  conversion
                           privileges or warrants,  rights or options,  and (ii)
                           the consideration  therefor shall be deemed to be the
                           consideration   received  by  the  Company  for  such
                           convertible  securities or for such warrants,  rights
                           or  options,  as the  case may be,  before  deducting
                           therefrom  any  expenses or  commissions  incurred or
                           paid by the  Company  for  any  underwriting  of,  or
                           otherwise in  connection  with,  the issuance of such
                           convertible security or warrants,  rights or options,
                           plus  (A) the  minimum  consideration  or  adjustment
                           payment to be received  by the Company in  connection
                           with such  conversion,  or (B) the  minimum  price at
                           which shares of Common Stock are to be delivered upon
                           exercise of such  warrants,  rights or options or, if
                           no minimum  price is specified and such shares are to
                           be delivered at an option price related to the market
                           value of the subject shares,  an option price bearing
                           the same  relation to the market value of the subject
                           shares at the time such  warrants,  rights or options
                           were  granted;  provided that as to such options such
                           further adjustment as shall be necessary on the basis
                           of the actual  option  price at the time of  exercise
                           shall be made at such time if the actual option price
                           is less than the aforesaid  assumed option price.  No
                           further adjustment of the Warrant Price shall be made
                           as a result of the actual  issuance  of the shares of
                           Common Stock referred to in this subparagraph (c). on
                           the expiration of such  warrants,  rights or options,
                           or the  termination  of such  right to  convert,  the
                           Warrant  Price shall be  readjusted  to such  Warrant
                           Price as would  have  pertained  had the  adjustments
                           made  upon the  issuance  of such  warrants,  rights,
                           options or convertible  securities been made upon the
                           basis of the delivery of only the number of shares of
                           Common Stock actually  delivered upon the exercise of
                           such   warrants,   rights  or  options  or  upon  the
                           conversion of such securities.

                                            (d) For  the  purposes  hereof,  any
                           additional  shares of Common  Stock issued as a stock
                           dividend  shall be deemed to have been  issued for no
                           consideration.

                                            (e) The  number  of shares of Common
                           Stock  at any  time  outstanding  shall  include  the
                           aggregate number of shares  deliverable in respect of
                           the  convertible   securities,   rights  and  options
                           referred to in  subparagraph  (C) of this  paragraph;
                           provided  that with respect to shares  referred to in
                           clause (i) of  subparagraph  (c),  to the extent that
                           such   warrants,   options,   rights  or   conversion
                           privileges  are not  exercised,  such shares shall be
                           deemed to be  outstanding  only until the  expiration
                           dates of the warrants,  rights, options or conversion
                           privileges or the prior cancellation thereof.

         C. In case the  Company  shall at any time  subdivide  its  outstanding
shares of Common  stock into a greater  number of shares,  the Warrant  Price in
effect  immediately prior to such subdivision shall be  proportionately  reduced
and, in case the outstanding  shares of the Common Stock of the Company shall be
combined  into  a  smaller  number  of  shares,  the  Warrant  Price  in  effect
immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately increased.

         D. Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price pursuant to the provisions
of this  Section  8, the number of shares  issuable  upon the  exercise  of each
Warrant  shall be adjusted by  multiplying  the Warrant Price in effect prior to
the  adjustment  by the number of shares of Common Stock  covered by the warrant
and dividing the product so obtained by the adjusted Warrant Price.

         E.  Except  upon  consolidation  or  reclassification  of the shares of
Common Stock of the Company as provided for in subsection  (c) hereof and except
for  readjustment  of the Warrant Price upon  expiration of warrants,  rights or
options as provided for in  subparagraph  (c) of paragraph 3 of  subsection  (B)
hereof,  the Warrant  Price in effect at any time may not be adjusted  upward or
increased in any manner whatsoever.

         F. Irrespective of any adjustment or change in the warrant Price or the
number of  shares  of  Common  Stock  actually  purchasable  under  the  several
Warrants, the Warrants theretofore and thereafter issued may continue to express
the Warrant Price per share and the number of shares  purchasable  thereunder as
the Warrant Price per share and the number of shares  purchasable were expressed
in the Warrants when initially issued.

         G. If any capital  reorganization  or  reclassification  of the capital
stock of the Company  (other than a  distribution  of stock in  accordance  with
Section  10(B))  or   consolidation  or  merger  of  the  Company  with  another
corporation  or the sale of all or  substantially  all of its  assets to another
corporation  shall be effected,  then,  as a condition  of such  reorganization,
reclassification,  consolidation,  merger or Bale, lawful and adequate provision
shall  be made  whereby  the  holder  of each  Warrant  then  outstanding  shall
thereafter  have the right to purchase  and receive  upon the basis and upon the
terms and  conditions  specified  herein and in the  Warrants and in lieu of the
shares of the common Stock of the Company  immediately  theretofore  purchasable
and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented by each such warrant,
such  shares of stock,  securities  or assets as may be issued or  payable  with
respect to or in  exchange  for a number of  outstanding  shares of such  Common
Stock equal to the number of shares of such Common stock immediately theretofore
purchasable and receivable  upon the exercise of the rights  represented by each
such Warrant had such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger or
sale not taken place, and in any such case appropriate  provisions shall be made
with  respect to the  rights and  interest  of the holder of each  Warrant  then
outstanding to the end that the provisions thereof (including without limitation
provisions  for  adjustment  of the  Warrant  Price and of the  number of shares
purchasable upon the exercise of each Warrant then outstanding) shall thereafter
be applicable as nearly as may be in relation to any shares of stock, securities
or assets thereafter deliverable upon the exercise of each Warrant.

         H. No adjustment of the Warrant Price shall be made in connection  with
the  issuance or sale of shares of Common Stock  issuable  pursuant to currently
outstanding  options and  warrants  granted to officers,  directors,  employees,
advisory directors, or affiliates of the Company.

         I.  Whenever  the Warrant  Price is adjusted  as herein  provided,  the
Company shall (a) forthwith file with the Warrant Agent a certificate  signed by
the Chairman of the Board or the  President  or a Vice  President of the Company
and by the Treasurer or an Assistant  Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant
Secretary of the Company,  showing in detail the facts requiring such adjustment
and the Warrant Price and the number of shares of Common Stock  purchasable upon
exercise of the Warrants  after such  adjustment  and (b) cause a notice stating
that such  adjustment  has been effected and stating the adjusted  warrant Price
and the  number of  shares of Common  Stock  purchasable  upon  exercise  of the
Warrants to be  published  at least once a week for two  consecutive  weeks in a
newspaper of general circulation in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma and in New York, New
York. The Company,  at its option, may cause a copy of such notice to be sent by
first class mail, postage prepaid,  to each registered holder of Warrants at his
address appearing on the Warrant register.  The Warrant Agent shall have no duty
with  respect to any such  certificate  filed with it except to keep the same on
file and  available  for  inspection  by holders of Warrants  during  reasonable
business  hours.  The  Warrant  Agent shall not at any time be under any duty or
responsibility  to any holder of a Warrant to determine  whether any facts exist
which may require any  adjustment of the Warrant  Price,  or with respect to the
nature or extent of any  adjustment  of the  Warrant  Price when  made,  or with
respect to the method employed in making such adjustment.

         J. The  Company  may  retain  a firm of  independent  certified  public
accountants  of  recognized  standing  (which  may be the  firm  that  regularly
examines  the  financial  statements  of the  Company)  selected by the Board of
Directors of the Company or the  Executive  Committee of said Board and approved
by the Warrant Agent, to make any computation required under this Section 8, and
a  certificate  signed  by  such  firm  shall  be  conclusive  evidence  of  the
correctness of any computation made under this Section 8.

         K. In case at any time conditions shall arise by reason of action taken
by the Company  which,  in the opinion of the Board of Directors of the Company,
are not adequately  covered by the other  provisions of this Agreement and which
might materially and adversely affect the rights of the holders of the Warrants,
or in case at any time any such  conditions  are  expected to arise by reason of
any action  contemplated  by the Company,  the Board of Directors of the Company
shall appoint a firm of independent  certified public  accountants of recognized
standing (which may be the firm that regularly examines the financial statements
of the Company), who shall give their opinion as to the adjustment,  if any (not
inconsistent  with the standards  established in this Section 8), of the Warrant
Price and the  number of shares of  Common  Stock  purchasable  pursuant  hereto
(including,  if  necessary,  any  adjustment  as to the  property  which  may be
purchasable  in lieu thereof upon exercise of the  Warrants)  which is, or would
be,  required  to  preserve  without  dilution  the rights of the holders of the
Warrants.  The Board of  Directors  of the  Company  shall  make the  adjustment
recommended forthwith upon the receipt of such opinion or the taking of any such
action contemplated,  as the case may be; provided,  however, that no adjustment
of the Warrant  Price shall be made which in the  opinion of the  accountant  or
firm of accountants  giving the aforesaid opinion would result in an increase of
the  Warrant  Price to more than the  Warrant  Price  then in  effect  except as
otherwise provided in subsection E of this Section 8.

         9. No Fractional Interests.  The Company shall not be required to issue
fractions of shares of Common Stock on the exercise of Warrants. If any fraction
of a share of Common Stock would,  except for the provisions of this section, be
issuable on the exercise of any warrant (or  specified  portions  thereof),  the
Company shall  purchase such fraction for an amount in cash equal to the current
value of such  fraction  (a)  computed,  if the Common  Stock shall be listed or
admitted to unlisted trading  privileges on any national or regional  securities
exchange,  on the basis of the last  reported  sale price of the Common Stock on
such  exchange on the last business day prior to the date of exercise upon which
such a sale shall have been effected (or, if the Common Stock shall be listed or
admitted to unlisted trading  privileges on more than one such exchange,  on the
basis  of such  price  on the  exchange  designated  from  time to time for such
purpose by the Board of Directors of the Company) or (b) computed, if the Common
Stock shall not be listed or admitted to  unlisted  trading  privileges,  on the
basis of the  average of the high and low bid prices of the Common  Stock in the
Nasdaq Stock Market, on the last business day prior to the date of exercise.

         10.      Notice to Warrant Holders.

         A. Nothing  contained in this Agreement or in any of the Warrants shall
be  construed  as  conferring  upon the holders  thereof the right to vote or to
consent or to receive  notice as  stockholders  in  respect of the  meetings  of
stockholders  for the election of directors of the Company or any other matters,
or any rights whatsoever as stockholders of the Company; provided, however, that
in the event that a meeting of stockholders shall be called to consider and take
action on a proposal for the voluntary dissolution of the Company, other than in
connection with a consolidation, merger or sale of all, or substantially all, of
its  property,  assets,  business and goodwill as an entirety,  then and in that
event the Company  shall cause a notice  thereof to be published at least once a
week for two consecutive weeks in a newspaper of general circulation in Oklahoma
City, Oklahoma and New York, New York, such publication to be completed at least
20 days  prior to the date  fixed as a record  date or the date of  closing  the
transfer books for the  determination  of the stock holders  entitled to vote at
such  meeting.  The Company shall also cause a copy of such notice to be sent by
first class mail, Postage prepaid,  at least 20 days prior to said date fixed as
a record date or said date of closing the  transfer  books,  to each  registered
holder of Warrants at his address appearing on the Warrant register; but failure
to mail or receive such notice or any defect  therein or in the mailing  thereof
shall not  affect  the  validity  of any action  taken in  connection  with such
voluntary  dissolution.  If such  notice  shall have been so given and if such a
voluntary  dissolution  shall be authorized  at such meeting or any  adjournment
thereof,  then for and after the date on which such voluntary  dissolution shall
have been duly authorized by the stockholders,  the purchase rights  represented
by the Warrants and other rights with respect thereto shall cease and terminate.

         B. If the Company shall make any distribution on, or to holders of, its
Common Stock (or other  property  which may be  purchasable in lieu thereof upon
the  exercise of Warrants) of any  property  (other than a cash  dividend),  the
Company  shall cause a notice of its intention to make such  distribution  to be
published  at least  once a week for two  consecutive  weeks in a  newspaper  of
general  circulation  in Oklahoma City,  Oklahoma and New York,  New York,  such
publication to be completed at least 20 days prior to the date fixed as a record
date or the date of closing  the  transfer  books for the  determination  of the
stockholders entitled to receive such distribution. The Company shall also cause
a copy of such notice to be sent by first class mail, postage prepaid,  at least
20 days  prior to said date fixed as a record  date or said date of closing  the
transfer books, to each registered  holder of Warrants at his address  appearing
on the Warrant  register;  but failure to mail or to receive  such notice or any
defect  therein or in the mailing  thereof  shall not affect the validity of any
action taken in connection with such distribution.

         11.      Disposition  of Proceeds on Exercise of Warrants.

         A. The Warrant Agent shall account promptly to the Company with respect
to Warrants exercised and concurrently pay to the Company all monies received by
the Warrant Agent for the purchase of shares of the Company's  stock through the
exercise of such Warrants.

         B. The Warrant Agent shall keep copies of this Agreement  available for
inspection by holders of Warrants  during normal business hours at its principal
office.

         12.      Redemption of Warrants.

         A. At any time on or after  _______________,  1999, the Company may, at
its option, redeem some or all of the outstanding Warrants at $0.05 per Warrant,
upon thirty (30) days' prior  written  notice,  if the closing sale price of the
Common Stock on the American  Stock  Exchange or any other  national  securities
exchange,  or the closing bid quotation on the Nasdaq Stock Market,  has equaled
or exceeded  $_____ for ten (10)  consecutive  trading days  preceding  the date
notice of  redemption  is given  (the  "Redemption  Price").  In the event of an
adjustment  in the Warrant  Price  pursuant to Section 8, the  Redemption  Price
shall  also be  automatically  adjusted.  In order to redeem the  Warrants,  the
Company must have on file with the Securities and Exchange  Commission a current
registration statement pertaining to the Common Stock underlying the Warrants.

         B. The  election of the  Company to redeem some or all of the  Warrants
shall be evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company.

         C.  Warrants  may be  exercised at any time on or before the date fixed
for redemption (the "Redemption Date").

         D. Notice of  redemption  shall be given by first  class mail,  postage
prepaid,  mailed not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the  Redemption
Date,  to each  holder of  Warrants,  at his  address  appearing  in the Warrant
register.

         All notices of redemption shall state:

                                    (1)     The Redemption Date;

                                    (2)   That  on  the   Redemption   Date  the
                  Redemption  Price  will  become  due  and  payable  upon  each
                  Warrant;

                                    (3) The place where such  Warrants are to be
                  surrendered  for  redemption  and  payment  of the  Redemption
                  Price; and

                                    (4)  The  current   Warrant   Price  of  the
                  Warrants,  the  place or places  where  such  Warrants  may be
                  surrendered  for exercise,  and the time at which the right to
                  exercise the Warrants will  terminate in accordance  with this
                  Agreement.

         E. Notice of  redemption  of  Warrants  at the  election of the Company
shall be given by the Company or, at the Company's request, by the Warrant Agent
in the name and at the expense of the Company.

         F. Prior to any  Redemption  Date,  the Company  shall deposit with the
Warrant Agent an amount of money  sufficient to pay the Redemption  Price of all
the Warrants  which are to be redeemed on that date. If any Warrant is exercised
pursuant to Section 5, any money so  deposited  with the  Warrant  Agent for the
redemption of such Warrant shall be paid to the Company.

         G. Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, the Warrants so
to be  redeemed  shall,  on  the  Redemption  Date,  become  redeemable  at  the
Redemption  Price  therein  specified and on such date (unless the Company shall
default in the payment of the Redemption Price), such Warrants shall cease to be
exercisable  and  thereafter  represent only the right to receive the Redemption
Price.  Upon surrender of such Warrants for  redemption in accordance  with said
notice, such Warrants shall be redeemed by the Company for the Redemption Price.

         13. Merger or  Consolidation  or Change of Name of Warrant  Agent.  Any
corporation  into which the Warrant  Agent may be merged or with which it may be
consolidated,  or any corporation  resulting from any merger or consolidation to
which the Warrant Agent shall be a party, or any  corporation  succeeding to the
corporate  trust  business of the Warrant  Agent,  shall be the successor to the
Warrant  Agent  hereunder  without the  execution  or filing of any paper or any
further  act on the  part  of any of the  parties  hereto,  provided  that  such
corporation would be eligible for appointment as a successor warrant agent under
the  provisions  of  Section  15 of this  Agreement.  In case at the  time  such
successor  to the  Warrant  Agent  shall  succeed to the agency  created by this
Agreement and at such time any of the Warrants shall have been countersigned but
not  delivered,   any  such  successor  to  the  Warrant  Agent  may  adopt  the
countersignature   of  the   Warrant   Agent  and  deliver   such   warrants  so
countersigned;  and in case at the time any of the Warrants  shall not have been
countersigned,  any successor to the Warrant Agent may countersign such Warrants
either  in the  name of the  predecessor  Warrant  Agent  or in the  name of the
successor warrant agent; and in all such cases such Warrants shall have the full
force provided in the warrant and in this Agreement.

         In case at any time the name of the Warrant  Agent shall be changed and
at  such  time  any of the  Warrants  shall  have  been  countersigned  but  not
delivered, the Warrant Agent may adopt the countersignature under its prior name
and  deliver  warrants  so  countersigned;  and in case at that  time any of the
Warrants shall not have been  countersigned,  the Warrant Agent may  countersign
such Warrants  whether in its prior name or in its changed name; and in all such
cases such  Warrants  shall have the full force  provided in the Warrants and in
this Agreement.

         14. Duties of Warrant  Agent.  The Warrant Agent  undertakes the duties
and  obligations  imposed  by  this  Agreement  upon  the  following  terms  and
conditions,  by all of which the Company and the holders of  Warrants,  by their
acceptance thereof, shall be bound:

         A. The statements  contained  herein and in the Warrants shall be taken
as  statements of the Company,  and the Warrant Agent assumes no  responsibility
for the correctness of any of the same except such as describe the Warrant Agent
or  action  taken  or  to  be  taken  by  it.  The  Warrant   Agent  assumes  no
responsibility with respect to the distribution of the Warrants except as herein
otherwise provided.

         B. The Warrant  Agent shall not be  responsible  for any failure of the
Company to comply with any of the  covenants  contained in this  Agreement or in
the Warrants to be complied with by the Company.

         C. The  Warrant  Agent may execute  and  exercise  any of the rights or
powers hereby vested in it to perform any duty hereunder  either itself or by or
through its attorneys, agents or employees.

         D. The Warrant Agent may consult at any time with counsel  satisfactory
to it (who may be counsel for the Company) and the Warrant  Agent shall incur no
liability  or  responsibility  to the Company or to any holder of any Warrant in
respect of any action  taken,  Buffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith
and in accordance  with the opinion or the advice of such counsel,  provided the
Warrant  Agent  shall  have  exercised  reasonable  care  in the  selection  and
continued employment of such counsel.

         E. The Warrant Agent shall incur no liability or  responsibility to the
Company or to any holder of any Warrant for any action  taken in reliance on any
notice,  resolution,  waiver,  consent,  order,  certificate,  or  other  paper,
document or  instrument  believed  by it to be genuine and to have been  signed,
sent or presented by the proper party or parties.

         F.  The  Company  agrees  to  pay  to  the  Warrant  Agent   reasonable
compensation for all services  rendered by the Warrant Agent in the execution of
this  Agreement,  to reimburse  the Warrant  Agent for all  expenses,  taxes and
governmental  charges and other  charges of any kind and nature  incurred by the
Warrant  Agent in the  execution of this  Agreement and to indemnify the warrant
Agent and save it harmless against any and all liabilities, including judgments,
costs and  reasonable  counsel fees, for anything done or omitted by the Warrant
Agent in the  execution  of this  Agreement  except as a result  of the  Warrant
Agent's negligence or bad faith.

         G. The Warrant  Agent shall be under no  obligation  to  institute  any
action,  suit or legal  proceeding or to take any other action likely to involve
expense unless the Company or one or more  registered  holders of Warrants shall
furnish the Warrant  Agent with  reasonable  security and indemnity for any cost
and expense which may be incurred, but this provision shall not affect the power
of the  Warrant  Agent to take such  action as the  Warrant  Agent may  consider
proper,  whether with or without any such security or  indemnity.  All rights of
action under this  Agreement or under any of the Warrants may be enforced by the
Warrant  Agent without the  possession of any of the Warrants or the  production
thereof at any trial or other proceeding relative thereto,  and any such action,
suit or proceeding  instituted by the Warrant Agent shall be brought in its name
as Warrant Agent,  and any recovery of judgment shall be for the ratable benefit
of the  registered  holders  of the  Warrants,  as their  respective  rights  or
interests may appear.

         H. The Warrant Agent and any stockholder, director, officer or employee
of the  Warrant  Agent  may buy,  sell or deal in any of the  Warrants  or other
securities of the Company or become peculiarly  interested in any transaction in
which the  Company  may be  interested,  or  contract  with or lend  money to or
otherwise act as fully and freely as though it were not Warrant Agent under this
Agreement.  Nothing  herein shall  preclude the Warrant Agent from acting in any
other capacity for the Company or for any other legal entity.

         I. The Warrant Agent shall act  hereunder  solely as agent and not in a
ministerial  capacity,  and  its  duties  shall  be  determined  solely  by  the
provisions  hereof.  The Warrant Agent shall not be liable for anything which it
may do or refrain from doing in connection  with this  Agreement  except for its
own negligence or bad faith.

         15.  Change of  Warrant  Agent.  The  Warrant  Agent may  resign and be
discharged  from its duties under this Agreement by giving to the Company notice
in writing,  and to the holders of the Warrants notice by  publication,  of such
resignation,  specifying a date when such resignation  shall take effect,  which
notice shall be published  at least once a week for two  consecutive  weeks in a
newspaper of general  circulation in Oklahoma  City,  Oklahoma and New York, New
York,  prior to the date so specified.  The Warrant Agent may be removed by like
notice to the Warrant  Agent from the Company  and by like  publication.  If the
Warrant Agent shall resign or be removed or shall otherwise  become incapable of
acting,  the Company  shall  appoint a successor  to the Warrant  Agent.  If the
Company  shall  fail to make such  appointment  within a period of 30 days after
such  removal or after it has been  notified in writing of such  resignation  or
incapacity by the resigning or incapacitated  Warrant Agent or by the registered
holder of a Warrant  (who  shall,  with such  notice,  submit  his  warrant  for
inspection by the Company), then the registered holder of a Warrant may apply to
any court of competent  jurisdiction  for the  appointment of a successor to the
Warrant Agent.

         Any successor  warrant  agent,  whether  appointed by the Company or by
such a court,  shall be a bank or trust company having its principal office, and
having  capital  and  surplus  as  shown  by its last  published  report  to its
stockholders,  of at least $1,000,000.  After appointment, the successor warrant
agent shall be vested with the same powers,  rights, duties and responsibilities
as if it had been originally named as Warrant Agent without further act or deed;
but the former Warrant Agent shall deliver and transfer to the successor warrant
agent any property at the time held by it hereunder, and execute and deliver any
further assurance, conveyance, act or deed necessary for the purpose. Failure to
file or publish any notice provided for in this section,  however, or any defect
therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of the resignation or removal
of the Warrant Agent or the  appointment of the successor  warrant agent, as the
case may be.

         16. Identify of Transfer  Agent.  Forthwith upon the appointment of any
Transfer  Agent for the Common  Stock or of any  subsequent  Transfer  Agent for
shares of the  Common  Stock or other  shares  of the  Company's  capital  stock
issuable  upon  the  exercise  of the  rights  of  purchase  represented  by the
Warrants, the Company will file with the Warrant Agent a statement setting forth
the name and address of such Transfer Agent.

         17. Notices.  Any notice pursuant to this Agreement to be given or made
by the  Warrant  Agent or the  registered  holder  of any  Warrant  to or on the
Company shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first-class mail, postage
prepaid,  addressed  (until  another  address is filed in writing by the Company
with the Warrant Agent) as follows:

                  Holloman Corporation
                  5257 West Interstate 20
                  Odessa, Texas  79763
                  Attention:  President

         Any  notice  pursuant  to this  Agreement  to be  given  or made by the
Company or the registered holder of any Warrant to or on the Warrant Agent shall
be  sufficiently  given or made if sent by first-class  mail,  postage  prepaid,
addressed  (until another  address is filed in writing by the warrant Agent with
the Company) as follows:

                  American Stock Transfer & Trust Company
                  40 Wall Street
                  New York, New York  10005

         18.  Supplements and Amendments.  The Company and the Warrant Agent may
from time to  supplement  or amend this  Agreement  without the  approval of any
holders of Warrants in order to cure any  ambiguity or to correct or  supplement
any provision  contained herein which may be defective or inconsistent  with any
other provision  herein, or to make any other provisions in regard to matters or
questions  arising  hereunder  which the Company and the Warrant  Agent may deem
necessary or desirable and which shall not be  inconsistent  with the provisions
of the  Warrants  and which  shall not  adversely  affect the  interests  of the
holders of Warrants.

         19.  Successors.  All the covenants and provisions of this Agreement by
or for the benefit of the  Company or the Warrant  Agent shall bind and inure to
the benefit of their respective successors and assigns hereunder.

         20.  Merger or  Consolidation  of the  Company.  The Company  shall not
effect  any  consolidation  or merger  with,  or sale of  substantially  all its
property to, any other  corporation  unless the corporation  resulting from such
merger (if not the Company) or consolidation or the corporation  purchasing such
property shall expressly assume, by supplemental  agreement satisfactory in form
to the Warrant  Agent and executed and delivered to the Warrant  Agent,  the due
and punctual performance and observance of each and every covenant and condition
of this Agreement to be performed and observed by the Company.

         21. Texas  Contract.  This Agreement and each Warrant issued  hereunder
shall be deemed to be a  contract  made under the laws of the State of Texas and
for all purposes shall be construed in accordance with the laws of said state.

         22.  Benefits of This  Agreement.  Nothing in this  Agreement  shall be
construed  to give to any  person or  corporation  other than the  Company,  the
Warrant Agent and the registered  holders of the Warrants any legal or equitable
right, remedy or claim under this Agreement; but this Agreement shall be for the
sole and exclusive benefit of the Company,  the Warrant Agent and the registered
holders of the Warrants.

         23.  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be  executed  in any number of
counterparts and each of such  counterparts  shall for all purposes by deemed to
be an original,  and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and
the same instrument.





<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed as of the date hereof.





HOLLOMAN CORPORATION


By:
       John E. Holdridge, President and Chief Executive
Officer


AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY


By:









<PAGE>





                                    No. ____
                          EXHIBIT A


                           FORM OF

                     HOLLOMAN CORPORATION

               REDEEMABLE COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT
         TO PURCHASE ________ SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

             EXERCISABLE ON OR BEFORE 5:00 P. M.,
          NEW YORK, NEW YORK TIME, ___________ 2003

         This Warrant Certifies that  _____________________________________,  or
registered assigns, is the holder of _______________  Warrants expiring _______,
2003, to purchase Common Stock, no par value per share (the "Common Stock"),  of
Holloman Corporation, a Texas corporation (the "Company"). Each Warrant entitles
the  holder to  purchase  from the  Company  at any time  after the  Shares  and
Warrants become separately tradable and until 5:00 p.m.,New York, New York time,
on_______ 2003 (subject to extensions in the sole discretion of the Company, the
"Expiration Date") ________ fully-paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock
at the exercise price (the  "Exercise  Price") of $____ per share upon surrender
of this Warrant  Certificate  and payment of the Exercise Price at the office or
agency of the  Warrant  Agent in New York,  New York,  but only  subject  to the
conditions  set  forth  herein  and in the  Warrant  Agreement.  Payment  of the
Exercise Price may be made in cash or by certified check payable to the order of
the Company. As used herein,  "Shares" refers to the Common Stock offered by the
Prospectus  dated  ____________,  1998,  and,  where  appropriate,  to the other
securities  or property  issuable  upon exercise of a Warrant as provided for in
the Warrant  Agreement  upon the  happening  of certain  events set forth in the
Warrant Agreement.

         No Warrant may be exercised  after 5:00 p.m.,  New York, New York time,
on the  Expiration  Date. To the extent not exercised by such time, the Warrants
shall be cancelled and retired  notwithstanding  delivery of the related Warrant
Certificate. All Warrants evidenced hereby shall thereafter be void.

         Reference  is hereby made to the  further  provisions  of this  Warrant
Certificate set forth on the reverse in hereof and such further provisions shall
for all purposes have the same effect as though fully set forth at this place.

         This Warrant Certificate shall not be valid unless countersigned by the
Warrant Agent.

Dated:                     , 1998







HOLLOMAN CORPORATION


By:
       John E. Holdridge, President and Chief Executive
Officer


AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY,
as Warrant Agent


By:



<PAGE>











                           FORM OF
                     ELECTION TO PURCHASE



Holloman Corporation
c/o American Stock Transfer & Trust Company
40 Wall Street
New York, New York  10005


         The  undersigned  hereby  irrevocably  elects to exercise  the right of
purchase  represented  by the within  Warrant for,  and to purchase  thereunder,
shares of the stock  provided for therein,  and requests that  certificates  for
such shares  shall be issued in the name of and be  delivered to at and, if said
number of shares shall not be all of the shares purchasable  thereunder,  that a
new Warrant for the balance remaining of the shares purchasable under the within
Warrant be registered in the name of, and delivered to, the  undersigned  at the
address stated below.


Date:___________________

Name of Warrant Holder:______________________________
                                    (Please Print)

Signature:___________________________________________
                  (Signature must conform
                  in all respects to name of
                  holder as specified on
                  the face of the Warrant
                  Certificate)

Address:____________________________________________
         ============================================



<PAGE>




      FORM OF
                          ASSIGNMENT


         For value received,
does hereby well, assign and transfer unto the within Warrant, together with all
right, title and interest therein,  and does hereby  irrevocably  constitute and
appoint  attorney,  to transfer  said  Warrant on the books of the  within-named
Corporation, with full power of substitution in the promises,

Date:___________________


Signature:___________________________________________
                  (Signature must conform
                  in all respects to name of
                  holder as specified on
                  the face of the Warrant
                  Certificate)

                          1998 STOCK COMPENSATION PLAN



                                       of



                              HOLLOMAN CORPORATION

                              (a Texas corporation)















<PAGE>










                                       (1)
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS



                                                    *     *     *



                          1998 STOCK COMPENSATION PLAN



                                       of



                              HOLLOMAN CORPORATION









SECTION                             SUBJECT                                PAGE

    1.            Purpose of Plan   ...........................................1

    2.            Stock Subject to the Plan....................................1

    3.            Administration of the Plan...................................1

                  (a)      General  ...........................................1

                  (b)      Changes in Law Applicable...........................2

    4.            Types of Awards Under the Plan...............................2

    5.            Persons to Options Shall Be Granted..........................2

                  (a)      Nonqualified Options...  ..........................2

                  (b)      Incentive Options...................................2

    6.            Factors to Be Considered in Granting Options.................3

    7.            Time of Granting Option...................................3

    8.            Terms and Conditions of Options..............................3

                  (a)      Number of Shares....................................3

                  (b)      Type of Option......................................3

                  (c)      Option Period.......................................3

                           (1)      General....................................3

                           (2)      Termination of Employment..................3

                           (3)      Cessation of Service as Director

                                    or Advisor.................................4

                           (4)      Disability.................................4

                           (5)      Death......................................4

                           (6)      Acceleration and Exercise Upon Change

                                    of Control.................................4
<PAGE>
                  (d)      Option Prices.....................................5

                           (1)      Nonqualified Options.......................5

                           (2)      Incentive Options..........................5

                           (3)      Determination of Fair Market Value.........5

                  (e)      Exercise of Options.................................6

                  (f)      Non-transferability of Options......................6

                  (g)      Limitations on 10% Shareholders....................6

                  (h)      Limits on Vesting of Incentive Options.............6

                  (i)      Compliance with Securities Laws.....................6

                  (j)      Additional Provisions...............................7

    9.            Medium and Time of Payment...................................7

    10.           Alternate Stock Appreciation Rights..........................8

                  (a)      Award of Alternate Stock Rights.....................8

                  (b)      Alternate Stock Rights Agreement....................8

                  (c)      Exercise .................. ....................8

                  (d)      Amount of Payment...................................8

                  (e)      Form of Payment....................................8

                  (f)      Termination of SAR ................................8

                  (g)      Effect of Exercise of SAR..........................9

                  (h)      Effect of Exercise of Related Option................9

                  (i)      Non-transferability of SAR..........................9

    11.           Reload Options

                  (a)      Authorization of Reload Options.....................9

                  (b)      Reload Option Amendment.............................9

                  (c)      Reload Option Price...............................9

                  (d)      Term and Exercise...................................9

                  (e)      Termination of Employment...........................9

                  (f)      Applicability of Other Sections.....................9

    12.           Rights as a Shareholder......................................9

    13.           Optionee's Agreement to Serve...............................10

    14.           Adjustments on Changes in Capitalization....................10

                  (a)      Changes in Capitalization.........................10

                  (b)      Reorganization, Dissolution or Liquidation........10

                  (c)      Change in Par Value................................10

                  (d)      Notice of Adjustments..............................10

                  (e)      Effect Upon Holder of Option....................11

                  (f)      Right of Company to Make Adjustments...............11

    15.           Investment Purpose..........................................11

    16.           No Obligation to Exercise Option or SAR.....................12

    17.           Modification, Extension, and Renewal of Options............12

    18.           Effective Date of the Plan..................................12

    19.           Termination of the Plan.....................................12
<PAGE>
    20.           Amendment of the Plan.......................................12

    21.           Withholding       ..........................................12

    22.           Indemnification of Committee................................12

    23.           Application of Funds........................................13

    24.           Governing Law     ..........................................13





<PAGE>

1998 STOCK COMPENSATION PLAN - Page 1
                          1998 STOCK COMPENSATION PLAN

                                       OF

                              HOLLOMAN CORPORATION



         1.  Purpose of Plan.  This 1998 Stock  Compensation  Plan  ("Plan")  is
intended to  encourage  ownership  of the common  stock of HOLLOMAN  CORPORATION
("Company")  by certain  officers,  directors,  employees  and  advisors  of the
Company  or any  Subsidiary  or  Subsidiaries  of the  Company  (as  hereinafter
defined) in order to provide  additional  incentive  for such persons to promote
the success and the business of the Company or its Subsidiaries and to encourage
them to remain in the employ of the  Company or its  Subsidiaries  by  providing
such persons an opportunity to benefit from any appreciation of the common stock
of the  Company  through  the  issuance  of  stock  options  and  related  stock
appreciation rights to such persons in accordance with the terms of the Plan. It
is further  intended that options granted pursuant to this Plan shall constitute
either  incentive  stock  options  ("Incentive  Options")  within the meaning of
Section 422  (formerly  Section  422A) of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended  ("Code"),   or  options  which  do  not  constitute  Incentive  Options
("Nonqualified Options") as determined by the Committee (as hereinafter defined)
at the time of issuance of such options. Incentive Options, Nonqualified Options
and Reload  Options  (as  defined in  Section  11 hereof)  are herein  sometimes
referred to  collectively as "Options".  As used herein,  the term Subsidiary or
Subsidiaries shall mean any corporation (other than the employer corporation) in
an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the employer corporation if, at
the time of granting of the Option, each of the corporations other than the last
corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock  possessing  fifty percent (50%) or
more of the total  combined  voting  power of all classes of stock in one of the
other corporations in such chain.

         2. Stock  Subject to the Plan.  Subject to  adjustment  as  provided in
Section  14 hereof,  there will be  reserved  for the use upon the  exercise  of
Options to be  granted  from time to time under the Plan,  an  aggregate  of Two
hundred forty thousand  (240,000) shares of the common stock, $.01 par value, of
the  Company  ("Common  Stock"),  which  shares  in  whole  or in part  shall be
authorized,  but unissued, shares of the Common Stock or issued shares of Common
Stock which shall have been reacquired by the Company as determined from time to
time by the  Board of  Directors  of the  Company  ("Board  of  Directors").  To
determine  the number of shares of Common  Stock  available  at any time for the
granting  of Options  under the Plan,  there  shall be  deducted  from the total
number of reserved shares of Common Stock,  the number of shares of Common Stock
in respect of which Options have been granted  pursuant to the Plan which remain
outstanding or which have been  exercised.  If and to the extent that any Option
to purchase  reserved  shares  shall not be  exercised  by the  optionee for any
reason or if such Option to purchase shall  terminate as provided  herein,  such
shares which have not been so purchased  hereunder shall again become  available
for the  purposes  of the Plan unless the Plan shall have been  terminated,  but
such unpurchased  shares shall not be deemed to increase the aggregate number of
shares  specified  above to be reserved  for  purposes  of the Plan  (subject to
adjustment as provided in Section 14 hereof).

         3. Administration of the Plan.

                  (a) General.  The Plan shall be administered by a Compensation
         Committee  ("Committee")  appointed  by the Board of  Directors,  which
         Committee  shall  consist of not less than two (2) members of the Board
         of Directors who are not eligible to  participate in the Plan, and have
         not, for a period of at least one (1) year prior  thereto been eligible
         to participate  in the Plan,  except that if at any time there shall be
         less  than  two  (2)  directors  who  are  qualified  to  serve  on the
         Committee,  then the Plan  shall be  administered  by the full Board of
         Directors. All references in this Plan to the Committee shall be deemed
         to refer  instead to the full Board of  Directors  at any time there is
         not a committee  of two (2) members  qualified  to act  hereunder.  The
         Board  of  Directors  may  from  time to time  appoint  members  of the
         Committee  in  substitution  for or in addition  to members  previously
         appointed and may fill vacancies,  however caused, in the Committee. If
         the Board of Directors  does not designate a Chairman of the Committee,
         the  Committee  shall  select one of its members as its  Chairman.  The
         Committee  shall hold its meetings at such times and places as it shall
         deem  advisable.  A majority of its members shall  constitute a quorum.
         Any action of the  Committee  shall be taken by a majority  vote of its
         members at a meeting at which a quorum is present.  Notwithstanding the
         preceding,  any action of the  Committee may be taken without a meeting
         by a written  consent  signed by all of the members,  and any action so
         taken shall be deemed  fully as  effective as if it had been taken by a
         vote of the members  present in person at the  meeting  duly called and
         held. The Committee may appoint a Secretary,  shall keep minutes of its
         meetings,  and shall make such rules and regulations for the conduct of
         its business as it shall deem advisable.

                  The Committee shall have the sole authority and power, subject
         to the express  provisions and limitations of the Plan, to construe the
         Plan and option agreements granted hereunder,  and to adopt, prescribe,
         amend,  and rescind rules and regulations  relating to the Plan, and to
         make all  determinations  necessary or advisable for  administering the
         Plan,  including,  but not limited to, (i) who shall be granted Options
         under  the Plan,  (ii) the term of each  Option,  (iii)  the  number of
         shares covered by such Option, (iv) whether the Option shall constitute
         an Incentive  Option or a Nonqualified  Option or a Reload Option,  (v)
         the  exercise  price for the purchase of the shares of the Common Stock
         covered by the Option,  (vi) the period  during which the Option may be
         exercised,  (vii)  whether the right to  purchase  the number of shares
         covered by the Option  shall be fully  vested on issuance of the Option
         so that such shares may be purchased in full at one time or whether the
         right to purchase such shares shall become vested over a period of time
         so that such shares may only be purchased in  installments,  and (viii)
         the time or times at which  Options shall be granted.  The  Committee's
         determinations   under  the  Plan,   including  the  above   enumerated
         determinations,  need not be uniform and may be made by it  selectively
         among the  persons who  receive,  or are  eligible to receive,  Options
         under the Plan, whether or not such persons are similarly situated.
<PAGE>
                  The  interpretation  by the  Committee of any provision of the
         Plan or of any option agreement  entered into hereunder with respect to
         any  Incentive  Option shall be in  accordance  with Section 422 of the
         Code  and  the  regulations  issued  thereunder,  as  such  section  or
         regulations  may be amended from time to time, in order that the rights
         granted  hereunder and under said option  agreements  shall  constitute
         "Incentive  Stock  Options"  within the  meaning of such  section.  The
         interpretation  and  construction  by the Committee of any provision of
         the  Plan  or of any  Option  granted  hereunder  shall  be  final  and
         conclusive,  unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors.  No
         member of the Board of Directors or the  Committee  shall be liable for
         any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan
         or any Option  granted under it. Upon issuing an Option under the Plan,
         the  Committee  shall report to the Board of Directors  the name of the
         person granted the Option, whether the Option is an Incentive Option or
         a Nonqualified  Option, the number of shares of Common Stock covered by
         the Option, and the terms and conditions of such Option.

                  (b)  Changes  in Law  Applicable.  If  the  laws  relating  to
         Incentive  Options or  Nonqualified  Options  are  changed,  altered or
         amended during the term of the Plan, the Board of Directors  shall have
         full  authority  and power to alter or amend the Plan with  respect  to
         Incentive Options or Nonqualified Options,  respectively, to conform to
         such  changes in the law without the  necessity  of  obtaining  further
         shareholder approval, unless the changes require such approval.

         4. Types of Awards Under the Plan.  Awards under the Plan may be in the
form of either  Options,  alternate stock  appreciation  rights (as described in
Section 10 hereof), or a combination thereof.

         5.       Persons to Whom Options Shall be Granted.

                  (a)  Nonqualified  Options.   Nonqualified  Options  shall  be
granted only to  officers,  directors  (other than  "Outside  Directors"  of the
Company or a Subsidiary [as hereinafter defined]), employees and advisors of the
Company or a Subsidiary  who, in the judgment of the Committee,  are responsible
for or  contribute  to the  management or success of the Company or a Subsidiary
and who, at the time of the  granting of the  Nonqualified  Options,  are either
officers, directors (other than Outside Directors), employees or advisors of the
Company or a Subsidiary.  As used herein, the term "Outside Director" shall mean
any  director  of the  Company or a  Subsidiary  who is not an  employee  of the
Company or a Subsidiary.

                  (b) Incentive Options. Incentive Options shall be granted only
to  employees  of the  Company  or a  Subsidiary  who,  in the  judgment  of the
Committee, are responsible for or contribute to the management or success of the
Company or a Subsidiary  and who, at the time of the  granting of the  Incentive
Option are either an  employee of the  Company or a  Subsidiary.  Subject to the
provisions of Section 8(g) hereof,  no individual  shall be granted an Incentive
Option who, immediately before such Incentive Option was granted, would own more
than  ten  percent  (10%) of the  total  combined  voting  power or value of all
classes of stock of the Company ("10% Shareholder").

         6.  Factors  to Be  Considered  in  Granting  Options.  In  making  any
determination  as to persons  to whom  Options  shall be  granted  and as to the
number of shares to be covered by such Options,  the  Committee  shall take into
account the duties and responsibilities of the respective  officers,  directors,
employees, or advisors, their current and potential contributions to the success
of the Company or a Subsidiary,  and such other  factors as the Committee  shall
deem relevant in connection with accomplishing the purpose of the Plan.

         7. Time of Granting Options.  Neither anything contained in the Plan or
in any  resolution  adopted or to be adopted  by the Board of  Directors  or the
Shareholders  of the  Company  or a  Subsidiary  nor  any  action  taken  by the
Committee shall constitute the granting of any Option. The granting of an Option
shall be effected only when a written  Option  Agreement  acceptable in form and
substance to the Committee, subject to the terms and conditions hereof including
those set forth in Section 8 hereof, shall have been duly executed and delivered
by or on behalf of the  Company  and the  person  to whom such  Option  shall be
granted. No person shall have any rights under the Plan until such time, if any,
as a written Option Agreement shall have been duly executed and delivered as set
forth in this Section 7.
<PAGE>
         8. Terms and  Conditions of Options.  All Options  granted  pursuant to
this  Plan  must be  granted  within  ten (10)  years  from the date the Plan is
adopted  by the  Board  of  Directors  of the  Company.  Each  Option  Agreement
governing an Option granted hereunder shall be subject to at least the following
terms and  conditions,  and shall contain such other terms and  conditions,  not
inconsistent therewith, that the Committee shall deem appropriate:

                  (a) Number of Shares.  Each  Option  shall state the number of
         shares of Common Stock which it represents.

                  (b) Type of Option.  Each  Option  shall  state  whether it is
         intended to be an Incentive Option or a Nonqualified Option.

                  (c)      Option Period.

(1)  General.  Each Option  shall state the date upon which it is granted.  Each
Option  shall be  exercisable  in  whole or in part  during  such  period  as is
provided  under the terms of the Option  subject to any vesting period set forth
in the Option, but in no event shall an Option be exercisable either in whole or
in part after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date of grant; provided,
however, if an Incentive Option is granted to a 10% Shareholder,  such Incentive
Option shall not be exercisable  more than five (5) years from the date of grant
thereof.

(2)  Termination  of  Employment.  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  case  of
Disability (as hereinafter defined),  death or Change of Control (as hereinafter
defined), no Option shall be exercisable after an optionee who is an employee of
the Company or a Subsidiary ceases to be employed by the Company or a Subsidiary
as an employee;  provided,  however,  that the Committee shall have the right in
its sole discretion,  but not the obligation,  to extend the exercise period for
not more  than  three  (3)  months  following  the date of  termination  of such
optionee's  employment;  provided  further,  however,  that no  Option  shall be
exercisable  after the  expiration of ten (10) years from the date it is granted
and provided further,  no Incentive Option granted to a 10% Shareholder shall be
exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date it is granted.

(3)  Cessation  of Service as Director or Advisor.  In the event an optionee who
was a director or advisor of the Company or a Subsidiary ceases to be a director
or advisor of the Company or a Subsidiary for any reason,  other than Disability
or death,  prior to the full exercise of the Option,  such optionee may exercise
his Option at any time within ninety (90) days after such optionee's status as a
director  or advisor of the  Company or a  Subsidiary  is so  terminated  to the
extent he was  entitled  to  exercise  such  Option at the date such  optionee's
status as a  director  or advisor of the  Company  or a  Subsidiary  terminated;
provided,  however,  that no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of
ten (10) years from the date it is granted.

(4)  Disability.  If an  optionee's  employment  is  terminated by reason of the
permanent  and total  Disability  of such  optionee or if an  optionee  who is a
director or advisor of the Company or a Subsidiary ceases to serve as a director
or advisor by reason of the permanent and total Disability of such optionee, the
Committee shall have the right in its sole  discretion,  but not the obligation,
to extend the exercise  period for not more than one (1) year following the date
of termination of the optionee's  employment or the date such optionee ceases to
be a director  or advisor of the  Company or a  Subsidiary,  as the case may be,
subject  to the  condition  that  no  Option  shall  be  exercisable  after  the
expiration  of ten (10)  years from the date it is  granted  and  subject to the
further condition that no Incentive Option granted to a 10% Shareholder shall be
exercisable  after the expiration of five (5) years from the date it is granted.
For purposes of this Plan, the term "Disability" shall mean the inability of the
optionee to fulfill such  optionee's  obligations to the Company or a Subsidiary
by reason of any physical or mental  impairment  which can be expected to result
in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous  period
of not less than twelve (12) months as determined  by a physician  acceptable to
the Committee in its sole discretion.

(5)  Death.  If an  optionee  dies  while  in the  employ  of the  Company  or a
Subsidiary,  or while  serving  as a director  or  advisor  of the  Company or a
Subsidiary,  and shall not have fully exercised  Options granted pursuant to the
Plan,  such  Options may be exercised in whole or in part at any time within one
(1) year after the optionee's  death, by the executors or  administrators of the
optionee's  estate or by any  person or  persons  who shall  have  acquired  the
Options  directly from the optionee by bequest or  inheritance,  but only to the
extent that the  optionee  was  entitled to exercise  such Option at the date of
such  optionee's  death,  subject  to the  condition  that no  Option  shall  be
exercisable  after the  expiration of ten (10) years from the date it is granted
and subject to the further  condition that no Incentive  Option granted to a 10%
Shareholder shall be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the
date it is granted.
<PAGE>
(6)  Acceleration  and  Exercise  Upon  Change of Control.  Notwithstanding  the
preceding  provisions of this Section 8(c), if any Option granted under the Plan
provides for either (a) an  incremental  vesting  period whereby such Option may
only  be  exercised  in  installments  as such  incremental  vesting  period  is
satisfied  or (b) a delayed  vesting  period  whereby  such  Option  may only be
exercised  after the  lapse of a  specified  period  of time,  such as after the
expiration of one (1) year,  such vesting period shall be  accelerated  upon the
occurrence of a Change of Control (as hereinafter  defined) of the Company, or a
threatened  Change of Control of the Company as determined by the Committee,  so
that such Option shall thereupon become  exercisable  immediately in part or its
entirety by the holder thereof,  as such holder shall elect. For the purposes of
this Plan, a "Change of Control" shall be deemed to have occurred if:

                                    (i) Any  "person",  including  a "group"  as
                           determined in accordance with Section 13(d)(3) of the
                           Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 ("Exchange Act") and
                           the Rules and Regulations promulgated thereunder,  is
                           or  becomes,  through  one  or a  series  of  related
                           transactions  or through one or more  intermediaries,
                           the  beneficial  owner,  directly or  indirectly,  of
                           securities of the Company representing 25% or more of
                           the  combined  voting  power  of the  Company's  then
                           outstanding  securities,  other  than a person who is
                           such a beneficial  owner on the effective date of the
                           Plan and any affiliate of such person;

                                    (ii) As a result of, or in connection  with,
                           any tender offer or exchange  offer,  merger or other
                           business  combination,  sale of assets  or  contested
                           election,   or  any   combination  of  the  foregoing
                           transactions  ("Transaction"),  the  persons who were
                           Directors of the Company before the Transaction shall
                           cease  to  constitute  a  majority  of the  Board  of
                           Directors  of the  Company  or any  successor  to the
                           Company;

                               (iii)  Following the effective  date of the Plan,
                           the Company is merged or  consolidated  with  another
                           corporation  and  as  a  result  of  such  merger  or
                           consolidation less than 40% of the outstanding voting
                           securities of the surviving or resulting  corporation
                           shall  then be owned in the  aggregate  by the former
                           stockholders of the Company, other than (x) any party
                           to  such   merger  or   consolidation,   or  (y)  any
                           affiliates of any such party;

                                    (iv) A  tender  offer or  exchange  offer is
                           made and  consummated for the ownership of securities
                           of  the  Company  representing  25%  or  more  of the
                           combined   voting   power  of  the   Company's   then
                           outstanding voting securities; or

                                    (v) The Company  transfers  more than 50% of
                           its  assets,  or the  last of a series  of  transfers
                           result in the transfer of more than 50% of the assets
                           of the Company,  to another corporation that is not a
                           wholly-owned corporation of the Company. For purposes
                           of this subsection  8(c)(6)(v),  the determination of
                           what  constitutes  more than 50% of the assets of the
                           Company shall be  determined  based on the sum of the
                           values  attributed to (i) the Company's real property
                           as determined by an  independent  appraisal  thereof,
                           and (ii) the net book  value of all  other  assets of
                           the  Company,  each  taken  as of  the  date  of  the
                           Transaction involved.

                           In  addition,  upon a Change of Control,  any Options
                  previously  granted  under the Plan to the extent not  already
                  exercised  may  be  exercised  in  whole  or  in  part  either
                  immediately  or at any time  during  the term of the Option as
                  such holder shall elect.

                  (d)      Option Prices.
<PAGE>
                           (1)  Nonqualified  Options.  The  purchase  price  or
                  prices  of the  shares  of the  Common  Stock  which  shall be
                  offered  to  any  person  under  the  Plan  and  covered  by a
                  Nonqualified  Option  shall  be the  price  determined  by the
                  Committee at the time of granting of the Nonqualified  Option,
                  which  price may be less  than,  equal to or  higher  than one
                  hundred  percent (100%) of the fair market value of the Common
                  Stock at the time of granting the Nonqualified Option.

                           (2) Incentive  Options.  The purchase price or prices
                  of the shares of the Common  Stock  which  shall be offered to
                  any person under the Plan and covered by an  Incentive  Option
                  shall be one hundred  percent  (100%) of the fair market value
                  of the  Common  Stock at the time of  granting  the  Incentive
                  Option or such higher  purchase  price as may be determined by
                  the  Committee at the time of granting the  Incentive  Option;
                  provided,  however, if an Incentive Option is granted to a 10%
                  Shareholder,  the  purchase  price of the shares of the Common
                  Stock of the Company covered by such Incentive  Option may not
                  be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the fair market
                  value  of  such  shares  on the day the  Incentive  Option  is
                  granted.

                           (3)  Determination of Fair Market Value.  During such
                  time as the Common  Stock of the Company is not listed upon an
                  established  stock  exchange,  the fair market value per share
                  shall be deemed to be the  closing  sales  price of the Common
                  Stock  on  the  National  Association  of  Securities  Dealers
                  Automated Quotation System ("NASDAQ") on the day the Option is
                  granted,  as  reported  by NASDAQ,  if the Common  Stock is so
                  quoted,  and if not so quoted,  the mean between  dealer "bid"
                  and  "ask,"  prices  of  the  Common  Stock  in the  New  York
                  over-the-counter  market on the day the Option is granted,  as
                  reported by the National  Association  of Securities  Dealers,
                  Inc. If the Common Stock is listed upon an  established  stock
                  exchange or exchanges,  such fair market value shall be deemed
                  to be the highest  closing  price of the Common  Stock on such
                  stock  exchange or  exchanges on the day the Option is granted
                  or, if no sale of the Common  Stock of the Company  shall have
                  been made on  established  stock  exchange on such day, on the
                  next preceding day on which there was a sale of such stock. If
                  there is no market price for the Common Stock,  then the Board
                  of Directors and the Committee  may, after taking all relevant
                  facts into  consideration,  determine the fair market value of
                  the Common Stock.

                           (e) Exercise of Options.  To the extent that a holder
                  of an Option has a current  right to exercise,  the Option may
                  be  exercised  from  time  to time by  written  notice  to the
                  Company at its principal place of business.  Such notice shall
                  state the election to exercise the Option, the number of whole
                  shares in  respect  of which it is being  exercised,  shall be
                  signed by the person or persons so exercising the Option,  and
                  shall  contain  any  investment   representation  required  by
                  Section  8(i)  hereof.  Such notice  shall be  accompanied  by
                  payment of the full  purchase  price of such shares and by the
                  Option Agreement  evidencing the Option.  In addition,  if the
                  Option  shall be  exercised,  pursuant  to Section  8(c)(4) or
                  Section  8(c)(5)  hereof,  by any person or persons other than
                  the  optionee,  such  notice  shall  also  be  accompanied  by
                  appropriate  proof of the right of such  person or  persons to
                  exercise the Option.  The Company  shall deliver a certificate
                  or   certificates   representing   such   shares  as  soon  as
                  practicable  after the  aforesaid  notice and  payment of such
                  shares shall be received.  The certificate or certificates for
                  the shares as to which the Option shall have been so exercised
                  shall be  registered  in the name of the  person or persons so
                  exercising  the Option.  In the event the Option  shall not be
                  exercised in full,  the Secretary of the Company shall endorse
                  or cause to be  endorsed  on the  Option  the number of shares
                  which has been  exercised  thereunder and the number of shares
                  that  remain  exercisable  under the Option  and  return  such
                  Option Agreement to the holder thereof.

                           (f) Non-transferability of Options. An Option granted
                  pursuant to the Plan shall be exercisable only by the optionee
                  or the  optionee's  court  appointed  guardian as set forth in
                  Section  8(c)(4)  hereof  during the  optionee's  lifetime and
                  shall  not be  assignable  or  transferable  by  the  optionee
                  otherwise   than  by  Will  or  the   laws  of   descent   and
                  distribution. An Option granted pursuant to the Plan shall not
                  be assigned,  pledged or  hypothecated  in any way (whether by
                  operation of law or  otherwise  other than by Will or the laws
                  of  descent  and  distribution)  and shall not be  subject  to
                  execution,  attachment,  or  similar  process.  Any  attempted
                  transfer,   assignment,   pledge,   hypothecation,   or  other
                  disposition of any Option or of any rights granted  thereunder
                  contrary to the foregoing  provisions of this Section 8(f), or
                  the levy of any  attachment or similar  process upon an Option
                  or such rights, shall be null and void.
<PAGE>
                           (g)  Limitations  on 10%  Shareholders.  No Incentive
                  Option  may be granted  under the Plan to any 10%  Shareholder
                  unless (i) such Incentive Option is granted at an option price
                  not less  than one  hundred  ten  percent  (110%)  of the fair
                  market value of the shares on the day the Incentive  Option is
                  granted and (ii) such  Incentive  Option expires on a date not
                  later than five (5) years from the date the  Incentive  Option
                  is granted.

                           (h)  Limits  on  Vesting  of  Incentive  Options.  An
                  individual  may be  granted  one or  more  Incentive  Options,
                  provided that the aggregate  fair market value (as  determined
                  at the time such  Incentive  Option is  granted)  of the stock
                  with respect to which  Incentive  Options are  exercisable for
                  the first time by such  individual  during any  calendar  year
                  shall  not  exceed  $100,000.   To  the  extent  the  $100,000
                  limitation in the preceding sentence is exceeded,  such option
                  shall  be  treated  as an  option  which  is not an  Incentive
                  Option.

                           (i) Compliance with Securities Laws. The Plan and the
                  grant and exercise of the rights to purchase shares hereunder,
                  and the Company's  obligations to sell and deliver shares upon
                  the exercise of rights to purchase shares, shall be subject to
                  all applicable  federal and state laws, rules and regulations,
                  and to such approvals by any regulatory or governmental agency
                  as  may,  in the  opinion  of  counsel  for  the  Company,  be
                  required,  and shall also be subject to all  applicable  rules
                  and  regulations  of any stock  exchange upon which the Common
                  Stock  of the  Company  may  then be  listed.  At the  time of
                  exercise of any Option,  the Company may require the  optionee
                  to execute any  documents or take any action which may be then
                  necessary  to  comply  with the  Securities  Act of  1933,  as
                  amended  ("Securities  Act"),  and the rules  and  regulations
                  promulgated  thereunder,  or any other  applicable  federal or
                  state laws regulating the sale and issuance of securities, and
                  the Company may, if it deems necessary,  include provisions in
                  the stock option  agreements  to assure such  compliance.  The
                  Company may, from time to time,  change its requirements  with
                  respect  to  enforcing   compliance  with  federal  and  state
                  securities laws,  including the request for and enforcement of
                  letters  of  investment   intent,   such  requirements  to  be
                  determined  by the  Company in its  judgment as  necessary  to
                  assure  compliance  with said laws.  Such  changes may be made
                  with  respect to any  particular  Option or stock  issued upon
                  exercise  thereof.  Without  limiting  the  generality  of the
                  foregoing,  if the Common Stock  issuable  upon exercise of an
                  Option  granted  under  the Plan is not  registered  under the
                  Securities  Act,  the  Company  at the time of  exercise  will
                  require  that the  registered  owner  execute  and  deliver an
                  investment  representation  agreement  to the  Company in form
                  acceptable  to the  Company and its  counsel,  and the Company
                  will place a legend on the certificate  evidencing such Common
                  Stock restricting the transfer thereof,  which legend shall be
                  substantially as follows:

                           THE  SHARES  OF  COMMON  STOCK  REPRESENTED  BY  THIS
                           CERTIFICATE   HAVE  NOT  BEEN  REGISTERED  UNDER  THE
                           SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY APPLICABLE
                           STATE  SECURITIES  LAW BUT HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR THE
                           PRIVATE  INVESTMENT  OF THE HOLDER HEREOF AND MAY NOT
                           BE OFFERED,  SOLD OR  TRANSFERRED  UNTIL EITHER (i) A
                           REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  UNDER SUCH SECURITIES ACT OR
                           SUCH  APPLICABLE  STATE  SECURITIES  LAWS  SHALL HAVE
                           BECOME  EFFECTIVE  WITH REGARD  THERETO,  OR (ii) THE
                           COMPANY  SHALL  HAVE  RECEIVED  AN OPINION OF COUNSEL
                           ACCEPTABLE  TO  THE  COMPANY  AND  ITS  COUNSEL  THAT
                           REGISTRATION   UNDER  SUCH  SECURITIES  ACT  OR  SUCH
                           APPLICABLE  STATE  SECURITIES LAWS IS NOT REQUIRED IN
                           CONNECTION   WITH  SUCH  PROPOSED   OFFER,   SALE  OR
                           TRANSFER.



                           (j)  Additional  Provisions.  The  Option  Agreements
                  authorized  under the Plan shall contain such other provisions
                  as the  Committee  shall deem  advisable,  including,  without
                  limitation,  restrictions upon the exercise of the Option. Any
                  such Option  Agreement  with  respect to an  Incentive  Option
                  shall  contain  such  limitations  and  restrictions  upon the
                  exercise  of the  Incentive  Option as shall be  necessary  in
                  order that the option will be an  "Incentive  Stock Option" as
                  defined in Section 422 of the Code.
<PAGE>
         9. Medium and Time of Payment.  The purchase price of the shares of the
Common  Stock as to which the Option  shall be  exercised  shall be paid in full
either (i) in cash at the time of exercise of the Option,  (ii) by  tendering to
the Company shares of the Company's  Common Stock having a fair market value (as
of the date of  receipt of such  shares by the  Company)  equal to the  purchase
price for the number of shares of Common  Stock  purchased,  or (iii)  partly in
cash and partly in shares of the  Company's  Common  Stock valued at fair market
value as of the date of receipt of such shares by the Company.  Cash payment for
the shares of the Common Stock purchased upon exercise of the Option shall be in
the form of either a cashier's check,  certified check or money order.  Personal
checks may be submitted, but will not be considered as payment for the shares of
the Common Stock  purchased  and no  certificate  for such shares will be issued
until the personal check clears in normal banking channels.  If a personal check
is not paid upon presentment by the Company,  then the attempted exercise of the
Option will be null and void.  In the event the optionee  tenders  shares of the
Company's Common Stock in full or partial payment for the shares being purchased
pursuant  to the  Option,  the  shares  of  Common  Stock so  tendered  shall be
accompanied by fully executed stock powers endorsed in favor of the Company with
the  signature  on such stock power  being  guaranteed.  If an optionee  tenders
shares,  such  optionee  assumes  sole  and  full  responsibility  for  the  tax
consequences, if any, to such optionee arising therefrom, including the possible
application of Code Section 424(c), or its successor Code section, which negates
any  nonrecognition  of income rule with respect to such transferred  shares, if
such  transferred  shares have not been held for the minimum  statutory  holding
period to receive preferential tax treatment.

         10.      Alternate Stock Appreciation Rights.

                  (a) Award of  Alternate  Stock  Rights.  Concurrently  with or
         subsequent to the award of any Option to purchase one or more shares of
         Common Stock, the Committee may in its sole discretion,  subject to the
         provisions  of the Plan and such  other  terms  and  conditions  as the
         Committee  may  prescribe,  award to the optionee  with respect to each
         share of Common  Stock  covered  by an  Option  ("Related  Option"),  a
         related  alternate  stock  appreciation  right ("SAR"),  permitting the
         optionee to be paid the  appreciation  on the Related Option in lieu of
         exercising  the  Related  Option.  A SAR  granted  with  respect  to an
         Incentive  Option must be granted  together with the Related Option.  A
         SAR  granted  with  respect  to a  Nonqualified  Option  may be granted
         together with or subsequent to the grant of such Related Option.

                  (b)  Alternate  Stock Rights  Agreement.  Each SAR shall be on
         such  terms  and  conditions  not  inconsistent  with  this Plan as the
         Committee may  determine and shall be evidenced by a written  agreement
         executed by the Company and the optionee receiving the Related Option.

                  (c)  Exercise.  An SAR  may be  exercised  only  if and to the
         extent that its Related  Option is eligible to be exercised on the date
         of  exercise  of the SAR.  To the  extent  that a holder of a SAR has a
         current right to exercise,  the SAR may be exercised  from time to time
         by written  notice to the Company at its  principal  place of business.
         Such notice shall state the election to exercise the SAR, the number of
         shares in  respect of which it is being  exercised,  shall be signed by
         the  person  so  exercising  the SAR and  shall be  accompanied  by the
         agreement  evidencing the SAR and the Related Option.  In the event the
         SAR shall not be exercised in full,  the Secretary of the Company shall
         endorse or cause to be endorsed  on the SAR and the Related  Option the
         number of shares which have been exercised thereunder and the number of
         shares that remain exercisable under the SAR and the Related Option and
         return such SAR and Related Option to the holder thereof.
<PAGE>
                  (d)  Amount of  Payment.  The  amount of  payment  to which an
         optionee shall be entitled upon the exercise of each SAR shall be equal
         to 100% of the  amount,  if any,  by which the fair  market  value of a
         share of Common  Stock on the  exercise  date  exceeds  the fair market
         value of a share of Common Stock on the date the Option related to said
         SAR was  granted  or became  effective,  as the case may be;  provided,
         however,  the Company may, in its sole  discretion,  withhold from such
         cash payment any amount  necessary to satisfy the Company's  obligation
         for withholding  taxes with respect to such payment.  For this purpose,
         the fair market value of a share of Common Stock shall be determined as
         set forth in Section 8(d) hereof.

                  (e) Form of Payment.  The amount  payable by the Company to an
         optionee  upon exercise of a SAR may be paid in shares of Common Stock,
         cash or a combination  thereof. The number of shares of Common Stock to
         be paid to an optionee  upon such  optionee's  exercise of SAR shall be
         determined  by dividing  the amount of payment  determined  pursuant to
         Section  10(d)  hereof  by the fair  market  value of a share of Common
         Stock on the exercise date of such SAR. For purposes of this Plan,  the
         exercise date of a SAR shall be the date the Company  receives  written
         notification from the optionee of the exercise of the SAR in accordance
         with the  provisions of Section 10(c)  hereof.  As soon as  practicable
         after  exercise,  the Company shall either  deliver to the optionee the
         amount of cash due such optionee or a certificate or  certificates  for
         such shares of Common  Stock.  All such shares shall be issued with the
         rights and restrictions specified herein.

                  (f) Termination of SAR.  Except as otherwise  provided in case
         of Disability (as defined in Section  8(c)(4)  hereof) or death, no SAR
         shall  be  exercisable  after an  optionee  ceases  to be an  employee,
         director or advisor of the Company or  Subsidiary;  provided,  however,
         that the Committee shall have the right in its sole discretion, but not
         the  obligation,  to extend the exercise period for not more than three
         (3) months  following the date such optionee  ceases to be an employee,
         director or advisor of the Company or a Subsidiary;  provided  further,
         that the  Committee  may not extend the period during which an optionee
         may exercise a SAR for a period greater than the period during which an
         optionee may exercise the Related Option. If an optionee's  position as
         an employee,  director or advisor of the Company is  terminated  due to
         the Disability or death of such optionee,  the Committee shall have the
         right, in its sole  discretion,  but not the obligation,  to extend the
         exercise  period  applicable  to the SAR for a period not to exceed the
         period in which the optionee  may  exercise the Option  related to said
         SAR as set forth in Sections 8(c)(4) and 8(c)(5) hereof, respectively.

                  (g) Effect of Exercise of SAR.  The  exercise of any SAR shall
         cancel and  terminate  the right to purchase an equal  number of shares
         covered by the Related Option.

                  (h) Effect of Exercise of Related Option. Upon the exercise or
         termination of any Related Option, the SAR with respect to such Related
         Option shall  terminate to the extent of the number of shares of Common
         Stock as to which the Related Option was exercised or terminated.

                  (i) Non-transferability of SAR. A SAR granted pursuant to this
         Plan shall be exercisable  only by the optionee or the optionee's court
         appointed  guardian as set forth in Section  8(c)(4)  hereof during the
         optionee's  lifetime  and,  subject to the  provisions of Section 10(f)
         hereof,  shall not be assignable or transferable by the optionee. A SAR
         granted  pursuant  to the  Plan  shall  not  be  assigned,  pledged  or
         hypothecated  in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and
         shall not be subject to execution,  attachment, or similar process. Any
         attempted  transfer,  assignment,   pledge,  hypothecation,   or  other
         disposition of any SAR or of any rights granted thereunder  contrary to
         the  foregoing  provisions  of this Section  10(i),  or the levy of any
         attachment or similar process upon a SAR or such rights,  shall be null
         and void.
<PAGE>
         11.      Reload Options.

                  (a)  Authorization  of Reload Options.  Concurrently  with the
         award of Nonqualified  Options and/or the award of Incentive Options to
         any participant in the Plan, the Committee may authorize reload options
         ("Reload Options") to purchase for cash or shares that number of shares
         of Common Stock equal to the sum of:

                           (1) The  number of shares  of  Common  Stock  used to
                  exercise  the  underlying  Nonqualifying  Option or  Incentive
                  Option; and

                           (2) To the extent  authorized by the  Committee,  the
                  number  of  shares of Common  Stock  used to  satisfy  any tax
                  withholding  requirement  incident  to  the  exercise  of  the
                  underlying Nonqualifying Option or Incentive Options.

         The grant of a Reload Option will become effective upon the exercise of
         the underlying  Nonqualifying Option, Incentive Option or Reload Option
         through the use of shares of Common  Stock held by the  optionee for at
         least 12 months.  Notwithstanding  the fact that the underlying  option
         may be an Incentive  Option, a Reload Option is not intended to qualify
         as an "incentive stock option" under Section 422 of the Code.

                  (b) Reload Option Amendment. Each Option Agreement shall state
         whether the Committee has authorized Reload Options with respect to the
         underlying  Nonqualifying  Option  and/or  Incentive  Option.  Upon the
         exercise of an underlying Option or Incentive Option, the Reload Option
         will be evidenced by an amendment to the underlying Option Agreement.

                  (c) Reload Option Price.  The option price per share of Common
         Stock  deliverable  upon the  exercise of a Reload  Option shall be the
         fair market  value of a share of Common  Stock on the date the grant of
         the Reload Option becomes effective.

                  (d) Term and Exercise. Each Reload Option is fully exercisable
         six months from the  effective  date of grant.  The term of each Reload
         Option shall be equal to the  remaining  option term of the  underlying
         Nonqualifying Option and/or Incentive Option.

                  (e)  Termination of Employment.  No additional  Reload Options
         shall be granted to optionees  when  Nonqualifying  Options,  Incentive
         Option  and/or Reload  Options are  exercised  pursuant to the terms of
         this Plan following termination of the optionee's employment.

                  (f)  Applicability  of  Other  Sections.  To  the  extent  not
         inconsistent with the foregoing  provisions of this Section,  the other
         Sections of this Plan pertaining to Options,  including  Sections 5, 8,
         and 9, are  incorporated  herein by this  reference  thereto as through
         fully set forth herein.

         12.  Rights as a  Shareholder.  The  holder of an Option or a SAR shall
have no rights as a shareholder with respect to the shares covered by the Option
or SAR until the due exercise of the Option, Related Option, or SAR and the date
of issuance of one or more stock certificates to such holder for such shares. No
adjustment shall be made for dividends  (ordinary or  extraordinary,  whether in
cash,  securities or other property) or  distributions or other rights for which
the record date is prior to the date such stock certificate is issued, except as
provided in Section 14 hereof.

         13. Optionee's  Agreement to Serve.  Each employee  receiving an Option
shall, as one of the terms of the Option Agreement agree that such employee will
remain in the employ of the Company or  Subsidiary  for a period of at least one
(1) year from the date on which the Option  shall be  granted to such  employee;
and that such employee  will,  during such  employment,  devote such  employee's
entire time,  energy, and skill to the service of the Company or a Subsidiary as
may be required by the management  thereof,  subject to vacations,  sick leaves,
and military absences. Such employment, subject to the provisions of any written
contract between the Company or a Subsidiary and such employee,  shall be at the
pleasure of the Board of Directors of the Company or a  Subsidiary,  and at such
compensation  as the Company or a Subsidiary  shall  reasonably  determine.  Any
termination of such employee's  employment  during the period which the employee
has agreed pursuant to the foregoing  provisions of this Section 13 to remain in
employment  that is either for cause or  voluntary  on the part of the  employee
shall be deemed a violation by the employee of such employee's agreement. In the
event of such  violation,  any Option or Options held by such  employee,  to the
extent not theretofore  exercised,  shall forthwith terminate,  unless otherwise
determined by the Committee.  Notwithstanding the preceding,  neither the action
of the Company in establishing  the Plan nor any action taken by the Company,  a
Subsidiary or the Committee  under the  provisions  hereof shall be construed as
granting the optionee the right to be retained in the employ of the Company or a
Subsidiary, or to limit or restrict the right of the Company or a Subsidiary, as
applicable,  to  terminate  the  employment  of any employee of the Company or a
Subsidiary, with or without cause.
<PAGE>
         14.      Adjustments on Changes in Capitalization.

                  (a) Changes in Capitalization.  Subject to any required action
         by the  Shareholders  of the  Company,  the  number of shares of Common
         Stock covered by the Plan, the number of shares of Common Stock covered
         by each  outstanding  Option,  and the exercise price per share thereof
         specified in each such Option,  shall be  proportionately  adjusted for
         any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock
         of the Company  resulting from a subdivision or consolidation of shares
         or the payment of a stock  dividend  (but only on the Common  Stock) or
         any other  increase or  decrease in the number of such shares  effected
         without  receipt of  consideration  by the  Company  after the date the
         Option is granted,  so that upon  exercise of the Option,  the optionee
         shall  receive  the same  number  of shares  the  optionee  would  have
         received had the optionee been the holder of all shares subject to such
         optionee's  outstanding Option immediately before the effective date of
         such change in the number of issued  shares of the Common  Stock of the
         Company.

                  (b) Reorganization, Dissolution or Liquidation. Subject to any
         required  action by the  Shareholders  of the  Company,  if the Company
         shall be the surviving corporation in any merger or consolidation, each
         outstanding  Option  shall  pertain to and apply to the  securities  to
         which a holder of the number of shares of Common  Stock  subject to the
         Option would have been  entitled.  A dissolution  or liquidation of the
         Company or a merger or  consolidation  in which the  Company is not the
         surviving corporation, shall cause each outstanding Option to terminate
         as of a date to be fixed by the Committee (which date shall be as of or
         prior to the effective  date of any such  dissolution or liquidation or
         merger or consolidation); provided, that not less than thirty (30) days
         written notice of the date so fixed as such  termination  date shall be
         given to each optionee,  and each optionee shall,  in such event,  have
         the right,  during the said period of thirty (30) days  preceding  such
         termination  date,  to exercise such  optionee's  Option in whole or in
         part in the manner herein set forth.

                  (c)  Change  in Par  Value.  In the  event of a change  in the
         Common Stock of the Company as presently  constituted,  which change is
         limited to a change of all of its authorized shares with par value into
         the same  number of shares  with a  different  par value or without par
         value,  the shares  resulting from any change shall be deemed to be the
         Common Stock within the meaning of the Plan.

                  (d) Notice of Adjustments.  To the extent that the adjustments
         set forth in the  foregoing  paragraphs  of this  Section  14 relate to
         stock or securities of the Company, such adjustments,  if any, shall be
         made by the  Committee,  whose  determination  in that respect shall be
         final,  binding and  conclusive,  provided that each  Incentive  Option
         granted  pursuant  to this Plan shall not be  adjusted in a manner that
         causes  the  Incentive  Option to fail to  continue  to  qualify  as an
         "Incentive Stock Option" within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.
         The Company  shall give timely notice of any  adjustments  made to each
         holder  of an Option  under  this  Plan and such  adjustments  shall be
         effective and binding on the optionee.

                  (e)  Effect  Upon  Holder of  Option.  Except as  hereinbefore
         expressly  provided in this  Section 14, the holder of an Option  shall
         have no rights by reason of any subdivision or  consolidation of shares
         of stock of any class or the payment of any stock dividend or any other
         increase  or  decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class by
         reason of any  dissolution,  liquidation,  merger,  reorganization,  or
         consolidation,  or spin-off of assets or stock of another  corporation,
         and any  issue by the  Company  of  shares  of stock of any  class,  or
         securities  convertible  into  shares of stock of any class,  shall not
         affect,  and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect
         to,  the  number  or price of shares of  Common  Stock  subject  to the
         Option. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no adjustment
         shall be made with respect to the number or price of shares  subject to
         any  Option  granted  hereunder  upon  the  occurrence  of  any  of the
         following events:
<PAGE>
                           (1) The grant or exercise of any other  options which
                  may  be  granted  or   exercised   under  any   qualified   or
                  nonqualified  stock  option  plan or under any other  employee
                  benefit  plan of the Company  whether or not such options were
                  outstanding  on the date of grant of the Option or  thereafter
                  granted;

                           (2) The sale of any  shares  of  Common  Stock in the
                  Company's   initial  or  any   subsequent   public   offering,
                  including,  without limitation,  shares sold upon the exercise
                  of any  overallotment  option  granted to the  underwriter  in
                  connection with such offering;

                           (3) The issuance, sale or exercise of any warrants to
                  purchase  shares of Common Stock  whether or not such warrants
                  were  outstanding  on the  date  of  grant  of the  Option  or
                  thereafter issued;

                           (4) The issuance or sale of rights,  promissory notes
                  or other securities convertible into shares of Common Stock in
                  accordance  with the  terms of such  securities  ("Convertible
                  Securities")  whether or not such Convertible  Securities were
                  outstanding  on the  date  of  grant  of the  Option  or  were
                  thereafter issued or sold;

                           (5)  The  issuance  or  sale  of  Common  Stock  upon
                  conversion or exchange of any Convertible Securities,  whether
                  or not  any  adjustment  in the  purchase  price  was  made or
                  required  to be  made  upon  the  issuance  or  sale  of  such
                  Convertible  Securities  and  whether or not such  Convertible
                  Securities were outstanding on the date of grant of the Option
                  or were thereafter issued or sold; or

                           (6) Upon any  amendment  to or change in the terms of
                  any  rights or  warrants  to  subscribe  for or  purchase,  or
                  options  for the  purchase  of,  Common  Stock or  Convertible
                  Securities  or in the  terms  of any  Convertible  Securities,
                  including, but not limited to, any extension of any expiration
                  date of any such right,  warrant or option,  any change in any
                  exercise or  purchase  price  provided  for in any such right,
                  warrant or option, any extension of any date through which any
                  Convertible  Securities are  convertible  into or exchangeable
                  for  Common  Stock or any  change  in the  rate at  which  any
                  Convertible  Securities are  convertible  into or exchangeable
                  for Common Stock.

                  (f)  Right of  Company  to Make  Adjustments.  The grant of an
         Option  pursuant  to the Plan  shall not affect in any way the right or
         power   of  the   Company   to  make   adjustments,   reclassification,
         reorganizations,  or changes of its capital or business structure or to
         merge or to consolidate or to dissolve,  liquidate or sell, or transfer
         all or any part of its business or assets.

         15. Investment Purpose.  Each Option under the Plan shall be granted on
the condition that the purchase of the shares of stock  thereunder  shall be for
investment  purposes,  and not with a view to resale or distribution;  provided,
however,  that in the  event the  shares of stock  subject  to such  Option  are
registered  under the  Securities Act or in the event a resale of such shares of
stock without such registration  would otherwise be permissible,  such condition
shall be inoperative if in the opinion of counsel for the Company such condition
is  not  required  under  the  Securities  Act  or  any  other  applicable  law,
regulation, or rule of any governmental agency.

         16. No Obligation to Exercise  Option or SAR. The granting of an Option
or SAR shall impose no  obligation  upon the optionee to exercise such Option or
SAR.

         17.  Modification,  Extension,  and Renewal of Options.  Subject to the
terms and conditions  and within the  limitations of the Plan, the Committee and
the Board of Directors may modify,  extend or renew outstanding  Options granted
under the Plan,  or accept the surrender of  outstanding  Options (to the extent
not  theretofore  exercised).  Neither the  Committee nor the Board of Directors
shall, however, modify any outstanding Options so as to specify a lower price or
accept the  surrender of  outstanding  Options and authorize the granting of new
Options in substitution  therefor specifying a lower price.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing,  however, no modification of an Option shall,  without the consent of
the  optionee,  alter or impair  any  rights  or  obligations  under any  Option
theretofore granted under the Plan.
<PAGE>
         18.  Effective Date of the Plan. The Plan shall become effective on the
date of execution hereof, which date is the date the Board of Directors approved
and adopted the Plan ("Effective Date"); provided,  however, if the Shareholders
of the Company  shall not have  approved the Plan by the  requisite  vote of the
Shareholders,  within twelve (12) months after the Effective Date, then the Plan
shall  terminate  and all  Options  theretofore  granted  under  the Plan  shall
terminate and be null and void.

         19.  Termination  of the Plan.  This  Plan  shall  terminate  as of the
expiration  of ten (10) years from the  Effective  Date.  Options may be granted
under this Plan at any time and from time to time prior to its termination.  Any
Option outstanding under the Plan at the time of its termination shall remain in
effect until the Option shall have been exercised or shall have expired.

         20.  Amendment of the Plan.  The Plan may be  terminated at any time by
the Board of Directors of the  Company.  The Board of Directors  may at any time
and from time to time without  obtaining the approval of the Shareholders of the
Company or a Subsidiary, modify or amend the Plan (including such form of Option
Agreement as hereinabove  mentioned) in such respects as it shall deem advisable
in order that the Incentive  Options  granted under the Plan shall be "Incentive
Stock Options" as defined in Section 422 of the Code or to conform to any change
in the law, or in any other  respect  which  shall not  change:  (a) the maximum
number of shares  for which  Options  may be granted  under the Plan,  except as
provided in Section 14 hereof; or (b) the option prices other than to change the
manner of determining  the fair market value of the Common Stock for the purpose
of Section 8(d) hereof to conform  with any then  applicable  provisions  of the
Code or regulations  thereunder;  or (c) the periods during which Options may be
granted or exercised;  or (d) the provisions  relating to the  determination  of
persons to whom Options  shall be granted and the number of shares to be covered
by such Options;  or (e) the provisions  relating to adjustments to be made upon
changes in  capitalization.  The termination or any modification or amendment of
the Plan shall not,  without the consent of the person to whom any Option  shall
theretofore  have been  granted,  affect that  person's  rights  under an Option
theretofore  granted to such person. With the consent of the person to whom such
Option was  granted,  an  outstanding  Option may be  modified or amended by the
Committee  in such manner as it may deem  appropriate  and  consistent  with the
requirements of this Plan applicable to the grant of a new Option on the date of
modification or amendment.
<PAGE>
         21.  Withholding.  Whenever an optionee  shall  recognize  compensation
income as a result of the exercise of any Option or SAR granted  under the Plan,
the optionee shall remit in cash to the Company or Subsidiary the minimum amount
of federal income and employment tax withholding which the Company or Subsidiary
is required to remit to the Internal Revenue Service in accordance with the then
current  provisions of the Code.  The full amount of such  withholding  shall be
paid by the optionee  simultaneously  with the award or exercise of an Option or
SAR, as applicable.

         22.  Indemnification of Committee.  In addition to such other rights of
indemnification  as they may have as Directors  or as members of the  Committee,
the members of the Committee  shall be  indemnified  by the Company  against the
reasonable expenses, including attorneys' fees actually and necessarily incurred
in  connection  with the  defense  of any  action,  suit or  proceedings,  or in
connection with any appeal therein,  to which they or any of them may be a party
by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection  with the
Plan or any Option granted  thereunder,  and against all amounts paid by them in
settlement  thereof  (provided such settlement is approved by independent  legal
counsel  selected by the Company) or paid by them in  satisfaction of a judgment
in any such  action,  suit or  proceeding,  except in  relation to matters as to
which it  shall  be  adjudged  in such  action,  suit or  proceeding  that  such
Committee  member is liable for  negligence or misconduct in the  performance of
his duties;  provided that within sixty (60) days after  institution of any such
action, suit or proceeding a Committee member shall in writing offer the Company
the opportunity, at its own expense, to pursue and defend the same.

         23. Application of Funds. The proceeds received by the Company from the
sale of Common  Stock  pursuant to Options  granted  hereunder  will be used for
general corporate purposes.

         24.  Governing  Law.  This Plan  shall be  governed  and  construed  in
accordance with the laws of the state of incorporation of the Company.

         EXECUTED this 25th day of May, 1998.

                                                     HOLLOMAN CORPORATION







                                     By:      ______________________________
                                                 John E. Holdridge, President



ATTEST:





- ------------------------------
Peter Lucas, Secretary







                                   T. SISTERS
                                   LEASING LLC



                           LEASE OF PERSONAL PROPERTY


     ,  hereinafter  called  Lessor,  hereby  leases  to  HOLLOMAN  CONSTRUCTION
     COMPANY________________________________________, hereinafter called Lessee,
     and Lessee  hereby  leases and hires from the Lessor that certain  personal
     property,  hereinafter more particularly  described,  subject to the terms,
     provisions, conditions and agreements of this Lease hereinafter set
forth.
     The personal  property  hereby leased  (hereinafter  called said  property)
     receipt  of which in good  condition  is hereby  acknowledged  by Lessee is
     described as follows, to-wit:

                  MAKE            MODEL                       SERIAL NUMBER

SAMSUNG SE 350  EXCAVATOR          UNIT   988                  JAY   1185



                           4956.34
                            359.33      7.25%
                           5316.67


Said property will be located at ___ODESSA, TEXAS_, and will not be moved
to a new location except upon written notice first given to Lessor.

    Said property is hereby leased for a period of _____SIXTY (60)__________
months

beginning on the ______4____ day of _____APRIL_____________________, 1998____.

Lessee hereby promises to pay to Lessor as follows: 
Five Thousand Three Hundred Fifteen & 67/100

_________            ($__5315.67______) on ___April 4, 1998______

and _FIFTY-NINE (59)___ equal successive __MONTHLY__ installments of _FIVE 
THOUSAND THREE HUNDRED FIFTEEN & 67 100_ Dollars ($_5315.67______)
beginning on _MAY 4, 1998_

___________________, 19 _______ and _ENDING APRIL 4, 2003_________

     1. Time is of the essence of this Lease.  This  instrument  constitutes the
     entire  agreement  between Lessor and Lessee.  Whenever the context of this
     Lease requires,  the masculine gender includes the feminine or neuter,  and
     the singular  number  includes the plural;  and whenever the word Lessor is
     used herein,  it shall  include all  assignees of Lessor.  If there be more
     than one Lessee  named in this Lease the  liability  of each shall be joint
     and  several.  2. No title or right in said  property  shall pass to Lessee
     except the Lease rights herein expressly granted.  Plates or other markings
     may be affixed to or placed on said  property  indicating  that  Lessor (or
     assignee)  is the owner  thereof and Lessee will not remove the same.  Upon
     the termination of the lease period,  Lessee will  immediately  return said
     property to Lessor in as good condition as received less normal wear, tear,
     and depreciation.  Said property shall always remain and be deemed personal
     property  even though  attached  to realty.  All  replacements,  equipment,
     repairs or  accessories  made to or placed in or upon said  property  shall
     become a component  part  thereof and title  thereto  shall be  immediately
     vested in Lessor and shall be included under the terms hereof. All advances
     made by Lessor to preserve said  property to or pay insurance  premiums for
     insurance thereon or to discharge and pay any taxes,  liens or encumbrances
     thereon  shall be added to the unpaid  balance of rentals due hereunder and
     shall be repayable by Lessee to Lessor  immediately  together with interest
     thereon at the rate of seven per cent (7%) per annum until paid.
     3. It is understood that Lessor contemplates  assigning this Lease and said
     property  and that such  assignee  may  assign  same.  All rights of Lessor
     hereunder  shall be succeeded to by any assignee hereof and said assignes
     title to this Lease,  to the rental  herein  provided for to be paid and in
     and  to  said  property  shall  be  free  from  all  defenses,  setoffs  or
     counterclaims  of any kind or  character  which  Lessee may be  entitled to
     assert against Lessor;  it being understood and agreed that any assignee of
     Lessor does not assume any  obligations  of the Lessor herein named.  It is
     further  understood and agreed,  however,  that Lessee may separately claim
     against  Lessor as to any  matters  which  Lessee may be entitled to assert
     against Lessor.
               4. Lessee  assumes the entire risk of loss from hazard and agrees
          to keep the property  insured to protect all  interests of Lessor,  at
          Lessees expense, and for such risks and in such amounts as Lessor may
          require,  including the  liability of Lessor for public  liability and
          property damage; and Lessor may, but shall not be obligated to, insure
          said property at the expense of Lessee.  Said  insurance  policies and
          the proceeds therefrom shall be the sole property of Lessor and Lessor
          shall be named as an insured in all said  policies.  The  proceeds  of
          such  insurance,  whether  resulting  from  loss or  damage  or return
          premium,  or otherwise,  shall be applied  toward the  replacement  or
          repair of the said  property or the payment of  obligations  of Lessee
          hereunder at the option of the Lessor.  Lessee hereby  appoints Lessor
          as Lessees  attorney-in-fact  to make claims for,  receive payment of
          and  execute or endorse  all  documents,  checks or drafts for loss or
          damage or return premium under any insurance policy issued on said
property.
     5. Lessee  agrees to use,  operate and maintain said property in accordance
     with  all  laws,  and not to  sublet  the  same;  to pay all  licensing  or
     registration  fees for said  property  and to keep the same free of levies,
     liens and  encumbrances;  to pay all taxes levied on or in relation to said
     property;  to permit  Lessor to inspect said  property at any time;  and to
     keep it in first-class  condition and repair and house the same in suitable
     shelter; and not to sell or otherwise dispose of his interest therein or in
     any equipment or accessories  attached  thereto.  Said property will not be
     removed from the State of Texas without the written  consent of the Lessor,
     and Lessee will  immediately  inform Lessor if the property is  permanently
     moved in this State to a location other than the above stated.
     6. If any of the installments of rent provided for herein are not paid with
     ten  (10)  days  after  the due date  thereof,  Lessee  will pay to  Lessor
     reasonable collection costs,  including charges of any collection agency or
     service  employed  by Lessor to collect  said  rents.  In the event  Lessor
     employs  the  services  of an  attorney to enforce any of the terms of this
     Lease,  Lessee  agrees to pay  reasonable  attorney fees and court costs so
     incurred by Lessor.
     7. No delay or omission to exercise any right,  power or remedy accruing to
     Lessor upon any breach or default by Lessee  under this Lease shall  impair
     any such  right,  power or remedy of Lessor,  nor shall be  construed  as a
     waiver of any such breach or default,  or of any similar  breach or default
     thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of a single breach or default be
     deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach or default. All waivers under this
     Lease must be in writing.  All  remedies  either under this Lease or by law
     afforded to Lessor shall be cumulative and not
alternate.
     8. Lessee agrees to and does hereby  indemnify and hold Lessor harmless of,
     from and against  all claims,  costs,  expenses,  damages and  liabilities,
     including  reasonable attorney fees resulting from or pertaining to the use
     or operation of the property  during the term of this  agreement  and while
     said property is in possession of the Lessee.
     9. If Lessee shall fail to pay any rental as herein  provided when the same
     is due and payable, or if Lessee shall default in performance or shall fail
     to observe,  keep or perform any other  provision of this Lease required to
     be observed,  kept, or performed by Lessee,  then in such event Lessor,  at
     its sole  option,  and in addition to and  without  prejudice  to any other
     remedies,  may terminate this Lease and/or enter upon Lessees premises and
     without any court order or other process of law may repossess and move said
     property  either with or without  notice to Lessee.  Any such  repossession
     shall not  constitute a termination of this Lease unless Lessor so notifies
     Lessee in writing, and Lessor has the right, at its sole option,
 
               (a) To lease said  property to any other  person or persons  upon
          such terms and conditions as Lessor shall determine, or,
               (b) To sell said property to the highest bidder at public auction
          in accordance with the pledge laws of the State of Texas at which sale
          the Lessor may be the purchaser.

     In either of such  events,  there  shall be due from Lessee and Lessee will
     immediately pay to Lessor the difference between the total of rentals to be
     received  from any third person or the  purchase  price at said sale as the
     case may be and the total unpaid rental  provided to be paid therein,  plus
     all costs and expenses of Lessor in repossessing,  releasing, transporting,
     repairing,  selling or otherwise handling said property;  in the event that
     such releasing or selling results in a surplus,  such surplus shall be paid
     to Lessee.
     10. For the  purpose of this  Agreement  any  notices  required to be given
     shall  be  given  to the  parties  hereto  in  writing  and by  mail at the
     addresses  hereinafter  set forth after the signature of each party,  or to
     such other  addresses as each party may  substitute by notice to the other;
     if this Lease be assigned by Lessor,  the address of the assignee  shall be
     as indicated in the instrument of assignment.  11. In  consideration of the
     mutual covenants  contained herein,  Lessee is hereby granted the option to
     obtain   a  new   one   (1)   year   lease   at   an   annual   rental   of
     ______________________________________  Dollars  ($________________).  Said
     option  may be  exercised  by Lessee by  written  notice to that  effect to
     Lessor,  which notice shall be  accompanied by payment of the entire annual
     rental above described, and which shall be delivered to Lessor no less than
     ninety (90) days before the expiration of the term hereof. Said new one (1)
     year term and any  succeeding  one (1) year term,  shall carry an identical
     option hereto, and except for the amount of rental, each new lease shall be
     subject to provisions  and  conditions  identical with those of this lease.
     The  rental  payable  for each new lease  shall be that  specified  in this
     Paragraph 11 as payable for the first new lease.  Notwithstanding  anything
     provided  in this  Paragraph,  in no event  shall  Lessee have the power or
     option to obtain more than  _______________________________  successive new
     leases hereunder.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  executed  this Lease this
     _________ day of ___________________________, 19________

T. SISTERS LEASING LLC                       ___HOLLOMAN CONSTRUCTION COMPANY__

By ___/s/_Teresa McCoy________________         By __/s/_Mark E. Stevenson_____
                  (Lessor)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

By_____________________________________                  By___________________
                  (Lessor)                                            (Lessee)
 
_________________________________________________

 
_________________________________________________
 Mail Address
 
  ASSIGNMENT                             OF                             LEASE
     For value received,  undersigned does hereby sell, assign, transfer and set
     over to:  (hereinafter  called  Bank,  the  address of which for purpose of
     notices pursuant to this instrument is  __________________________________)
     that  certain"Lease   Agreement" dated   _____________________________,
     19_______  entered  into by and  between  undersigned,  therein  called the
     "Lessor" and ______________________________________________  therein called
     the "Lessee",  together with the property subject thereto,  and all rentals
     and other sums due and to become due thereunder.
     Undersigned  hereby  guarantees due and punctual payment of all rentals and
     of all other  sums due or to become  due on or under  the  aforesaid  lease
     agreement, and does hereby consent that, without further notice and without
     releasing the liability of undersigned,  Bank may, at its discretion,  give
     grace or indulgence in the collection of the same, and grant  extensions of
     time for the payment of the same  before,  at or after  maturity.  Upon any
     default by the said Lessee undersigned will upon demand repurchase the said
     lease  agreement  and the  property  covered  thereby by paying to Bank the
     title to the property  subject to said lease  agreement,  and to the rental
     payments  and other sums due thereon and  thereunder  are hereby  vested in
     Bank;  that the said lease  agreement is genuine;  that the said Lessee has
     capacity  to  contract;  that  undersigned  has  the  right  to  make  this
     assignment and that said rental property and rental payments and other sums
     are free  from  liens,  encumbrances,  claims  and  setoffs  of every  kind
     whatsoever,  and that as of the date hereof,  the unpaid  balance of rental
     payments         specified         in         said         lease         is
     ________________________________________________                    Dollars
     ($_______________),   and  the  next  payment  is  due  thereunder  on  the
     __________________________ day of _________________________, 19________.
Undersigned hereby waives (a) the right, if any, to the benefit of, or to direct
the application of, any security  hypothecated to Bank until all indebtedness of
the said Lessee to Bank,  howsoever  arising,  shall have been paid, and (b) the
right to require Bank to proceed against the said Lessee, or to pursue any other
remedy in the Banks power; and agrees that Bank may proceed against  undersigned
directly or  independently  of the said  lease,  and that the  cessation  of the
liability  of the said  Lessee for any reason  other than full  payment,  or any
extension,  forbearance or acceptance,  release,  or substitution of security or
any  impairment  or  suspension  of Bank's remedies or rights  against the said
Lessee shall not in any way affect the Liability of undersigned hereunder.  Bank
does not assume any of the obligations  arising under said lease agreement,  and
undersigned  does  hereby  covenant  and  agree to keep and  perform  all of the
obligation of the"Lessor" under said lease  agreement and to save Bank harmless
from the consequences of any failure to do so.

DATED_________________________, 19______                T. SISTERS LEASING, LLC

 
By_____________________________________________

 
________________________________________________




                                                  09/02 `90 20:21 NO.782 14/14






                                COMMERCIAL LEASE


                         Preamble - Parties and Premise

          BOB GIST,  referred  to in this  lease as  "Lessor,  hereby  leases to
HOLLOMAN  CONST.  CO.,  referred  to in this lease as  "Lessee,"  those  certain
premises,  referred to as "the  premises," and located at WEST HI WAY 80 ODESSA,
ECTOR, TX..


                   The parties agree to be legally bound as follows:


                                      Term

          The term of this lease shall be for the period of years  commencing at
1.2u01  A.M.  on the I day of APRIL 1,  1992,  and  ending at 12:01 A.M. 5 years
later, unless sooner terminated as herein provided.


                                      Rent

          Lessee  agrees to pay to Lessor as rent for the use and  occupancy  of
the premises  the sum of $1500 per month  payable on the day 5 of each and every
month commencing with APRIL 1, 1992, at the office of Lessor or such other place
or places as Lessor may from time to time  designate by written  notice given to
Lessee.



                                  Extended Term

          Should  Lessee  fully  and  faithfully   perform  all  the  terms  and
conditions  of this lease tar the lull term  specified,  Lessee may extend  this
lease for a further term of 5 year(s), commencing on expiration of the full term
specified in this lease,  by giving Lessor written notice of Lessee's  desire to
so do at least 60 days prior to expiration of the original term of this lease.


                            Rent during Extended Term

          Should this lease be extended as provided  for above,  the rent during
such period of extension  shall be equal to the rent specified in this lease for
the initial period adjusted by adding to that amount the sum of $ONLY THE AMOUNT
OF ANY TAX INCREASE per month.


<PAGE>









                                    Hold Over

         Should  Lessee hold over and  continue in  possession  of the  premises
after  expiration of the term of this lease or any extension  thereof,  Lessee's
continued occupancy of the premises shall be considered a month-to-month tenancy
subject to all the terms and conditions of this 1ease.


                    Lessor's Inability to Deliver Possession

          Should  Lesson for any reason be unable to deliver  possession  of the
premises to Lessee on the date  specified in this lease as the date on which the
term of this lease is to commence,  this lease shall not be void or voidable nor
shall  Lessor be liable to  Lessee  for any loss or damage  resulting  from such
failure to deliver  possession  to Lessee so long as Lessor has  exercised,  and
continues  to  exercise,  reasonable  diligence  to  deliver  possession  of the
premises to Lessee.  No rent shall however,  accrue or become due from Lessee to
Lessor under' this lease until the actual  physical  poss~5St~fl Of the premises
is delivered,  or' the right to actual  unrestricted  physical possession of the
premises under this lease is tendered by Lessor to Lessee. Furthermore, the term
of this lease shall not be extended by Lesson's  inability to deliver possession
of the premises to Lessee on the date specified in this lease.


                                 Use of Premises

         The premises shall be used for a CONSTRUCTION  OFFICE by Lessee and for
no other use or uses without the express written consent of Lessor.


                                 Prohibited Uses

         Lessee  shall not  commit or permit the  commission  of any acts on the
premises nor use or permit the use of the premises in any way that:

         (a) will increase the existing rates for or cause  cancellation  of any
fire, casualty, liability or other insurance policy insuring the premises or the
contents;

          (b)  violates  or  conflicts  with  any  law,  statute  ordinance,  or
governmental  rule or  regulation,  whether now in force or  hereafter  enacted,
governing the premises;

          (c) obstructs or interferes with the rights of neighbors or injures or
annoys them; or


<PAGE>



           (d)  constitutes  the  commission  of  waste on the  premises  or the
commission or' maintenance of a nuisance.


                                   Alterations

          Lessee  shall  not  make or  permit  any  other  person  to  make  any
alterat~on5 to the premises without the prior written consent of Lessor.  Should
Lessor  consent to the making of any  alterations  to the premises by Lessee the
alterations shall be made at the sole cost and expense of Lessee by a contractor
or other person selected by Lessee and approved in writing before work commences
by Lessor.  Any and all  alterations,  additions,  or  Improvements  made to the
premises  shall on  expiration  or sooner  termination  of this lease become the
property  of Lessor  and  remain on the  premises;  provided,  however,  that on
expiration or sooner termination of this lease and written demand being given by
Lessor,  Lessee shall at Lessee's sole cost and expense remove all  alterations,
additions,  and improvements made to the premises by Lessee and pay all costs of
repairing any damages to the premises caused by their removal.


                             Maintenance and Repairs

         Lessee admits,  by entering into possession under this lease,  that the
premises are now in a good, clean, and safe condition and repair.  Lessee shall,
at all times during the term of this lease and any renewal or extension thereof,
maintain, at Lessee's sole cost and expense, the premises, and every part of the
premises,  in a good,  clean,  and safe  condition,  and shall on  expiration or
sooner  termination  of this lease  surrender  the premises to Lessor in as good
condition and repair as they are' in on the date of this lease,  reasonable wear
and tear and damage by the elements excepted.  Lessee hereby waives any right to
make  repairs to the premises at the expense of Lessor as provided by any law on
statute now or hereafter enacted.



                              Inspection by Lessor

          Lessee shall permit  Lessor or Lessor's  agents,  representatives,  or
employees  to enter the  premises  at all  reasonable  times for the  purpose of
inspecting the premises to determine  whether Lessee is complying with the terms
of this  lease  and for the  purpose  of doing  other  lawful  acts  that may be
necessary to protect interest in the premises under this lease.


<PAGE>










                           Payment of Utility Charges

          Lessee  shall pay, and hold Lessor and the property of Lessor free and
harmless  from,  all  charges for the  furnishing  of gas,  water,  electricity,
telephone service, and other public utilities to the premises during the term of
this lease or any  extension  thereof and far the removal of garbage and rubbish
from the premises during the term of this tease or any extensions thereof.



                             Personal Property Taxes

         Lessee shall pay before they become delinquent alt taxes,  assessments,
or other charges levied or imposed by any governmental  entity on the furniture,
trade fixtures, appliances, and other personal property placed by Lessee in, on,
or about the premises  including,  without  limiting the generality of the other
terms used in this section,  any shelves,  counters,  vaults,  vault doors, wall
safes,  partitions,  fixtures,  machinery,  plant equipment,  office  equipment,
television  or radio  antennas,  or  communication  equipment  brought  or,  the
premises by Lessee.


                               Real Property Taxes

         All real property taxes and assessments  levied or assessed against the
premises by any governmental  entity,  including any special assessments imposed
on or against the premises for the  construction  or improvement of public works
in, or, or about the premises, shell be paid, before they become delinquent,  by
Lessor; provided,  however, Lessee shall conduct no activity or the premises nor
place any articles on the premises that will  increase the real  property  taxes
levied or assessed against the premises.


                             Destruction of Premises

         Should the premises or the Building of which they are a part be damaged
         or  destroyed  by any cause not the fault at  Lessee,  Lessor  shall at
         Lessor's  sole cost and expense  promptly  repair the same and the rent
         payable under this tease shall be abated for thy time and to the extent
         Lessee is  prevented  from the  premises in their  entirety;  provided,
         however,  that should the cost of repairing  the damage or  destruction
         exceed 25 percent of the full  replacement  cost of the premises or the
         building  of which the  premises  are a part,  Lessor  may,  in lieu of
         making the repairs required by this paragraph,  terminate this lease by
         giving Lessee 90 days written notice of such termination.


<PAGE>










                            Condemnation of Premises

          Should  all or any part of the  premises  be taken  by any  public  or
quasi-public  agency or entity under the power of eminent domain during the term
of this lease:

         (a)  either  Lessor or Lessee  may  terminate  this lease by giving the
other 90 days  written  notice of  termination  provided,  however,  that Lessee
cannot  terminate this lease unless the portion of the premises taken by eminent
domain is so  extensive as to render the  remainder of the premises  useless for
the uses permitted by this lease;

          b) any and all damages and compensation awarded or paid because of the
taking,  except for amounts paid Lessee for moving expenses or for damage to any
personal property or trade fixtures owned by Lessee, shall belong to Lessor, and
Lessee  shall  have no claim  against  Lessor or the entity  exercising  eminent
domain power for the value of the unexpired term of this leases

          c) should only a portion of the  premises  be taken by eminent  domain
and neither Lessor nor Lessee terminates this lease, the rent thereafter payable
under this least shall be reduced by the same  percentage that the floor area at
the  portion  taken by  eminent  domain  bears to the floor  are;  of the entire
premises; and

          d) should any portion of the building  containing  the premises  other
than the  premises  be taken by  eminent  domain,  Lessor  may,  at his  option,
terminate this lease.


                            Assignment or Subleasing

          Lessee may encumber,  assign,  or otherwise  transfer this binge,  any
right or interest in this lease,  or any right or interest in the premises  with
the prior express written  consent at Lessor.  Lessee may sublet the premises or
any part  thereat  or allow any other  persons,  including  lessee's  agents and
servants,  to  occupy or use the  premises  or any part  thereof  with the prior
written consent of Lessor. A consent by Lessor to one assignment, subletting, a"
occupation  and use by another person shall not he deemed to be a consent to any
subsequent assignment,  subletting, or occupation and use by another person. The
consent of Lessor to any  assignment  of Lessee's  interest in this lease or the
subletting by Lessee of the premises shall not be unreasonably withheld.


<PAGE>






                                    Indemnity

          Lessee  shall  indemnify  and hold Lessor and the  property of Lessor,
including the premises,  free and harmless from any and all  liability,  claims,
lost, damages or expenses,  including counsel fees and costs,  arising by reason
of the death or injury of any person,  including  Lessee or any person who is an
employee  or agent of Lessee,  or by reason of damage to or  destruction  of any
property, including property owned by Lessee or any person who is an employee or
agent of Lessee, caused or allegedly caused by:

          (a) any cause whatsoever while such person or property is in or on the
premises or in any way connected with the premises or with any personal property
on the premises;

          (b) some condition at the premises;

          Cc) some act or omission on the premises of tresses or any person in, 
an, or about the premises with the permission of Lessee; or

          1/2) any matter connected with Lessee's occupation and use of the 
premises.


                               Liability Insurance

          Lessee shall,  at its own cost and expense,  secure within 10 days and
maintain  during the entire term of this lease and any renewals or extensions of
such  term a broad  form  comprehensive  coverage  policy  of  public  liability
insurance  issued by an  insurance  company  acceptable  to Lessor and  insuring
Lessor against lost or liability caused by or connected with Lessees  occupation
end use of the premises under this lease in amounts not lass than:

          a) $100000 for injury to or death of one person  and,  subject to such
limitation for injury to or death of one person, of not less than $1,000,000 for
injury to or death of two or more  persons  as a result of any one  accident  or
incident; and

          b) $NONE for damage to or destruction of any property of others.


                            Unremoved Trade Fixtures

          Any trade fixtures that are not removed from the premises by Lessee 70
days after this lease's expiration or sooner  termination,  regardless of cause,
shall be deemed abandoned by Lessee and shall automatically  become the property
of Lessor as owner of the real property to


<PAGE>





which they are affixed.


                   Acts Constituting Breaches by Lessee

          Lessee shall be guilty of a material  default and breach of this lease
should:

          (a) any rent be unpaid  when due and  remain  unpaid for 30 days after
written notice to pay such rent or surrender possession of the premises has been
given to Lessee by Lessor;

          (b) Lessee  default  in the  performance  of or breach any  provision,
covenant,  or condition of this lease other than one for the payment of rent and
such default or breach is not cured within 30 days after written  notice thereof
is given by Lessor to Lessee;

          c) Lessee breach this lease and abandon the premises before expiration
of the term of this lease;

          d) a receiver be appointed to take possession of all or  substantially
all of Lessee's  property and not he discharged  within 20 days after his or her
appointment;

          e) Lessee make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or

          (f) execution or attachment be levied on all or  substantially  all of
Lessee's property and assets and not be discharged within 20 days.


                   Lessor's Remedies for Lessees Default

          Should Lessee be guilty of a material default and breach of this lease
as defined in this lease, Lessor, in addition to any other remedies given Lessor
by law or equity, may:

          (a) continue this lease in effect by not terminating Lessee's right to
possession  of the premises and thereby he entitled to enforce all Lessors right
to recover the rent specified in this lease as it becomes due under this lease;

          (b) terminate  Lessee's  right to possession of the premises,  thereby
terminating this lease, and recover from Lessee;

                   (1) the worth at time of award of the  unpaid  rent which had
                   been earned at the time of termination of the lease;

                   (2) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the
unpaid rent which would have been


<PAGE>






           earned after termination at the lease until the time of award exceeds
           the  amount  of  rental  lose  that  Lessee  proves  could  have been
           reasonably avoided;

                            (3) the worth at the time of award of the  amount by
          which the  unpaid  rent for the  balance of the term after the time of
          award  exceeds the amount of rental loss that Lessee  proves  could be
          reasonably avoided; and

                            (4) any other amount necessary to compensate  Lessor
          tar all detriment  proximately  caused by Lessee's  failure to perform
          Lessee's obligations under this lease; or

                   (c) in lieu of, or in addition to, bringing an action for any
           or all of the recoveries  described in this lease, bring en action to
           recover and regain  possession of the premises in the manner provided
           by the laws of TX..


                                Waiver of Breach

                   The  waiver by  Lessor of any  breach by Lessee of any of the
          provisions of this lease shall not constitute a continuing waiver or a
          waiver  of any  subsequent  breach  by  Lessee  either  of the same or
          another provision of this lease.


                       Force Majeure -- Unavoidable Delays

                   Should the  performance  of any act required by this lease to
          be  performed  by either  Lessor or Lessee be  prevented or delayed by
          reason of an act of God, strike, lockout, labor troubles, inability to
          secure materials, restrictive governmental laws or regulations, or any
          other cause,  except financial  inability,  not the fault of the party
          required to perform the act, the time for  performance of the act will
          be  extended  tar a period  equivalent  to the  period  of  delay  and
          performance  of the act during  the  period of delay will be  excused;
          provided, however, that nothing contained in this section shall excuse
          the prompt  payment of rent by Lessee as required by this lease or the
          performance  of any  act  rendered  difficult  solely  because  of the
          financial condition of the party, Lessor or Lessee required to perform
          the act.


                                   Arbitration

                   Any dispute relating to the  interpretation or performance of
                   this  Agreement  shall be  required  at the request of either
                   party through  binding  arbitration  in  accordance  with the
                   rules of  either  the  American  Arbitration  Association  of
                   Texas.  Judgement at any award  determined by the arbitrators
                   may be entered in the appropriate court having jurisdiction.


<PAGE>








                                     Notices

          Except as otherwise  expressly provided by law, any and all notices or
other communications  required or permitted by this lease or by law to be served
on or given to either party hereto by the other party hereto shall be in writing
and shall be deemed  duly  served and given when  personally  delivered  to (any
member  of) the party to whom  they are  directed,  or in lieu of such  personal
service when deposited in the United States mail,  first--class postage prepaid,
addressed to Lessee at BOX 69410 ODESSA,  TX 79769,  or to Lessor at 2403 PEBBLE
BEACH COVE  AUSTIN,TX  78745.  Either party,  Lessee or Lessor,  may change this
address for the purpose of this section by giving  written notice of such change
to the other party in the manner provided in this section.


                         Binding on Heirs and Successors

          This lease  shall be binding on and shall  inure to the benefit of the
heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns of the parties hereto,
Lessor and Lessee, but nothing in this section contained shall be construed as a
consent by Lessor to any  assignment  at this lease or any  interest  therein by
Lessee.


                               Partial Invalidity

          Should any  provision  of this  lease be held by a court of  competent
Jurisdiction  to be  either  invalid,  void,  or  unenforceable,  the  remaining
provisions  of this lease shall,  remain in full force and effect  unimpaired by
the holding.


                             Sole and Only Agreement

         This instrument  constitutes the sole and only agreement between Lessor
and Lessee  respecting the premises,  the leasing of the premises to Lessee,  or
the lease term herein  specified,  and correctly  sets forth the  obligations of
Lessor  and  Lessee  to  each  other  as  of  this  date.   Any   agreements  or
representations respecting the premises or their leasing by Lessor or Lessee not
expressly  set forth in this  instrument  are  void.  * Refer to  Attachment  to
Commercial Lease date January 21, 1992.

                                 Time of Essence

          Time is expressly declared to be the essence of this lease.


<PAGE>




                   EXECUTED on January 21, 1991, at ODESSA, TX..
                                                  
                                                  Lessor
                                                  /S/ Bob Gist
                                                  Bob Gist
                                                  
                                                  Lessee
                                                  Holloman Const. Co
                                                  /S/  Sam Holloman
                                                  Sam Holloman

Ector
TX.

On _____________________,  ______________, before me, personally appeard Bob 
Bob Gist, known to me or proved to me to be the person whose name is subscribed
to the within document and acknowledged to me that he or she executed the same.

(seal)



                                                  ____________/S/________
                                                  Notary Public for TX.




Ector
TX.

On _____________________,  ______________, before me, personally appeard Bob 
Bob Gist, known to me or proved to me to be the person whose name is subscribed
to the within document and acknowledged to me that he or she executed the same.

(seal)

                                                       ____________/S/________
                                                        Notary Public for TX.
                                      

                                      

<PAGE>







                         ATTACHMENT TO COMMERCIAL LEASE
                 BETWEEN BOB GIST AND HOLLOMAN CONSTRUCTION CO.
                             dated January 2l, 1992


Both parties heroin agree to the following:

         1.       Bob Gist, lessor,  shall be responsible for any and all claims
                  involving  the  clean--up  and/or  disposal  of any  hazardous
                  waste,  materials,   and/or  products  that  are  present  and
                  existing  on the  surface  and/or soil at the lease site as of
                  the closing date of this lease, April 1, 1992.

         2.       Holloman  Construction  Co., lessee,  shall be responsible for
                  any and all claims  involving the clean--up and/or disposal of
                  any hazardous  waste,  materials and/or products that exist on
                  the surface  and/or soil at the lease site after  closing date
                  of this lease, April 1, 1992, and until further termination of
                  this lease.

         3.       Bob Gist, lessor, gives Holloman Construction Co., lessee, the
                  right  to   construct   offices,   work  areas,   and  general
                  improvements   within  the  lease  site   location.   Holloman
                  Construction  Co.  shall  be  liable  for the  cost  of  these
                  improvements.

                                         
                         Subsidiaries of the Registrant
                              Holloman Corporation
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                         State or Jurisdiction       Other Jurisdictions in
Name                       of Incorporation            Which Qualified                    DBA (2)              Amount Owned
- ----                       ----------------            ---------------                    ------               ------------
<S>                            <C>                    <C>                                 <C>                     <C>   

Holloman Construction
Company (1)             Texas                        Arizona, Arkansas, Colorado,
                                                     Florida, Louisiana, Maryland,        100%
                                                     New Mexico, Oklahoma,
                                                     Utah
</TABLE>

- -----------------
(1) Assumes consummation of the Acquisition (2) No assumed names.



Consent of Independent Certified Public Accountants

We have issued our report dated January 13, 1998, accompanying the financial 
statements of Holloman Construction Co. incorporated by reference in the 
Rgistration Statement and Prospectus.  We consent to the use of the 
aforementioned report in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, and to the 
use of our name as it appears under the caption  "Expert"

/s/ Charles Carlson
Odessa, Texas
July 10, 1998

<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<LEGEND>
     (Replace this text with the legend)
</LEGEND>
<CIK>                         1065223
<NAME>                        HOLLOMAN CONSTRUCTION COMPANY
<MULTIPLIER>                                   1
<CURRENCY>                                     $US
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   6-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              NOV-1-1998
<PERIOD-START>                                 NOV-2-1998
<PERIOD-END>                                   APR-30-1997
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                                1
<CASH>                                         327,923
<SECURITIES>                                          0
<RECEIVABLES>                                  4,918,535
<ALLOWANCES>                                   0
<INVENTORY>                                    37,319
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               5,294,482
<PP&E>                                         938,830
<DEPRECIATION>                                 2,850,518
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 6,233,312
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          2,749,171
<BONDS>                                        34,587
                          0
                                    0
<COMMON>                                       85,000
<OTHER-SE>                                     3,532,155
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   6,233,312
<SALES>                                        12,000,425
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               12,000,425
<CGS>                                          10,421,012
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  10,421,012
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                               626,902
<LOSS-PROVISION>                               0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             20,429
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                922,594
<INCOME-TAX>                                   313,682
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            608,912
<DISCONTINUED>                                 0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                0
<CHANGES>                                      0
<NET-INCOME>                                   608,912
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                  0.44
<EPS-DILUTED>                                  0.44
        


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission